Home

NutriBase 5 User`s Manual Table of Contents

1. ccceeccesscesscesseeeseceeseeeseeeseeeseeeseecsaecsaecssecsaeecsaecaaecsseceseceseceseeseeesereseaeeags 76 How to view nutrient data in the split screen view cccccessccesecetecenseceseceecescecaecsecesaecsaecsaecesecesaeceeseeeseeeeeneesgs 76 How to jump to the first occurrence of a particular food name or brand name cceceeseeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaes 77 Recipe Manager How To Topics scccsscsssscscsscsccccesccesssccsssscsescccsesccesssccesscsesccesssceesscsssscccsescesssssessssseses 64 How tO Createta LOCI PC iss ze osnsseccaanensvtusssaets dine sGek Slash ws eoua wn E A E a teed Ske dh ea veg sata A oka Se sd OM suas nueaw ae Poe A AEA 64 How to change the number of Servings in a LeCiPe cecceecseesseesseesseceeceseeesceesaecsaecnseccsaecsaecaecsecesesesseneeeeeeeenseesgs 64 How to create a new recipe from an existing recipe 0 0 eeeeecesecsseceteceseceseceeseceseceseceseeseeecaecsseeeeeseeeeeaeeeeeeseeeseeeeses 65 How to add a food item to a recipe ceccesccescesscesscesseeseeceeecseceeeceeeneeeseeeseeeseecsaeeeseecsaecsaecsaecsaecaeceseeeseeseeeseseseneeags 65 How to work with Recipe Folders ccccesccssscssecesecesecescceeeceeecesceceseeeseeeseecseecsaecsaeceaeecsaecsaecaaeceaeceseceaeeseeeseeeseneeags 65 How to add cooking directions to your FeCIPe ce cccecsseessseenseeceessecsecsecesecessecssecssecesecnseceseessecesecsseeseeeseeeenneesgs 65 How toScale resize a TeCIPe i2s crs sade ch
2. ceeeeseeeeee 15 How to add your own logos or icons for use with Formatted Reports ccccesccesssessceeseceeceseceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeses 53 Client Functions How To Topics csscccscccsccscssccecssscccsccccssccesssccessccssscccsssceesscccesscssesccessscesssessesccssssceesoosees 16 How to log on a new client eeececccecsseesseesceesceceecaecaecesecnsecesecseeeeneeeeseceseeeseecsaecsaecaecsecesecesecseesaeeseeeseeeenneesgs 16 How to record intakes without first logging on a new client Clinical and higher editions ceeeeseeeeeeees 16 How to add delete or edit intake only clients Clinical and higher editions cccesccsseeesseeseeeeeeteeeseeeees 17 How to use the 24 Hour Activity Option cccccesccsssccssecesecesecesecseeceeeeesseeeseeesaeeeseeeseecaeecsaecsaeceaeceseseaeeseeeseeeseneeses 17 How to enter resting metabolic rate directly oo eeccsseceseesceessecsneeeeeceecaeceacecsaecssecaecesaecsaeceseceseceeesereseeeseneeses 18 How to chang the active clents cs cc dis skes cic sttvodevaesvoeceusthoncds ade sue EE eSa e Ea EEEE o EEEE EA 18 How to work with your Client Folders Clinical and higher editions c ecccecccesssceesceeeeeeseceeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeaes 18 How to modify an existing client s goals 00 ee eecceessessseeseceeeeeeseeeseeescecseecsaeceseecseecsaecaecesecesecssaeceseesaeeseeseeeeeeeeaes 19 How to view your client s BMI Body Mass Index cccceeccesscess
3. How to compose an intake sort an intake based on its values for any nutrient This option lets you compose client s intakes That is you can sort all the food items in a client s intake from high to low or from low to high based on the amount of those nutrients for each food item in the client s intake This is also known as a composition analysis This lets you determine which food items contain the most or least Fat Sodium Fiber Carbohydrate etc This is valuable for locating trouble spots within a client s intake For instance suppose your client asks you Where is all the Fat coming from in my diet You can compose her intake and produce a report showing her exactly where all that Fat is coming from To generate a composition analysis for an intake make sure the client whose goals you wish to modify is active His or her name will appear in Client Selection List box at the top of the screen Client Selection List Client Folder Selection List y NutniBase Clinical Nutrition Manager File Database Functions Info Prefs Client Sample General Client Folder Click here to change the active client Click here to change the client folder you may have up to 26 client folders The Client Selection List box is on the left The active client is always shown in the Client Selection List The Client Folder Selection List is the list box on the right You may specify up to 26 client folders If th
4. 1 Click the Search Icon on your Tool Bar then click the View Tab 2 If you wish to change the type of data across which you will conduct your searches click the down arrow next to the drop down menu at the bottom of the screen and change your selection 3 Select a food category and the food subcategories in which you are interested then click the OK Button If the food categories you want to use are already selected just click the OK Button 4 The food items contained in the food subcategories you selected will appear on the screen in alphabetical order They will be presented in a spreadsheet view of columns and rows 5 You can navigate through the data or you can conduct a variety of functions with the data on the screen After you ve displayed the nutrient data to the screen you have a number of options For instance you can right mouse click on the display for recording options See How to navigate through the nutrient data topic page 51 for more options 74 NutriBase Mel wy To opics How to rank high to low or low to high a column of data while you are viewing It This option lets you rank almost any column from high to low or from high to low while you are looking at the results of the View function Here s how 1 Click the Search Icon on your Tool Bar then click the View Tab Search 2 Select the Food Category you wish to view Also select the subcategories you wish to include 3 When the nutrient da
5. 1 To import a NutriBase formatted Meal Plan click the Meal Plan Icon 2 Click the Import Button 3 Browse to the folder and the file you wish to import 4 After you ve selected the proper Meal Plan file click the OK Button to affect the import Note All recipes used in the imported Meal Plan will appear in the Recipe Folder you have open at the time you import the Meal Plan The same holds true for Meals If you want to keep your recipes or meals separated from your existing recipes or meals create new folders and make them active prior to importing a Meal Plan law to create a new ileal from an existing Meal lar This option lets you create Meals from existing Meal Plans 1 Click the Meal Icon to open the Meal Manager B Cian 2 Click the Create Button 2Y 3 Now click the Meal Plan Icon to open the Meal Plan Manager then double click the Meal Plan that a contains the meal you wish to create Double click on the day that contains the Meal you wish to create Click the tab for the Meal in which you have an interest Yes you have two main windows open 4 Now simply drag and drop the food items in the Meal you wish to create from the Meal Plan to the Meal Manager list box 5 Once you ve dragged all the items into the Meal Planner give the new Meal a name and click the Save Button 49 NutriBase ow fo opics Miscellaneous How To Topics low to set your iep Preferences Your User Preferences permit you to
6. The currently selected food category is displayed in the Record Foods to Intake window Or you can limit your search to the currently selected subcategory The currently selected food subcategory is displayed in the Record Foods to Intake window After selecting your filter option type in your keyword or words Then tap the Find Button to conduct your search The following screen shows search results that could result from a keyword search on cheese Since the Filter selection shown in the screen shot above was set to search all food categories it found a burrito and a two cheeseburgers as well as cheese listings from the Dairy food category To select the Blue Cheese entry make sure it is highlighted then tap the Ok Button Find Food Item Results AMERICAN CHEESE AMERICAN CHEESE FOOD BLUE CHEESE BURRITO BEAN amp CHEESE CHEDDAR CHEESE CHEESEBURGER CHEESEBURGER DOUBLE PATT COTTAGE CHEESE 1 FAT COTTAGE CHEESE 2 FAT COTTAGE CHEESE CREAMED COTTAGE CHEESE NONFAT 145 NutriBase Dalm dition Software Record Foods to Intake Category Dairy amp Egg Products Sub Cat v Cheese Food w BLUE CHEESE Meal v Breakfast Serving 1 00 Y oz Calories 100 1 Sat Fat 5 3 Protein 6 1 Chol 21 3 Carbs 0 7 Sodium 395 5 Fat 8 1 Fiber 0 0 The screen on the left provides information for the food item Blue Cheese that you selected in the previous screen Tap the Ok Button to add this item t
7. BodyFrame Client s body frame type small medium or large ActivLev Client s activity level sedentary moderately active or very active StartWtLbs Client s starting weight in pounds DesWtLbs Client s desired goal weight in pounds StartWtK gs Client s starting weight in kilograms DesWtK gs Client s desired goal weight in kilograms Lbs2L G WK Kgs2L G Wk Client s pounds to lose or gain per week Client s kilograms to lose or gain per week StartBodyFat Client s starting body fat content as a percentage of total body weight DesBodyFat Client s desired goal body fat content as a percentage of body weight DayCal2Main Client s daily calories Kcal to maintain current body weight TotLbsToL G TotKgsToL G Client s total weight in pounds to lose or gain Client s total weight in kilograms to lose or gain Wks2Goal Client s approximate number of weeks to reach his or her weight goal CalCutPerW k Client s number of calories Kcal to cut per week to reach his or her weight goal BasicCalReq Client s daily Energy Kcal requirement Does not account for activity exercise etc IsCalOvride Has the client s calorie Kcal requirement been overridden yes or no DailyCal Client s daily calorie Kcal intake goal to reach his or her goal IsPreg Is the client pregnant yes or no IsNurs Is the client nursing yes or no PregCal Calories to add to client s
8. Salutation holds the place for any selected client s salutation Ms or Mr as appropriate for the client s gender 8I Using NlutriBase to G erve Your Chants Example RTF Template File Take a look at this section of a sample NutriBase template file Initial Assessment Report Prepared date by Sure Fit Health and Aerobics Goal Summary for FirstName MI Lastname Present Weight StartWtLbs Ibs Activity Level Desired Weight DesWtLbs lbs Weight Loss Week Lbs2L G WK Ibs Client Name FirstName MI Present Body Fat StartBodyFat LastName Desired Body Fat DesBodyFat Age Ages Budi Body Frame Salutation LastName as you can see from the table above your current weight is StartWtLbs pounds and your goal weight is DesWtLbs pounds This means you have TotLbsToL G pounds to lose Hopefully all of this weight loss will be in the form of body fat Your goal is to lose an average of Lbs2L G Wk pounds of fat per week If you lose this Lbs2L G Wk pounds each week it will take you approximately Wks2Goal weeks for you to reach your body weight goal of DesWtLbs pounds The Resulting RTF Report The sample template on the previous page would generate the following report Initial Assessment Report Prepared September 10 2002 by Sure Fit Health and Aerobics Goal Summary for John P Smith January 21 1999 Present Weight 218 Ibs Activity Level Mo
9. This tab allows you to select which food items you wish to include on your Palmtop A few foods have been selected for you You can add foods by navigating to them though the interface provided and checking the ones you want to include You can remove already selected foods by unchecking them as desired We suggest keeping the number of food items in your database to a couple of thousand or fewer Palm memory is a precious resource and you may not want to waste it by creating a database with foods you ll never eat Think in terms of including the foods you are likely to eat when you re on the road with your PDA These choices may be different from what you would select while at home Click the Add Button to add your new selections to include on your Palm PDA NOTE If you are taking a lot of time to hand select your food items it s a good idea to click the Save Button from time to time This way all the foods you have been adding will be permanently stored for you In case of a power loss or other unexpected situation you will lose only the data you added up to the last time you clicked the Save Button By the way this tip regarding the clicking of the Save Button applies equally to all the tabs in the Palm Setup Window Personal Food Items Tab Click this tab to check off the Personal Food Items you want to include in your Palmtop database Of course if you have no PFI s set up in your NutriBase of Windows application on your
10. Browse as necessary to locate the proper data file NutriBase will remember this path for you The default path is the Import directory 5 Select the file of interest then click the Process Button to process the file All clients in the data file will be logged on as clients Their contact information will be placed in the Client Contact Manager and their personal information is stored in the client log on section for each client Error messages will be displayed in the event that invalid mandatory data is encountered All the other non mandatory information that was captured by the form is included in the data file You may use this information as you wish A suitable form questionnaire is provided in the se folder of the NutriBase program It is called clogon htm You may modify this form and add text and graphics either before inside or after it The names and values for all mandatory fields must remain as is You may however change the labels to these mandatory fields if you wish Additional Web pages are also provided in the se folder These pages are linked to the clogon htm form and provide supporting information Consult the Appendix page 135 for a listing of the names and values of the information you can gather from the initial questionnaire installed for you by CyberSoft The supporting Web pages are Filename Description wtchartw htm Body Weight Charts for Women wtchartm htm Body Weight Charts for Men bfchart h
11. But you will likely say a watermelon is a very large fruit Aren t there other fresh fruits that are a richer source of Potassium To find out you just need to learn how to conduct a query that compares fresh fruits of equal serving sizes ly to locate the fresh Pruit lat ie sachest tn Pakau A watermelon contains a lot of Potassium But who can eat an entire watermelon Surely there must be a fresh fruit that contains a lot of Potassium in a smaller package To find out which fresh fruit is richest in Potassium conduct this query 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Query Tab 2 Select the Fruits and Fruit Juices category Select the Fresh subcategory then click the OK Button Note If you enter this category and see that the selections are grayed out it just means that you already have some subcategories selected elsewhere Just click the Cancel Button to unselect the other categories 3 When the Query Data dialog appears select Serving Size Select 100 grams By selecting the same portions of the various fresh fruits you will assure you are doing an apples to apples comparison among the various fruits 4 Select Potassium Enter a value of 0 Specify that this is a minimum value Sort the data from high to low Click the OK Button Note By specifying a minimum value of zero you are telling NutriBase that you wish to see all fresh fruits with a value of Potassium greater than zero in other words yo
12. Chloride Threonine Theobromine Chromium Tyrosine Water Copper Tryptophan Alcohol Fluoride Valine Ash Iodine AFA 4 0 AVit A IU Tron AFA 6 0 AVit A RE Magnesium FA 8 0 Thiamine Manganese FA 10 0 Riboflavin Molybdenum FA 12 0 Niacin Phosphorus FA 13 0 Pantothenic Potassium FA 14 04 Vit B6 Selenium FA 14 1 Total Folate Sodium AFA 15 0 Folic Acid Zinc FA 16 0 Food Folate Alanine FA 16 1u Folate DFE Arginine FA 16 1t AVit B12 Aspartic AFA 16 1c AVit C Cystine FA 17 0 AVit D Glutamic AFA 17 14 AVit E IU Glycine FA 18 0 AVit E ATE Histidine AFA 18 1u Alpha Isoleucine FA 18 1t Beta Leucine FA 18 1c Gamma Lysine FA 18 2u AFA 18 21 AFA 18 2n AFA 18 3u AFA 18 3n AFA 18 4 AFA 20 0 AFA 20 14 AFA 20 2n AFA 20 3u AFA 20 4u AFA 20 5n AFA 22 0 AFA 22 1u AFA 22 5n AFA 22 6n AFA 24 0 AFA 24 10 XStarch XVLM XLM XMFM XHFM X Veg XFru XSMilk AXLMilk XW Milk XFat XOther MealName A ppendix MealComment PFCRatio CPFRatio Date Filler Fooditems SS SS Fooditems Fooditems SS htm SS Fooditems htm Most of the macros above are self explanatory Fooditems SS lists the food items formatted with the food item a h
13. Each word or phrase is connected to a function or to a drop down menu of functions The Menu Bar provides an alternative to using the Tool Bar Icons NBBACKUPI This is a redundant backup file that NutriBase creates whenever you backup data If for instance you back up your information to a diskette you will also have a copy of that backup on your hard drive in a file named NBBACKUPI in your NBBACKUP folder If you need to restore it you can use the Restore function Each time you back up data this file will be overwritten with the latest backup file NutriBase also automatically creates another backup file called nbbackup 2 NBBACKUP2 This is a backup file that NutriBase automatically creates for you whenever you restore data Whenever you restore data NutriBase will automatically back up your current information before restoring the information This form of disaster protection will permit you to restore your previous information if you inadvertently overwrite it Your current information is backed up to a file called NBBACKUP2 in your NBBACKUP folder If you need to restore it you can use the Restore function Each time you back up data this file will be overwritten with the latest backup file NutriBase also automatically creates another backup file called nbbackup1 1253 Appendix Non Client Specific Relating all the clients rather than a specific client For instance non client specific goals can be created and then assigne
14. For non USDA brand name restaurant foods and Canadian Nutrient Data CyberSoft developed the compensated 4 4 9 method of estimating calories and PCF ratios In NutriBase PCF Ratio refers to the percentage ratio of calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat in that order When applying the straight 4 4 9 method to actual published data several factors make this method less than ideal For one thing many food makers consider any nutrient containing fewer than 5 calories to be nutritionally insignificant For this reason many food makers round off their published values for protein carbohydrates and fat Sometimes they publish a value of lt 1 0 gram for fat which should provide a conservative figure but it could also mean that the fat content is anywhere from 0 99 grams down to 0 0 grams When a food item contains only a few calories the insignificant rounding of fat values can have significant and misleading consequences One consequence of this practice of rounding nutrient values is that when the caloric values for protein carbohydrates and fat are added up they rarely match the calorie values published by the food manufacturer or restaurant This means that to simply multiply fat grams by 9 and calculate the resulting value as a percentage of the total calorie value will result in a misleading value for Calories from Fat or any other percentage value To more accurately represent Calories from values CyberSoft deve
15. Format Clinical and higher editions 83 Using NutriBase to Serve your Clients sccccscsscsscscscecscccesscesssscessecssscccsssccesscccessccssescesssccsesessescccsesceesoosees 85 Log on Clients from a Web based Form requires server side software e sseesseesssesssesssesssecssoosssosssesssosssose 88 Documentation for the NutriBase Research Quality Database scccsssssscccsscescessssscssssccsesccessscersscsseseees 93 Introduction to USDA SR14 Nutrient Data ce ccccesccesecssecesseseeeesceeeseeseeeseceesseeeseecseecsaecsaecaecsaeenaeeseeseeeseaeeass 93 Contents of USDA SR14 Nutrient Database 2 0 e ccc cccccceesseesseesceccecaecaecnsecesecsseeseeseaeeceeeseeeseaeeeseseaeeeseeetsessaes 94 PLOX UATE cs Pe ected eee aa su Cee sta cet e eka ea aa eg whe eos ade Dek deh el sa ha ee ea cad oad au toon ata 97 IMG ral s34txes ENT Gat teeta diet a ee M ar ERO S AA dc det det I EAE A ENO 98 MVTLATIIS 2 ccs tat caapreg EE E E A Webs obs EA 99 Lipid Components vcscn iv esate vest eciaeebests sees vrsadenalon thawte season vopeeeslla dues oulbstesusseuas a tees esapeshathd tease a 101 ATININO ACIDS 20 03 ce sea e tontacatssoas dee NEN E E E T E ENA E E ETRS 103 E iTS E EEA AOA E EE AEEA A A E EET 104 R tention Factors nnani anea e a A catch oes Sane a a e ede Ea N e EA a eed 104 Documentation for the NutriBase Research Quality Database continued scccscsscssccsscesecesssccesseseeeses 93 Nu
16. HTM template to create a Web page file Do this by clicking the down arrow in the list box and clicking on the desired template file Keep in mind that the HTML report shows you the html code not the browser view 8 Once your report is generated you can use Save As to save it anywhere you wish fly to view andl ce print a uon ae abel for a recipe This option in the Clinical and higher editions lets you view and print a Nutrition Facts Label for a recipe 1 Create a recipe or edit an existing recipe 2 Click the Label Button 3 If any missing values are present in your recipe they are identified 4 Click the Generate Button to view the Nutrition Facts Label 5 Click the down arrow to change label formats Resize the window and label as desired 6 Click the Print Icon to print 7 Click the Image Button to generate a BMP file for a document or a JPG file for a web page 8 Check the Ingredients checkbox if you wish to include an ingredient listing based on gram weight 70 NutriBase Meloy To Topics Search Screen How To Topics Liow kosclet yicha bese auey hen you Way Z ank or Query You will be conducting your View Data Rank Data or Query Data functions across various NutriBase nutrient databases You can select which database or combination of databases you are searching 1 Click one of the icons shown to the left as appropriate for the type of search you wish to conduct all of these functions can also be ac
17. NutriBase will compose the recipe and display the results to the screen Note NutriBase will rank the ingredients in the sort order you selected It will also give you the percentage of that nutrient contained in the selected recipe How to copy a recipe to another notebook tab This option lets you organize your recipes into separate tabs 1 Click the Recipe Icon to open the Recipe Manager 2 Select the recipe you wish to copy to another tab from the All Recipes card by clicking on it 3 Click the Copy To Button and select the tab to which you wish to copy the recipe Continue this process until you have finished 4 If you prefer you can simply drag and drop the recipes from the All Recipes tab to the other tabs To do this click on the recipe you wish to move Press the left mouse button down and while continuing to hold it down drag the cursor to the tab you want to copy the recipe to Release the mouse button Note Keep in mind that you can add new tabs delete existing tabs or rename existing tabs 1 no Now to play with your recipe There may be times when you want to see which of a few ingredients you want to use in a recipe This might happen if you are trying to reduce the Sodium or Fat content of your recipe Here is an example of how you can juggle three ingredients before deciding which one will go in the recipe 1 Begin creating a recipe by clicking the Recipe Icon 2 Add the three ingredients one of
18. Over Goal Filename columns and select the appropriate file for your intended purpose If you don t want a comment to appear select the Clear Selection option 5 Edit the trigger level by adjusting the value in the Under of Goal or the Over of Goal column 6 To activate the under and over comments for any nutrient check the box to the left of the nutrient name 7 To save your settings click the Save Button 8 To exit this window click the Close Button Ley to generate a Meal lan Summary Report ora Weekly 1 66a Listing This option lets you provide a hard copy road map for a client to use to determine her food choices for the next one to four weeks This is actually an Analyze function 1 Open the Analyze Program by clicking the Analyze Icon The Analyze Program will open and the Type Tab will be displayed 2 In the Type Tab click on Meal Plan Analysis Select Formatted Report as your report type down arrow 3 Click the down arrow of the Analysis Template Listing and select the Basic Formatted Meal Plan Summary Template Basic Meal Plan Summary if you are using Personal Plus or lower 4 Selecting this template will fill in the information required in the remaining tabs of the Analyze Program You may click on the various tabs and tweak your template if desired Make sure to tweak the start date of the summary if required ae 5 Click the Analyze Button at the bottom of the window Your Meal Plan Summ
19. These new fields include Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat CyberSoft also calculated Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat and added them into the database These six values were calculated using the compensated 4 4 9 method see Appendix All six of these new fields are searchable within the software Please direct all questions regarding NutriBase to CyberSoft Inc at 800 959 4849 ensduction ab hes C anadan Blotaet The 1997 Canadian Nutrient File CNF is a computerized food composition database containing average values for nutrients in foods available in Canada Much of the data in the CNF have been derived from the comprehensive United States Department of Agriculture USDA compilation of analytical data Agricultural Handbook No 8 Composition of Foods Raw Processed Prepared Sections 1 21 16 36 plus four Supplements 37 40 Modification for Canadian levels of fortification and regulatory standards along with addition of Canadian only foods as well as where appropriate some brand name foods form this standard Canadian resource What s Aley This is the eighth edition of the Canadian Nutrient File and contains data on 4 668 food items for up to 115 food components CyberSoft performed the required calculations to derive additional entries for household serving sizes for these original entrees Changes to the data include those adopted by US
20. When the intake calendar appears double click on the date to which you wish Bea to record the intake ake Note If you are a new user NutriBase will pop up a help screen that suggests that you click the Search Icon now to locate items to enter into your new intake Please read the suggestion on screen then click the Exit Box in the upper right corner 3 Now click the appropriate icon on the Tool Bar as desired you can view ND Rank Query access all search capabilities by clicking the Search Icon to begin recording the items you wish to include in this intake Do this by clicking on the notebook tab representing the item you are looking for then type in your search string If you want to locate foods by using the View Rank or Query functions click on the View Rank or Query Icons as appropriate Inteke 4 Select a food item PFI recipe or Meal you wish to include in the client s intake then click the Intake Button to record it Notes a When you open your Search Screen page 71 you can resize it and position it wherever you wish b It is recommended that you keep the main NutriBase window no taller than is required to display the Menu Bar and Tool Bar options This will prevent the NutriBase screen from hiding any of your open windows c When you resize and reposition your windows NutriBase will remember the size and position settings for you d NutriBase loves high screen resolutions The larger yo
21. When you use the Analyze Program in NutriBase Clinical or higher editions to generate an intake analysis report for a client you have the option to compare their intake to their nutrient goals which can be RDA DRI RNI or a customized version of any of these When a client is under or over their goal for any nutrient you have the opportunity to insert a comment For example if a client is low in her goal for Calcium you may want to insert a comment that suggests rich sources for Calcium If your client is over her goal for Vitamin A you may want to insert a comment that indicates that this goal has been exceeded and that the Upper Limit UL for Vitamin A is 10 000 IU s It s easy to insert customized comments for any nutrient and have them automatically inserted as needed You can even predetermine when these comments will be triggered Here s how 1 Click the Prefs Icon Click the Reports Tab Click the Create Edit Button for Under Over Goals 2 To edit an existing file click the down arrow next to the listing of existing Under Over Goal files Your under and over comments are stored as text files Select the file you want to edit then click the Edit Button 3 To add a new under or over text file click the New Button Type in your message then click the Save As Button Give it a name that you will recognize for your purposes 4 To select which comments show up where click the down arrow to the right of the Under Goal Filename and
22. You have the option to use the Nutrient Density View in your Recipes Meals and Personal Food items You can also use the Nutrient Density View to view the nutrient data from the database of foodsndview2 Here s how to use the Nutrient Data View to view recipes meals or PFT s 1 Open your recipe meal or PFI manager ND View 2 Click the ND View Button 3 Enter the calorie level at which you wish to compare the foods 100 kcal is the default value 4 Click the OK Button Note Once you have the data on screen in the spreadsheet view you can easily rank the foods listed based on their values for any nutrient To do this just click the square box in the column header for the nutrient you are interested in This will rank all the foods from high to low based on their values for that nutrient Click the box again to reverse the sort sequence How to edit your ingredient names and comments This option lets you edit your food names and food name comments Any changes you make will be reflected in any NutriBase report that you generate To do this 1 Click the Recipe Icon 2 Double click on the recipe of interest 3 Click the Edit Button This brings you into the Edit a Single Food Item window 4 Click on the Food Name cell and edit as desired 5 Click on the Description cell and edit as desired These edits will be reflected in any reports you generate 66 NutriBase Meloy To Topics How to subtract an ingredient from a
23. delete them rename them and you can move PFI s among your folders as desired To do these things gt 1 Click the PFI Icon to open the PFI Manager 2 Click the Folder Options Icon at the top of the PFI dialog box This opens the PFI Folders dialog box C dd 3 To add delete or rename a PFI Folder click the Add Button Delete Button or Rename Button C Delete 4 To move a PFI from the currently selected PFI Folder to another folder drag and drop the PFI C Rename from the PFI List to the PFI Folder listed on the left side of the dialog box 5 Continue this process until all the PFI s you wish to copy to your PFI tabs have been copied Click the OK Button NutriBase Meloy To Topics llay to wep with your PHI Edas NutriBase provides up to 26 PFI Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your PFI s Personal Food Items You can organize your PFI s into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building PFI s Vegan PFI s Heart Recovery PFI s etc This is what the PFI Manager Tool Bar looks like Click here to add edit or manipulate Folders 1 Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these Click here to view available Folders folders and their contents It s the open folder icon to the E ono paii l 2 To add a PFI Folder click the Add Button Add 2 _ ara 3 To delete a PFI Folder select an existing CJ Delete folde
24. not all tools shown Click here to see your Personal Food Items the foods you ve added to NutriBase and frequently eaten foods from the database Access your recipes for use in other recipes meals or meal plans Click to create a meal Create a meal plan a collection of up to3 meals and 3 snacks a day for up to 4 weeks Update your client notes for any client The Client Manager lets you add delete or modify clients edit your RDA DRI or RNI generate Client Assessment Reports etc Record and recall exercise and workouts Manage Target Heart Rate Zone training Generate calorie expenditure reports Analyze intakes recipes meals meal plans for anything over any time period Save the reports as text word processor or web page format Track anything Body chemistry Body weight Body fat Blood work Dress size anything Work Planner lets you plan out your days Keeps a record of what you did with your time Shopping List lets you see what you need Integrated spell checking word processor saves your files as web pages word processor files or text files Click here to set up your Palm PDA Click here to configure this Tool Bar Access over 500 help topics Restore your backup from a different computer Use it to move your work back and forth from home to work Backup all your client information recipes intakes meals meal plans etc to a flappy a CD orto any other r
25. or part of a recipe name or any Meal item a food item or recipe within the Meal Once you locate the Meal you can record it to an intake or to a Meal Plan 1 Click the Search Icon in the Tool Bar Se 2 This will take you to the Search Screen Click the Meal Tab Seal 3 Click the radio button that represents the type of search you wish to perform Your options include Meal Name or Meal Item 4 Type in the Meal name or part of a Meal name or the name of the Meal Item you are looking for as appropriate 5 Click the Search Button Note Keep in mind that the fewer letters you type in the more hits you will produce 6 NutriBase will present a list of Meals containing the specified search string either in its name or as a Meal Item Select the desired Meal Intake 7 To record the selected Meal to an intake click the Intake Button If you are recording items to a Meal Plan there will be a Meal Plan Button sitting there for you There s another way to locate a Meal for use in an intake recipe Meal or Meal Plan There will be times when you may prefer this method 1 Click the Meal Icon 2 Scroll through the lists changing tabs if desired and locate the recipe of interest Maa intak 3 Click on the Meal you wish to record and then click the Intake Button to add the Meal eS to aclient s intake 73 NutriBase yee ie Topics Tool Bar How To Topics ley to customize your Tagi Rar NutriBase allows you t
26. tapped the Food option and selected the Vegetable Juice Cocktail Record Foods to Intake Category v Beverages Sub Cat v Vegetable Juices Food VEGETABLE JUICE COCKTAIL Meal Breakfast Selecting the food item in the Serving 1 00 Y cup screen to the left brings the Calories 46 0 Sat Fat 0 0 screen summary on the right Protein 1 5 Chol 0 0 This screen allows you to Carbs 11 0 Sodium 653 4 Fat 0 2 Fiber 1 9 edit the serving size and the units cups in this example Tap the Ok Button to record this food item to your intake Repeat this process to locate food items for your intake By stepping through the major food category and then the appropriate subcategory you can locate food items for your intake If you have difficulty locating a food item maybe you can t remember which food category the food item is listed in you can use the Find function to locate any food item in your Palm PDA database Using the Find Button to Locate Foods Find Food Item Food Item Filter Search all food categories O Search current food category O Search current subcategory Keyword cheese Tapping the Find Button in the Record Foods to Intake window brings you the screen to the left Under your Filter options check the option you search prefer You can search across all food categories that is you can search across the entire nutrient database You can limit your search to the currently selected food category
27. you can simply type itin this list Note When you enter your PFI s serving size it is normally best to click the Box to the right of the Serving Size edit box When the serving size selection list appears click the down arrow to select a serving size The serving sizes offered in this list are abbreviations that NutriBase uses It prevents you from entering things like tspn rather that the correct nomenclature of tsp is provided to make it almost impossible to insert a typo 1 Click the Box to select from a Nutri Base formatted serving size Using the NutriBase format serving sizes assures you ll be able to convert your PFI serving sizes when you want 55 NutriBase Tg Te Topics Note You don t actually need to select from the serving size values offered here If you type in the serving sizes exactly the way they are listed here you ll be able to convert servings sizes just fine selecting from our list just makes it easier a little more error proof xg Nutri 2 Click the Nutrients Button to edit additional nutrients beyond the basic nutrients displayed on utrients the screen DY 3 Click the DV Button to enter Percent Daily Values rather than actual values Sometimes supplements provide the DV s but not the actual values Intake 4 To add this PFI to an intake click the Intake Button 5 To add this PFI to a Recipe click the Recipe Button R aia 6 To add this PFI to a
28. 7 23 low to save a recipe or any other document asa Web Page HIM L This option lets you save NutriBase reports and documents in a format known as the hypertext markup language HTML This is the format used in Web pages on the Internet This option makes it possible for you to publish your recipes Meal Plans and other documents on the Web Here s the procedure 1 Generate your report or document in your NutriBase Word Processor 2 Edit and or format the document if you wish 3 Click the File Menu Bar option and select Save As 4 Select HTML files under the Save file as type drop down 5 Give the file a different name if you wish Specify a different folder to which to save the file to if you wish Click the OK Button to finish How to set up your tab stops Tab stops help you align columns of data The NutriBase word processor lets you clear all the tabs set as many as you wish and determine the type of tab you are using To clear your tab stops select the text you want to affect click on the Format Menu Bar option and select Clear All Tabs To set a tab make sure the ruler is visible at the top of the screen Click the ruler at the location you want to position the first tab To change the type of tab left aligned center aligned right aligned and decimal aligned click on the blue tab marker in the ruler again Click the tab stop marker until the tab you want to use Clicking on the tab after going t
29. A L and B K Watt 1973 Energy value of foods basis and derivation revised U S Department of Agriculture Agriculture Handbook No 74 Murphy E W P E Criner and B C Gray 1975 Comparison of methods for determining retentions of nutrients in cooked foods Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry 23 1153 National Academy of Sciences Institute of Medicine 2001 Dietary Reference Intakes Vitamin A Vitamin K Arsenic Boron Chromium Copper Iodine Iron Manganese Molybdenum Nickel Silicon Vanadium and Zinc National Academy Press Washington DC National Academy of Sciences Institute of Medicine 2000 Dietary Reference Intakes Vitamin C Vitamin E Selenium and Carotenoids National Academy Press Washington DC National Academy of Sciences Institute of Medicine 1998 Dietary Reference Intakes for Thiamin Riboflavin Niacin Vitamin B6 Folate Vitamin B12 Pantothenic Acid Biotin and Choline National Academy Press Washington DC National Academy of Sciences National Research Council 1989 Recommended dietary allowances 10th ed National Academy Press Washington DC Schakel S F Buzzard I M and Gebhardt S E 1997 Procedures for estimating nutrient values in food composition databases Journal of Food Composition Analysis 10 102 114 Sheppard A J U S Food and Drug Administration 1992 Lipid Manual methodology suitable for fatty acid cholesterol analysis Wm C Brown Publishers Dubuque IA Departm
30. Buckwheat 88K 837 Soo o Bulgar Wheat l 8B 8B Cane Sugar 8B Cornmeal Degermed Egg Noodles Spinach Fih o O An ee S e eee Egg Noodles 120 A ppendix Atwater C onyeriioh actors continued Alcohol Triticale at 8 37 8 30 8 3 6 93 Whiskey oo d o O O aa O 6 93 Zucchini 127 A ppendix 4 4 9 Method of Calculating Caloric Intake Ratios For USDA SR14 nutrient data for formulated foods items with multiple ingredients CyberSoft uses the 4 4 9 method of calculating the of total calories from and the calories from values for Protein Carbohydrates and Fat In NutriBase PCF Ratio refers to the percentage ratio of calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat NutriBase also offers a User Preference option to display the CPF Ratio if preferred The 4 4 9 method is an official AOAC method of calculating calories Most laboratory analyses still report calories using this simple but crude method This popular method of estimating calories assumes that one gram of protein contains 4 calories that one gram of carbohydrate contains 4 calories and that one gram of fat contains 9 calories In beverages or foods containing alcohol it is assumed that each gram of alcohol provides 7 calories By knowing the total calories in the food and the total calories from the calorie sources contained in the food it is a fairly straight forward calculation to determine the Calories from and the Cal
31. Canadian Nutrient Files Data cccccccccscccssscesecesecesecensecesecesecseeeeaeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeesaes 114 Tips for Using NutriBase More Effectively eeseesseosseessoossseossoossoossoossoossoossoosssosssosesoossoosssosssosssosssossssssssssssesssee 116 ADPCIOIN siscossccnceccancvonssevebeccsduseubssvseonccsssocnscessnsessvedseauascerasesusbecsesssanee ducaveabascscnascsnuacsbessonesdsenaosssesecuccossbecssseaccnnss 121 Glossaryof NutriBase Terms 3 5 5g502055 aeeteis a aces stags Mande a a AE naked 121 Atwater Conversion Factors sv cecccicsstick cons ccusdcenn tens ii os ecavtesu canes SEE AETA E E AEE ENAT ENEE 126 The 4 4 9 Method of Calculating Caloric Intake Ratios ccccccecccesssesseceeseeeeeeeseeseeeeeceesseeeseeeeseseaeeeseeeneeeaaes 128 The Compensated 4 4 9 Method of Calculating Caloric Intake Ratios 0 eceeccesceseeeseceeeeeeeseceeeeeeceaeeaeeeeeees 128 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Assessment Reports Clinical and higher editions ccceee 129 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Custom Meal Reports Clinical and higher editions 006 132 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Custom PFI Reports Clinical and higher editions eeeeeees 133 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Custom Recipe Reports Clinical and higher editions 0 6 134 Information you can gather from your Clinical SE web form Clinical SE edition ccceeesseeeeceteene
32. Client The active client is the selected client the one you re currently working with This client s name appears in the Client Selection List at the top of your screen You can select the active client by clicking the down arrow in the Client Selection List and selecting the desired client The Clinical and higher editions allow you to organize your clients in up to 26 Client Folders All Foods Tab This is a notebook tab in the Intake Manager It is special in two ways One it always exists and two it always contains every food item in the nutrient intake You can organize and analyze your intake by meals or snacks by copying the food items and or PFI s and recipes from the All Foods Tab to any of the six meal and or snack tabs All Meals Tab This is a notebook tab in the Meal Manager This tab is special in two ways One it always exists and two it always contains every Meal in the Meal Manager You can organize and analyze your Meals by copying them from the All Meals Tab to any other Meal notebook tab You can add edit and delete Meal tabs as you wish All Personal Food Items Tab This is a notebook tab in the Personal Food Item Manager It is special in two ways One it always exists and two it always contains an alphabetical listing of every PFI in the nutrient intake All Recipes Tab This is a notebook tab in the Recipes Manager This tab is special in two ways One it always exists and two it always cont
33. Data function to view them Select the type of nutrient data you display page 34 with care We suggest you restrict your searches to USDA or Canadian data at least at first This will assure that you locate food items whose nutrient data tends to be more complete than the brand name listings food makers are not required to provide complete nutrient data If you find that you can t locate a particular item for example Worcestershire Sauce select to include brand name items in your search This approach lets you include as much research quality nutrient data as possible in your recipes intakes meals etc Note that NutriBase does not offer to let you search across both USDA and Canadian data simultaneously because the Canadian data is highly redundant to the USDA data much of the Canadian data was derived from the USDA Nutrient Database ee ips EE These icons let you conduct any type of NutriBase nutrient data search Any time you are having trouble locating a searchable item try reducing the number of characters you are typing in The fewer characters you type in the more hits you will normally generate Search You can select the type of data you will conduct your searches across page 34 To obtain the highest quality data try locating items with the USDA or Canadian data these entries tend to be more complete than brand name listings If you fail to locate any hits select a broader range of data that includes brand
34. FatPerc SatFat MonoFat PolyFat TransFat TransMonoFat Omega 3 Omega 6 Cholesterol Phytosterols Stigmasterol Campesterol Beta Sitosterol Starch Sugars Sucrose Glucose Fructose Lactose Maltose Galactose Fiber Caffeine Theobromine Water Alcohol Ash AVit A IU AVit A RE Thiamine Riboflavin Niacin Pantothenic Vit B6 Total Folate Folic Acid Food Folate Folate DFE Vit B12 Vit C Vit D AVit E IU AVit E ATE Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Biotin AVit K Calcium Chloride Chromium Copper Fluoride Jodine Tron Magnesium Manganese Molybdenum Phosphorus Potassium Selenium Sodium Zinc Alanine Arginine Aspartic Cystine Glutamic Glycine Histidine Isoleucine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline Serine Threonine Tyrosine Tryptophan Valine AFA 4 0 AFA 6 0 AFA 8 0 FA 10 0 FA 12 0 FA 13 0 AFA 14 0 AFA 14 1 FA 15 0 FA 16 0 AFA 16 1u AFA 16 1t AFA 16 1c AFA 17 0 AFA 17 14 AFA 18 0 AFA 18 1u AFA 18 14 AFA 18 1c AFA 18 2u AFA 18 21 AFA 18 2n AFA 18 3u AFA 18 3n AFA 18 44 AFA 20 0 AFA 20 14 AFA 20 2n AFA 20 3u AFA 20 4u AFA 20 5n AFA 22 0 AFA 22 1u AFA 22 5n AFA 22 6n AFA 24 0 FA 24 1c XS
35. Keep the following information in mind as you review the Source Citations 1 Carbohydrate values in animal products were assumed to be zero 2 Carbohydrate values which were calculated by difference were imputed 3 Energy values which were calculated by Atwater factors were imputed 4 Cholesterol and vitamin B12 values in plant products were assumed to be zero 5 Vitamin C and total dietary fiber values in animal products were assumed zero Sample Count This value indicates the number of samples used to derive a particular nutrient for a particular food item A value of zero indicates that the nutrient value was not analytical Sample Count can be viewed in the Single Food Summary or exported from the SR14 Database The inclusion of the sample count for every nutrient is a hallmark of a research quality nutrient database The sample count for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition and Fitness Manager Standard Error Standard error of the mean A blank field indicates that this value could not be calculated Sample Count can be viewed in the Single Food Summary or exported from the SR14 Database The inclusion of the standard error for every nutrient is a hallmark of a research quality nutrient database The standard error for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition and Fitness Manager A bbysiatiens gedra Sees ata ARS Agricultural Research Service
36. Normally that time period is one day When recording an exercise intake with NutriBase you can select from your Exercise category lists from previously recorded days of exercise intakes or from workouts Frame A rectangular frame that borders an image You can resize a frame and the image inside it by dragging any of the square handles on its four edges HTML Format This is the format of World Wide Web pages HTML is short for Hypertext Markup Language The integrated word processor in the Clinical and Network versions of NutriBase will let you save any file in HTML format you simply specify HTML as the format you wish to save to This means you can now publish any NutriBase report recipe Meal Plan or document as a Web Page The NutriBase word processor also lets you save files in RTF format The HTML option gives you another option for electronic delivery of your work Intake Module This feature NutriBase Clinical and higher let s you click a button within NutriBase that will burn a CD that you can provide to your client Your client can install the NutriBase Intake Module on their own PC record one to 30 days food intake then click a button to email you the results so you can provide an analysis and your recommendations Key Field A key field is a column of data in a relational database that contains unique numbers or strings It is used to link data from two or more databases Since NutriBase contains up to 340 individua
37. NutriBase Misy To Topics To generate a Weekly Food Listing use the word processor option in the Format Tab then click the Weekly Listing Radio Button option at the top of the Plan Factors Tab select the week you want the listing for then click the Analyze Button at the bottom of the window Note You will probably want to exclude the checklist option and the comment field option both of these are options in the Plan Info Tab for Meal Plans that will be posted on cork boards Elay to generate a Recipe aon for every Recipe ina Meal Plan This option lets you generate a word processor style report containing either a food item listing for a Meal Plan or a printout of every recipe in the Meal Plan This can be a real time saver for you To generate either or both of these listings click the Analyze Icon In the Type Tab select the Meal Plan Report In the Formatted Tab click the Formatted option And under the Settings Tab check the Recipe Listing and or the Individual Recipe options Click the Analyze Button at the bottom of this window to generate the reports Llay to create a new Meal Plan from an existing Meal Plan This option lets you create a new Meal Plan by starting with one that already exists and then editing it This is often the fastest way to produce a new Meal Plan J5 1 Click the Meal Plan Manager Icon and select a Meal Plan By CaveAs 2 Use the Save As Button to save this Meal Plan under a new na
38. P text align justify text indent 8pt color 00184a table nobord text align justify background ffffe6 font family arial font size 10pt color 00184a text decoration none lt style gt lt body gt lt table width 640 border 0 gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt center gt lt b gt lt font size 5 color 00184a gt Initial Assessment Report lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt lt font color 00184a gt Prepared January 11 2001 lt br gt by XYZ Corporation lt br gt for Ed Prestwood lt br gt Goal weight loss lt font gt lt center gt lt br gt lt b gt Client Information and Goals lt b gt lt br gt lt table class nobord width 640 cellspacing 1 cellpadding 3 border 1 gt lt tr gt lt td gt Start Date lt td gt January 6 2001 lt td gt Present Weight lt td gt 225 lbs lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Activity Level lt td gt Moderately active lt td gt Desired Weight lt td gt 215 Ibs lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Goal Date lt td gt May 26 2001 lt td gt Weight Loss Week lt td gt 0 5 lbs lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Client Name lt td gt Ed Prestwood lt td gt Present Body Fat lt td gt 0 lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Gender lt td gt Male lt td gt Desired Body Fat lt td gt 0 lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Age lt td gt 49 lt td gt Body Build lt td gt Medium lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Resting Heart Rate lt td gt 72 bpm lt td gt Maximum Heart Rate lt td g
39. PC you won t see any PFI s here These PFI s will appear in alphabetical order under your Personal Food Item category on your Palm PDA Click the Add Button to add your new selections to include on your Palm PDA There is no limit to how many times you can change your database and reinstall it to your Palm Exercises Tab This tab lets you select the activities and exercises you wish to place onto your Palmtop Be sure to look at all the tabs offered Frequent Infrequent THRZ and Monitored to make sure you have checked off all the exercise tracking options you will want to have appear on your Palm PDA Gym Log If you plan to use your Gym Log on the Palm PDA make sure to click your Fitness Icon in the NutriBase for Windows Edition and customize it as desired prior to stepping through the NutriBase Palm Setup described here HotSync This tab allows you to set your preference for the way HotSync works with NutriBase data We recommend that you check this box so that all your Palm based information regarding NutriBase will be automatically deleted after each HotSync operation This removes old client specific data and frees up Palm memory for new information We say client specific because the HotSync operation leaves the food and exercise databases intact for continued usage After you finish making the selections outlined above click the Save Button to save your Palm Database files after you have checked all of the above s
40. Rib Round Short Loin Sirloin Variety Meats By Products Jams Preserves Beverages Alcohol and Related Carbonated Soft Drinks Chocolate Beverages Coffee and Related Drinks Fruit Juices and Nectars 130 The NutriBase Food Categories Beverages continued Milk and Related Tea Vegetable Juices Other Beverages Bread Bagels Biscuits Croissants Buns Rolls Breads Bread Dough Cornbread English Muffins Muffins Pancakes Waffles French Toast Cereals Ready to Eat Cereals Ready to Eat Hot Cereals Candy Candy Bars Gum Hard Candy Holiday Other Candies Cereal Grains and Pasta Flour Meal Grains Grasses Pasta Noodles Cookies and Crackers Cookies Crackers Dairy Products Butter Cheese Cream Sour Cream Whey Eggs Yogurt Desserts Brownies Cakes Custard Flan Rennin Gelatin Desserts continued Ice Cream Frozen Desserts Mousse Pastries Pies Pudding Sweet Breads Tapioca Entrees Beef Pork and Other Meats Breakfast Lunch Mexican Other Mixed Dishes Pasta Pizza Poultry Sandwiches Seafood Fats and Oils Fats Margarine Margarine Substitutes Oils Shortening Finfish and Shellfish Products Fin Fish Shellfish Fruits Fresh Dried Packaged Ingredients Cake Frosting Coatings Batter Mixes Crumbs Cooking Ingredients Fruit Fillings Marinade Tenderizers Seasonings Sweeteners Tomato Products Lamb Veal and Game Products La
41. Select Exit Button Now to select a different NSL This option lets you select a different Nutrient Selection List NSL The selected NSL tells NutriBase which columns of information to display to the screen whenever nutrient data is displayed To select a different NSL 3g 1 Click the NLS Icon 2 Select the NSL you prefer to use SA Select Eni 3 Make sure you have highlighted the NSL you want to use then click on the Select Exit Button This selects the highlighted NSL and exits back to NutriBase 54 NutriBase How o opics PFI Personal Food Item Manager How To Topics Ley te ale ew food item PHD to Autri ase This option lets you add an existing NutriBase food item to your PFI notebook or create a PFI from scratch Having PFT s listed in an organized notebook saves you time by preventing you from having to conduct a search for these food items every time you need to use them To add an existing food item to the PFI notebook 1 Locate an existing food item on the screen by using any of the options of the Search Screen page 71 ZA FFI 2 Select the food item and click the PFI Button The food item will appear in the All PFI tab of your PFI notebook in the currently open PFI Folder Notes a The new PFI will appear in the All PFI tab of the currently open PFI Folder in alphabetical order b You may edit this new PFI if you wish and you can copy this PFI to any PFI tab you wish c You may add tabs rename tabs
42. a particular nutrient on the database it is a missing value and not a true zero Software developers and others personalizing the database must learn to understand and account for the missing values IIO Jscomentatisn for the Nutrient Mataba Six Digit Canadian I ea Cede The food code has been adapted from the new USDA food codes through insertion of a third digit between the major food group code and the food item code to aid in identifying the source of the data Numbers formed this way are used in NutriBase as the identifying number in the key field Third Digit Definition 0 No change from Handbook No 8 1 Food with some nutrient s changed to meet Canadian fortification standards 2 Food with some nutrient s added 3 Food with some nutrient s analyzed in Canadian product 4 Food with nutrient s calculated from USDA data 5 More than one of the above changes 6 9 Canadian only data Descriptive information about the food items is included in the CNF database is in both French and English This edition of NutriBase is published in English only The food names in the CNF are 60 characters in length CyberSoft edited these food names to a maximum of 49 characters Additional food name information was placed in the Comment field This limitation in the CNF database leads to frequent use of abbreviations A systematic hierarchy is utilized for recording common food names Elements which may be included are Product type Breed Part Physi
43. acids per 100 g food values of less than 0 0005 were rounded to 0 CyberSoft derived Omega 3 and Omega 6 fatty acid information by summing the Fatty Acid components of each of these two fatty acid complexes Only food items which provided data for all the associated Fatty Acid components were calculated Cholesterol Cholesterol values were generated primarily by gas liquid chromatographic procedures It is assumed that cholesterol is present only in foods of animal origin and foods containing at least one ingredient of animal origin for example cake that contains eggs For mixtures containing ingredients derived from animal products the cholesterol value may have been calculated from the value for those ingredients For foods that contain only plant products the value for cholesterol is assumed to be 0 For foods that contain only plant products the value for cholesterol is assumed to be zero Phytosterols Data on plant sterols campesterol stigmasterol sitosterol were obtained by colorimetric or gas chromatographic procedures and summed to calculate total phytosterols Aning Acids The data for amino acids represent results obtained primarily by ion exchange chromatography Nutrient data for the following amino acids are included in the database Alanine g Arginine g Aspartic Acid g Cystine g Glutamic Acid g Glycine g Histidine g Isoleucine g Leucine g Lysine g Methionine g Phenylalanine g Proline g Ser
44. amp amp GRAPE JUICE 1 Earth s Best bottle 4 ACORN SQUASH BAKED W SALT 1 cup cubes ASPARAGUS SOUP CANNED CONDENSED 1 cup i Click here to move selected items from BEEF NOODLE SOUP MIX DRY 1 packet the Source List to the Selected List BROAD BEAN RAW 1 cup BUTTER WHIPPED W SALT 1 tablespoon BUTTERMILK DRY 1 cup CMN INA POC A ara Click here to move ALL the items from the Source List to the Selected List Click on an item to select it This button moves selected items to the left Hold the Crtl key down to multi select Click here to move ALL items to the left box 50 NutriBase Mole To Topics Click the double right arrow or double down arrow in some cases to move everything from the Source List to the Selected List Click an item to select it Click the right arrow to move the selected item to the Selected List Double click an item to move it from one list to the other Click the double left arrow or double up arrow to move everything back to the Source List Click the left arrow to move an item in the Selected list to the Source List Press and hold the Ctrl Key down and use the mouse cursor to cherry pick a number of individual entries Press and hold the Shift Key down and click the first and last entries in a range of entries Click the Add Items Button this could be an OK Button in other windows when you are ready to affect the transfer to the Shopping List How to turn off the quota
45. and get acquainted with NutriBase Remember any time you see text that is green and underlined you can click on it to jump to the topic described by the green underlined text Click the box labeled Don t show this screen again to remove this screen NutriBase loves large monitors with high screen resolutions The larger your monitor and the higher your screen resolution the more information you can see at once The minimum recommended screen resolution is 1024x 768 pixels A resolution of 1280 x 1024 or greater is ideal NutriBase supports multiple open windows Your imagination is the limit to the number of screen layouts that are possible NutriBase loves multiple monitors If you have two monitors connected to your computer all the better NutriBase was designed to take advantage of multiple monitors Record a list of foods that you eat every day these will be automatically recorded for you Copy what you ate today or any other day to a different day orto a different client like your spouse Open your intake to record all the foods you ate over some time period or to review a previous intake Conduct a Boolean AND search across the database Sort foods fram high to low or low to high based on their values for any nutrient View your foods alphabetically in a tabular spreadsheet view Click here to locate foods brands recipes meals etc NuttiBase Clinical Nutrition Manajer il he Apte ase a Rar
46. can save these reports in text or RTF Rich Text Format When you open an RTF file with your word processor and all the formatting tables alignments fonts etc is retained You can even save it in the word processor s native format In other words you could open a NutriBase RTF file with MS Word and save it as an MS Word Doc file Although these reports take only seconds to create it appears to your client that you gave up your evening to prepare this report for them that is unless you happened to generate it and print it out in front of them You customize the final report by editing a template file and by inserting macros placeholders for client information into the template file as needed A template file is a file that represents the desired report It contains all the formatting tables tabs boldface point size fonts etc that will appear in the final report It is identical to the final report except that the template puts a macro a 50 cent word for placeholder where the actual data would go in the final report This will become clear when you look at an example that follows NutriBase macros are strings of text that act as placeholders for client specific information This allows you to create a customized report template that will suit a wide variety of clients Every NutriBase macro begins and ends with a caret symbol For example the macro LastName holds the place for any selected client s last name and
47. click File Save As and save the file under a new name Make sure you save it to the same location that the other files are stored Now close the original file that you Saved As and open the newly created file Edit as desired using the PFI Macros listed on page 133 7 To create a custom report click the Custom Tab select the Meal and the template to use Click the OK Button to generate the report For a more in depth explanation of custom reports see custom recipe reports on page 57 Loy to view your AE ina rankable spreadsheet view y This option lets you view and rank your recipes for use in NutriBase It lets you find the recipes rich or poor in specific nutrients To do this gt 1 Click the PFI Icon g View 2 Click the View Button A spreadsheet view of your PFT s will appear on the page 3 Resize this window if desired We do not recommend maximizing this window 4 You can rank your PFI s based on their values for any nutrient To do so just click inside the square box in the upper right corner of each column header Clicking the box again will reverse the sort direction 5 Study the buttons at the bottom of this window to see what options are available to you while you are in this view 57 NutriBase Tg de Topics Uey Pen an existing Dermal Esed tem This option lets you edit an existing Personal Food Item gt 1 Click the PFI Icon 2 Select the PFI you wish to edit 3 Click the Edit Button 4
48. click File Save to save it Use the Meal Macros listed on page 132 6 If you want to create a new template file click File Save As and save the file under a new name Make sure you save it to the same location in which the other files are stored Now close this original file and open the newly created file Then edit it as desired using the Meal Report Macros listed on page 132 44 NutriBase Mel aay To Topics 7 To create a custom report click the Custom Tab select the Meal and the template to use Click the OK Button to generate the report For more in depth coverage of custom reports see the custom Meal reports topics page 44 Eloy ee on ingredient From a Mal When you eat at a restaurant you might ask the server to hold the mayonnaise or pickles You can create a Meal that reflects your preferred way of eating a restaurant meal For instance if you eat your Whopper Value Meal a single patty hamburger from Burger King an order of medium French Fries and a soda without mayonnaise plus mustard you can create a Meal that takes this into consideration You can have it your way Here s how 1 Begin to create a Meal page 41 2 Add a Whopper tbsp of mayonnaise 2 tsp of mustard your drink and French Fries to your Meal Meal 3 Double click the mayonnaise and click the Subtract from Meal Radio Button 4 Notice that all the nutrients in the mayonnaise are subtracted from the Meal nutrient totals 5 You don
49. client s resting metabolic rate through the use of your own formulas or through the use of some medical equipment like a portable indirect calorimeter If you have already calculated your client s RMR in calories you may enter it into NutriBase Please keep in mind that this capability is enabled only if you do not use the optional 24 hour activity intake method of tracking intakes and activities separately from food intakes Here s how 1 Click the Client Icon 2 Double click the option to log on a new user or to modify an existing client s goals 3 Click the Next Button to move to the second screen and look at the section labeled Estimated Daily Calorie Requirement Summary 4 Click the Change Formula Button shown to the left Estimated Daily Calorie Requirement Summary Basic Calorie Requirement Average Daily Exercise Calories Calories for Pregnancy and click on the User Entered tab as 5 Enter your calculated value or the value you determined Calories for Nursing L through the use of specialized medical equipment Calories to maintain weight 3484 6 Adjust the Activity Level Compensation Factors these Calories to lose 0 5 Ibs wk 3234 are the multipliers for the RMR to adjust for sedentary moderately active and very active lifestyles You can also adjust the Injury Factor also called the Stress Factor if desired Click the OK Button when you are finished How to change
50. daily calorie allotment due to her pregnancy NursCal Calories to add to client s daily calorie allotment because she is lactating StartDate The date when the client information was first entered Rhr Client s resting heart rate Mhr Client s maximum heart rate 12 A ppendix Bfcalemethod Method that was used to calculate body fat content Exercise Related Macros MonEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Monday TueEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Tuesday WedEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Wednesday ThuEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Thursday FriEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Friday SatEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Saturday SunEx Exercise calorie expenditure goal for Sunday AvgDailyExCal Average daily exercise calories sum of the seven days 7 Macros for Sources of Calories Food Energy kj Client s daily Food Energy Kj goal ProtGms Client s daily Protein g goal CarbGms Client s daily Carbohydrates by difference g goal FatGms Client s daily total Fat g goal SatFatGms Client s daily Fat Saturated g goal ProtPer Client s daily protein requirement as a percentage of total calories CarbPer Client s daily carbohydrate requirement as a percentage of total calories FatPer Client s daily fat requirement as a percentage of total calories SatFatP er Client s daily saturated fat goal as a percentage of total calorie
51. data Suppose you found it inconvenient to look through 80 or so columns of nutrient data every time you viewed the nutrient data Suppose further that you were mostly interested in seeing values for Calories Calories from Fat and Sodium You can tell NutriBase to display whatever nutrients you desire to the screen You do this by selecting the Nutrient Selection List NSL that itemizes the nutrients you want to see displayed to the screen But don t worry whenever you record these foods into recipes intakes or Meal Plans all the available nutrient information will automatically be recorded for you elect a different Nigivient alection lid A a cata aA Page 54 You now know how to specify which nutrients get displayed to the screen as a result of your searches You ve accessed the data to record intakes and you ve created a recipe by using the Food Brand Search But there are other ways to access the nutrient data One other way to access your nutrient data is to simply display the data to the screen alphabetically iew the nutrient data alphabetically by food Categor merge aaa Dage 74 Once the data is on the screen you can select a food item then click the Intake Button to record that food item to a client s intake You can click the Recipe Button to add the selected food item to a recipe In fact whenever your nutrient data is displayed to the screen in the spreadsheet view you have a wide variety of options Another way to display the
52. email address web address telephone number You can remind them to email you their body weight every Monday You can refer them to a web site to order their MegaBlaster 2003 formula etc If you run a web site and you wish to post your client s report up on your site with a web address known only to you and her read the next section that deals with HTM formatted Assessment Report template files 82 Using NlutriBase to awe Your Clients Assessment Report Web Page Format NutriBase Clinical and higher editions also allow you to create highly customized Initial Assessment Web pages for each of your clients Once you finish your template files for your Web pages these reports take only seconds to create You customize your Web page by editing a template file and by inserting macros placeholders for client information into the template file as needed Template files for Web pages always end with the htm extension A template file is a file that represents the desired report It contains all the Web page formatting tables forms navigation bars font formatting font sizes colors faces etc that will appear in the final HTM document The only difference between the template and the final report is that in the template files NutriBase macros are inserted where needed to serve as placeholders for the actual data NutriBase macros are strings of text that act as placeholders for client specific information This allows you to create
53. etc for each of your clients Use the resulting database to create a mailing list for newsletters monthly specials etc Client Specific Report This option accessible from the Client Icon lets you produce a custom client report containing personal information nutrient and exercise goals estimated calorie requirements etc Compact Recipe Report Access this report from the Recipe Manager dialog box This report provides a quick recipe card report that omits the nutrient overview This compact report is suitable for use in preparing a recipes For the same report with basic nutrient information select the Basic Recipe Report For an in depth analysis use the NutriBase Analyze program Composition Report for an Intake Produce this report by clicking the Compose Button while viewing a client s intake This report sorts the food items in the intake in descending or ascending order based on how much of a selected nutrient it contains The report not only puts the food items in sorted order it shows you how much of that nutrient it contains and what percentage of the intake total it contains This lets you know where all that cholesterol or fat is coming from in your client s intake Compose a Recipe Produce this report by clicking the Compose Button after selecting a recipe This report sorts the food items in the selected recipe in descending or ascending order based on how much of a selected nutrient it contains The report not only puts th
54. folders move clients from folder to folder etc Click here to change clients Click here to change client folders Client Setups General Client Folder Client specme Nonclent specie Leallys Health Club Client Folder General Client Folder Mountainside Gym Client Folder Weight Loss Client Folder ce 1 Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these folders and their contents Clicking the Folder Options Icon takes you to the Client Folders dialog box G Add 2 To add a Client Folder click the Add Button 3 To delete a Client Folder select an existing folder by clicking on it and click the Delete C Delete Button C Rename 4 And to rename an existing Client Folder select an existing folder and click the Rename Button 5 To move clients from one folder to another click on the folder containing the clients you want to move then drag the desired clients to the new folder C Log on a New Client How to modify an existing client s goals This option lets you edit an existing client s personal goals These goals include nutrition exercise and weight body fat goals PH 1 To do this click on the Client Icon client 2 Double click on the Modify an Existing Client s Goals EA Calendar 3 Click the Calendar Button in the upper left corner and select the start date If today s date is okay you can skip this step 4 Fill in the information required by the form 5 If you wish to tr
55. for locating trouble spots within Meals It answers questions like Where is all the Fat Sodium or Cholesterol in this Meal coming from To compose a recipe A 1 Select the Meal you wish to compose by clicking the Meal Manager Icon then clicking on a Meal 2 Once you have the Meal of interest on the screen click the Compose Button C Ne Compose 3 Select the nutrient upon which you wish to perform your compositional analysis 4 Select the sort direction high to low or low to high 5 After you click on the OK Button NutriBase will compose the recipe and display the results to the screen Note NutriBase will rank the items in your Meal in the sort order you selected It will also give you the percentage of that nutrient contained in the selected recipe Liloy to copy a Meal ta another tab This option lets you organize your Meals into separate tabs 1 Click the Meal Manager Icon to open the Meal Manager 2 Select the Meal you wish to copy to another tab from the All Meals card by clicking on it B Copy To 3 Click the Copy To Button Select the tab to which you wish to copy the recipe Repeat as needed 4 If you prefer you can simply drag and drop the Meals from the All Meals tab to the other tabs To do this click on the Meal you wish to move Press the left mouse button down and while continuing to hold it down drag the cursor to the tab you want to copy the Meal to Release the mouse button 43
56. for the exercise performed 5 Enter any additional information you want to add 6 Click the OK Button Loy to Ada a New Monitored l oae A monitored exercise is one that monitors the user s performance and progress A lot of health club equipment falls into this category Treadmills stair climbers and rowing machines that electronically monitor the user s duration and calorie expenditures are monitored exercises Heart Rate Monitors are also a very popular type of monitored exercise NutriBase lets you add new Monitored Exercises to the software NutriBase also lets you record your calorie expenditures for these types of exercises Here s how to add a new Monitored Exercise to NutriBase 1 Click the Fitness Icon 2 Click the Exercise Setup Tab 3 Click the radio button option labeled Monitored Exercise List 4 Click the Create Button and enter in the information as appropriate to the new exercise 5 Click the OK Button 30 NutriBase Meloy To Topics How to modify an existing client s exercise goals Before modifying a client s goals make sure the client whose goals you wish to modify is active His or her name will appear in Client Selection List box at the top of the screen Client Selection List Client Folder Selection List r NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager I File Database Functions Info Prefs Client Sample General Client Folder Y Click here to change the active client Click
57. have been recalculated for those nutrients where Canadian regulations require supplementation or fortification of certain foods as described in the Food and Drug Act and Regulations 8 Such values are identified both by the food code and the nutrient flags In the same manner certain foods such as CREAM SOUR CULTURED 14 FAT which are not for sale in the U S have been calculated in their entirety to approximate Canadian foods and are similarly identified Calculations are based on the values shown in Handbooks No 8 16 40 and No 456 2 and using the conversion factors shown in this section Some inconsistencies may appear in the last decimal due to the conversion and rounding of numbers but are inconsequential in the overall accuracy of the data IS Jocumertation for the Alit Jatabass Pee System guivalents for LJ nige of Masure Volume 1 teaspoon mt Smt O l tablespoon mt Sm o 1 fuid ounce US 2957m d 1 fluid ounce Imperial 2841m o 1 cup 8 US fluid ounces 2366m 250m Oo 1 quart 32 US fluid ounce 9464m o ooo o 1 quart 40 Imperial fluid ounces 11365m LT 1 gallon 128 US fluid ounces 3786m i 1 gallon 160 Imperial fluid ounces 4 546m f4L Length 1inch Sem d S Weight 1 ounce avoirdupois 2835s J T E A pound avoirdupois E e S e IER 1 cup poultry and cooked meats 148 g chopped and diced 1 cup poultry and cooked meats 110 g 250 ml 116g ground Ref
58. is hold down the Alt key Then while still holding the Alt key down press the Print Scrn key Let them go simultaneously This copies the image to the Windows clipboard 6 Open your word processor or image editor You can use the integrated word processor in NutriBase if you wish 7 Paste the image to your application 8 Use the word processor or image editor to print the calendar for your client sw eee ere goals that NutriBase uteselecr NutriBase Clinical and higher editions will automatically select the appropriate RDA DRI or RNI for you based on the client s age and gender You can also tell NutriBase to set the RDA DRI or RNI for 1 3 the normal values for single meal applications 1 Click the Prefs option in the Menu Bar at the top of the NutriBase screen 2 Select the General Tab 3 Set your preference for automatically selecting the RDA DRI or RNI in section labeled Nutrient Goals Default 4 Set your preference for full or 1 3 RDA DRI RNI in the section labeled Full or 1 3 Goal Default 5 Click the OK Button to make these your new settings 26 NutriBase Mel sey To opics llay keras orekaren goals including BRS RDAS ana RN s NutriBase Clinical and higher editions will let your create new nutrient goals or edit existing nutrient goals To create or edit an existing nutrient goal Eq 1 Click the Client Icon to open the Client Setups dialog box 2 Select the Client Non Specific Tab These ar
59. liquid chromatography GLC and are the sum of individual monosaccharides i e galactose glucose and fructose and disaccharides i e sucrose lactose and maltose Data for total sugars are available Q7 Jocimertation for the Nutrient Jatabass primarily for formulated foods but we anticipate that values for other foods will likely be added in future releases Starch was analyzed by AOAC method 966 11 1996 With version 4 2 of NutriBase CyberSoft added sugar values for common SR14 food items such as granulated sugar by comparing these foods with similar food with known values and imputing these values Food Energy Food energy is expressed in kilocalories kcal and kilojoules kJ One kcal equals 4 184 kJ The data are for physiological energy which is the energy value remaining after losses from digestion and metabolism are deducted from gross energy Calorie values with the exception of formulated foods are based on the Atwater system for determining energy values Derivation of the Atwater calorie factors is outlined in Agriculture Handbook No 74 Merrill and Watt 1973 Formulated Foods For formulated foods calorie values generally reflect industry practices as permitted by the Nutrition Labeling and Education Act NLEA of calculating calories from 4 4 9 Kcal g for protein carbohydrate and fat respectively or from 4 4 9 kcal g for protein carbohydrate minus insoluble fiber and fat The latter method is frequently u
60. may insert text for example you could insert quotations located in the Info section of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen d If you want your bitmap header or text header to appear at the top of your report make sure you select the appropriate option in the Prefs section e It is recommended that you also provide your new clients with the informative Calorie Expenditures Report at the same time you produce the Assessment Report This report will show your client how many calories he or she would burn in performing a wide variety of exercises iay to modify an Feesn Report emplate Eile The Assessment Report Clinical and higher editions is a client specific function available in the Clinical and higher editions You can create custom RTF word processor and HTM Web page Assessment Reports Your RTF reports can contain font selections font sizes font colors boldfacing underlining centering alignment tables etc All you do is format your template file the way you want your final report to look The only difference between the template file that controls the format of the final report and the final report is that the template uses placeholders macros for all the final information For example to make your final report say John Smith you would use two macros FirstName LastName This way it will produce the correct report no matter what the current client s name is For custom Web pages you customize the tem
61. menus and vendors Products are discontinued Hundreds of new foods are introduced monthly Restaurants concede variations in their foods from region to region and from store to store Food makers are constantly improving products by lowering fat cholesterol and or sodium The result is that for many products the nutritional information changes almost as often as new food labels are printed Although considerable effort has been made to assure the accuracy of the data contained in this product we cannot guarantee that the information is 100 error free The data presented here are guidelines not gospel If you wish to obtain information on a new product that hasn t yet been included in the data simply call the appropriate food maker Several hundred toll free numbers have been listed for you in the Information section of NutriBase click Info in Menu Bar NutriBase includes a few recipes and Meal Plans Others are available for download from third party vendors While the descriptions may imply that these Meal Plans are for a particular purpose renal heart diabetes etc CyberSoft assumes no responsibility for determining that any particular recipe or Meal Plan is appropriate for any particular client or user Recipes and Meal Plans are provided as is for your convenience and are intended to serve as starting points for a professional to edit and modify as necessary to meet the needs of particular clients CyberSoft maintains this nutri
62. nutrient data is by using the Ranking Function This capability ranks sorts the data from high to low or low to high based on the values for any nutrient you specify Rank sort foods based on their values for any nutrient n n Page 63 Once again you have a number of options when the data is displayed There may come a time when you want to add a new food item to NutriBase You may want to put into an organized listing of other personal food items for quick access Or maybe you ve found a food item that s already in the NutriBase nutrient database that you eat every day Putting it into a personal food item list would save you from having to search for it every day that you use NutriBase Finding personal food items that have been organized into a tabbed notebook is usually easier than conducting a search for that food item every time you need to use it in a recipe or intake Creates a BANTA Froga lte add a food item to Nutribase PARTEI Page 55 Sooner or later you will probably perform an exercise But until then wouldn t it be handy if you could print out a Calorie Expenditures Report showing you how many calories you are expended in performing a wide variety of exercises or activities You can and it s very easy to do Generate a client specific Calorie H xpenditures Report E cna eae Page 33 You know there s something wrong with this report It doesn t have your company information including your logo at the top of the re
63. of USDA data provided zeros or blanks for this value The nitrogen conversion factor for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager O4 l Jstomentatsn for the Nlutrient Mataba Protein Conversion Factor The numerical conversion factor for calculating calories from protein For mixed ingredient food items this release of USDA data provided zeros or blanks for this value CyberSoft used a value of 4 00 to estimate the Calories from Protein and the Calories from Protein values The original zeros and blanks are used however when the data is exported The protein conversion factor for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager and higher editions Fat Conversion Factor The numerical conversion factor for calculating calories from fat For mixed ingredient food items this release of USDA data provided zeros or blanks for this value CyberSoft used a value of 9 00 to estimate the Calories from Fat and the Calories from Fat values The original zeros and blanks are used however when the data is exported The fat conversion factor for every nutrient for every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager Carbohydrate Conversion Factor The numerical conversion factor for calculating calories from carbohydrate For mixed ingredient food items this release of USDA data provided zeros or blanks for this value CyberSof
64. of double bonds Omega 3 and omega 6 isomers are denoted in shorthand nomenclature as n 3 and n 6 The n number indicates the position of the first double bond from the methyl end of the carbon chain The letter c or t indicates whether the bond is cis or trans For polyunsaturated fatty acids cis and trans configurations at successive double bonds may be indicated For example linoleic acid is an 18 carbon omega 6 fatty acid with 2 double bonds both in cis configuration When data are isomer specific linoleic acid is described as 18 2 n 6 c c Other isomers of 18 2 for which new nutrient numbers have been assigned include 18 2 c t 18 2 t c and 18 2 t t 18 2 t not further defined and 18 2 i 18 2 i is not a single isomer but includes isomers other than 18 2 n 6 c c with peaks which cannot easily be differentiated in the particular food item Systematic and common names for fatty acids are given in the table above Fatty acid totals Only a small portion of the fatty acid data received for release in SR14 contains specific positional and geometric isomers Therefore it has been necessary to maintain the usual nutrient numbers corresponding to fatty acids with no further differentiation than carbon length and number of double bonds To aid users of our data specific isomers are always summed to provide a total value for the undifferentiated fatty acid Thus mean values for the specific isomers of 18 2 would be summed to provide a mean for 18 2 un
65. of two ways One method is to specify all your activities for each 24 hour period With this method you will compare your calories expended against the calories you take in from food This provides you with data in the form of a daily surplus or deficit of calories NutriBase Ee Te Topics Another method is to specify whether your normal daily activity level is sedentary moderately active or very active then record any exercises you perform in addition to your normal routine This method gives you an estimate of your daily calorie requirements Please select the method you use carefully if you decide to switch methods at a later date you will need to start over NutriBase will save your intakes recipe meals meal plans and Personal Food Items for you but you will lose exercise data due to the very different way these two methods handle exercise data 1 Click the Client Icon 2 Double click the option to log on a new user 3 When logging on the new client click the option labeled 24 hour Body Frame C Smal Medium Large Daily Activity Level C Sedentary Moderately Active Very Active 4 Click the Create Button and enter in the information as appropriate to your typical day You will have the opportunity to edit this each day as the client deviates from the typical day 5 Finish the client log on as you normally do ae to tap Resting Metabolic ate IRM 2 Directly You may have calculated the
66. on your keyboard then while still holding it down press the V key once and then let them both go PCF Ratio The PCF Ratio is the ratio of calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat in that order in a client s intake recipe or Meal Plan A PCF Ratio of 15 55 30 indicates that an intake recipe or Meal Plan contains 15 of its calories from Protein 55 of its calories from Carbohydrates and 30 of its calories from Fat You can assign PCF Ratio goals to clients NutriBase provides the PCF Ratios for recipes and Meal Plans The PCF Ratio tells you a lot about a client s intake a recipe or a Meal Plan One day many popular diets may be defined by their PCF Ratio NutriBase will also display the CPF Ratio if you select this option in the User Preferences PFI Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 PFI Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your PFI s Personal Food Items You can organize your PFI s into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building PFI s Vegan PFI s Heart Recovery PFl s etc Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these folders and their contents Read Only This is a term that refers to a file on your hard drive It means you can read it look at it and use it but you cannot modify it and save it at least with the same name Read only files are protected from being overwritten Recipe Folders NutriBase prov
67. print the report Notes a If you are using the Clinical edition you may use the word processor to edit spell check and or format this report as desired b If you are using the Clinical edition you can also use the File Save As option to save the file under a new name This will let you save the file in RTF compatible with MS Word and other word processors TXT text format or HTML Web Page format These formats make it easy for you to deliver your reports electronically c If you want to produce a custom intake report use the Analyze Program How to copy an existing intake From client to client or clients This option lets you copy one client s intake to other client s intake record This is useful when more than one client ate the same meal as might often be the case in a family D 1 Click the Copy an Intake Icon 2 Click the notebook tabs one at a time from left to right and provide the required information Note You may copy from a client to the very same client as long as you copy from and to different dates If you want to try it go ahead NutriBase will tell you what you re doing wrong if you try to perform a no no aS Copy To 3 After you ve provided all the required information click the Copy Button to perform the copy 39 NutriBase Mily To Topics Note When you first copy an intake to a client s intake days the images on the Client s calendar will be NutriBase Apple icons This is becau
68. recipe When you eat at a restaurant you may ask them to hold the mayonnaise or pickles You can create a recipe that reflects your preferred way of eating a restaurant favorite For instance if you eat your Whopper a single patty hamburger from Burger King without mayonnaise plus mustard you can create a recipe for this food item You can have it your way Here s how 1 Begin creating a recipe by clicking the Recipe Icon 2 Add your three ingredients a Whopper 1 tbsp of mayonnaise and 2 tsp of mustard 3 Double click the mayonnaise and click the Subtract from recipe radio button 4 Notice that all the nutrients in the mayonnaise are subtracted from the recipe nutrient totals 5 You don t have to actually do anything with the other ingredients except perhaps adjust their serving sizes because the default setting is to Add to recipe 6 Give this recipe a descriptive name like Whopper w o Mayo then click the Save Button to finish Note Bear in mind that you cannot subtract the nutrients in one food item from your recipe if the nutrients in the first item don t exist in the recipe You can t subtract Fat and Sodium from say a glass of water Trying to do so would generate negative values for certain nutrients Under these conditions NutriBase will prompt you and let you know you cannot save the nonsensical result Lay to Vie pie SD pceat Daily aloes for a Recipe or bee Sometimes you are more interested in kno
69. remember your email address and the maximum recording rate for you 2 It will also eject your CD for you when it is finished 3 It will also lock your CD so you can t accidentally eject it while writing to it Liloy to Modify fhe Nutrivase bake Modules l Jer anual You may want to modify the User s Manual for the NutriBase Intake Module For instance you may want to add your contact information and any special instructions your wish to convey Here s how An MS Word version of the NutriBase Intake Module s User Manual is included for you in the Manual folder It is called Intake Module doc To modify it just open it with MS Word and edit it as desired You can print this for your clients and provide it for them If you know how to convert your finished file into PDF Format this requires you to have a copy of Adobe Acrobat you can save it to your IM folder if you want to update the User s Manual that is presented on the CD for your Clients to view and or print You will need to overwrite replace the existing Intake Module PDF file You must use the same file name if you want it to run from the Installation Menu options Suggestions for using the Intake Module effectively Be an expert on the use of the Intake Module before you hand out CD s It s a good idea to record a few items yourself so that if you get a call you ll be able to help them easily Include a custom label on your CDs with your business and contact information pri
70. s Fatty Acid 20 0 Arachidic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 20 1 Gadoleic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 20 2 n 6 c c g goal Client s Fatty Acid 20 3 undifferentiated g goal Client s Fatty Acid 20 4 undifferentiated Arachidonic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 20 5 n 3 g goal Client s Fatty Acid 22 0 Behenic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 22 1 undifferentiated Erucic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 22 5 n 3 Clupanodonic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 22 6 n 3 DHA g goal Client s Fatty Acid 24 0 Tetracosanoic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 24 1c Nervonic g goal Macros for use with NutriBase Custom Meal Reports All NutriBase macros placeholders begin and end with Typing the macro in the first column below will insert the data indicated in the second column Use these macros anywhere you wish and as many times as you wish in your template file for custom meal reports Macros are supported in the Clinical and higher editions Calories FoodEnergy Protein ProtCal ProtPerc Carbs CarbCal CarbPerc Fat FatCal FatPerc SatFat MonoFat PolyFat TransFat TransMonoFat Omega 3 Omega 6 Cholesterol Phytosterols Stigmasterol Campesterol Beta Sitosterol Starch Sugars Sucrose Glucose Fructose 132 Lactose Delta Methionine Maltose Biotin Phenylalanine Galactose Vit K Proline Fiber Calcium Serine Caffeine
71. series than in the printed Handbooks Where a discrepancy exists between the Handbook and electronic data the electronic file gives the correct value The five decimal digits seen throughout the CNF do not reflect the accuracy of the data but have been included for the purpose of minimizing round off errors in subsequent calculations Proximate components include moisture water protein total lipid fat carbohydrate and ash Addition of these 5 components should approach 100 Carbohydrate when present is determined as the difference between 100 and the sum of the remaining proximate components and alcohol when present The determination of Total carbohydrate values by this method of calculation include total dietary fibre Carbohydrate values are assumed zero in animal products Food Energy is expressed in both kilocalories kcal and kilojoules kJ One kcal equals 4 184 kJ Calorie values are based on the Atwater system for determining energy values Details for the derivation of the Atwater calorie factors are outlined in Agriculture Handbook No 74 11 This means that for most foods the calorie value will differ from that calculated by the general 4 9 4 factors for protein fat carbohydrate Total Dietary Fibre TDF is made of complex and heterogeneous polymeric materials that are not easy to separate from other food components particularly starch Methods for dietary fibre have evolved remarkably over the past decade and at the moment
72. snacks in another Create higher calorie versions of existing meals and snacks and save them in their own folders too You are limited only by your creativity This process of creating meals and snacks that meet specific criteria and using them as modular building blocks is the most effective way to create Meal Plans that are targeted for their application quick to produce and easy to customize To download free Meal Plans from our web site just visit www nutribase com Each NutriBase meal plan comes in eight calorie levels and are easy to modify for your particular needs 46 NutriBase Meloy To Topics Ciy to create a new Meal Cae This option lets you create a new Meal Plan from scratch It s sometimes quicker and easier to create a new meal plan from an existing meal plan J5 1 Click the Meal Plan Icon This brings up the Meal Plan Manager dialog box 2 Click the Create Button to create a new Meal Plan Provide a name for the Meal Plan and add your byline if desired 3 Select the day or days you wish to record your Meal Plan to Note You can cherry pick the days you wish to record food items to by simply clicking them You may click the Select Week box to select a week at a time Or click on the Select All Days box to select all four weeks of the Meal Plan 4 Once you ve selected the day or days to which you wish to copy your Meal Plan intakes click the OK Button 5 Use the icons shown to the left
73. so that your client can note any deviations from the foods or servings sizes you ve recommended in the Meal Plan At the end of some agreed upon period of time three weeks perhaps the client can return her annotated Meal Plan Summary sheets to you Tracking and reporting to you makes your client accountable for her intake Record the Meal Plan to the client s intake on the day she started the custom Meal Plan Edit the days that she reported deviating from the agreed upon plan The analysis of this intake plus the client s results weight loss or gain body fat change inches lost or gained and her comments I almost starved to death You gave me too much to eat will help you fine tune the next four week s Meal Plan for her Rankings This function lets you make recommendations to your clients For instance you might want to know which fruit is contains the most Potassium Or which breakfast cereal contains the most Total Dietary Fiber Queries Use this function to answer client questions like Which of the five restaurants in my neighborhood serve foods with no more than 500 mg of Sodium at least 2 grams of dietary fiber and no more than 2 5 grams of Saturated Fat per serving Or What is the world s richest food source of Potassium Recipes It s a good idea to print recipe reports for every recipe you include in your Meal Plan You can choose the depth of information you wish to include Use the Compact Recipe Report to provide b
74. the selected date The selected date is specified on the NutriBase Main Window Notice that the total calories is zero and that the PCF Ratio is 0 0 0 This is normal since nothing has been recorded yet By the way if you selected to display the CPF Ratio in the User Prefs in NutriBase for Windows this screen would be displaying the CPF Ratio as well Tap the down arrow next to All Foods to view different meals The All Foods option lists all the foods you have recorded The remaining categories allow you to select from one of three meals or three snacks for the specified date To begin recording your intake tap the Add Button at the bottom of this window View A Day s Intake All Foods PCF 0 0 0 Food Name Serving Cals Total Calories 0 The Record Foods to Intake Window Tap this down arrow to select a different major food category Tap this arrow to select a different food subcategory Tap to select a particular food This option allows you to select the meal Category Accompaniments Sub Cat v Condiments Food w CATSUP KETCHUP Meal v Breakfast or snack you want to record this food to Serving 1 00 tbsp Edit the serving size as desired Tap down Calories 15 6 Sat Fat 0 0 arrow to change units Protein 0 2 Chol 0 0 i P Carbs 4 1 Sodium 177 9 This is your nutritent profile for the d Fat 0 1 Fiber 0 2 displayed serving size of the food item selected To conduct a food search tap here L
75. the selected entry Highlight a Gym Log entry then tap the Del Button to delete the selected entry Click the Done Button to finish Gym Log Entry Exercise Sets Reps Weight Time Betw Comments Gym Lo Gym Log Entries Bench Press NutriBase Dalm L dition Software Palm Notes NutriBase for Palm also provides you a place to store your notes These are written observations your have regarding the date specified in the NutriBase Main Window It s like a user diary NutriBase To access Notes tap the Daily Notes prestwood ed Notes Button on the Nutri 3 siani bot Base Mai Date 30 jan2004 seca ae Goal Calories 3280 The a to the ne a appears ype in your note It Actual Calories 0 Intake will be recorded to the Goal Exercise i selected date Tap done when Actual Exercise 0 you are finished Weight 220 00 lbs t Generating Reports The NutriBase Palm Edition serves as a handy portable method of tracking information for use by NutriBase for Windows To analyze your data intakes exercises etc you will need to send your data back to NutriBase for Windows You do this by performing a HotSync operation After you HotSync your data to your PC you can use your NutriBase for Windows software to produce any of the analyses or reports you need to generate NutriBase Disclaimer The nutritional contents of many brand name foods change regularly and often Food makers change recipes
76. there are 3 different AOAC approved methods for measuring TDF TDF values originating from USDA data are analyzed by AOAC 5 methods 985 29 Prosky and 991 43 Lee Values originating from Canadian government laboratories flag 3 were analyzed using AOAC method 992 16 Mongeau TDF is assumed zero in many foods after review of literature and or consultation with scientific experts Vitamin A is expressed both in international units IU and retinol equivalents RE as well as in RE of Total Carotenoids Carotenoids are the only form of Vitamin A present in foods of non animal origin 1 IU Vitamin A 10 RE 8 carotene 1 IU Vitamin A 3 33 RE Retinol Vitamin D is expressed in units of mg as well as international units IU 1 IU Vitamin D 0 025 micrograms Vitamin E is expressed in units of Alpha tocopherol in mg Total tocopherols in mg sum of all tocopherols 112 l Jstomentatisn for the Nlutrient Mataba Alpha tocopherol equivalents in mg total activity sometimes referred to as IU 1 49 mg Alpha tocopherol 1 mg total activity or 1 IU Niacin is expressed both in terms of mg of preformed niacinamide present in the food as well as Niacin equivalents which includes that which can be formed from tryptophan There are 2 methods of calculating niacin equivalents If preformed niacin mg and code tryptophan g were present then 501x 1000 406 409 60 If code 501 was not present then tryptophan was imputed to be 1 1 of
77. this 1 Display the Meal of interest by clicking the Meal Icon and selecting a Meal 2 To add meal items to the shopping list click on the Shop List Button You may select the foods you Meal want to add to your shopping list by using the source selected box page 50 3 Click the Add Items Button to finish a 4 To view your shopping list click Shoplist Icon Liow to modify a eal item s serving size in a Meal This option lets you automatically change the serving size for a selected meal item 1 Click the Meal Icon Select any Meal by double clicking on it If you prefer you can select the Meal then click the Edit Button 2 When the selected Meal appears double click the item whose serving size you wish to edit If you prefer you can select the food item then click the Edit Button 3 Select the units then the amount You may use decimal values i e 1 25 or fractions i e 1 3 16 or 1 2 3 NutriBase treats serving size hyphens like spaces 4 Click the OK Button when you are finished Meal Lely to compose a Meal sort the ome baced on them values for any nutrient This option lets you compose Meals That is you can perform a compositional analysis by sorting the meal items from high to low or from low to high based on the amount of those nutrients for each ingredient in the recipe This lets you determine which meal items contain the most or least Fat Sodium Fiber Carbohydrate etc This is valuable
78. to improve descriptive information on foods were added common name manufacturer name and survey indicator new fields to expand statistical information to better describe the mean number of studies minimum and maximum value degrees of freedom lower and upper error bounds and statistical comments Modified Gram Weight file replaces the Gram Weight file and Measure Description File nutrient values have been rounded to a set number of decimal places for each nutrient in addition to total folate values are reported for food folate folic acid and folate as dietary folate equivalents DFE values are reported for starch individual sugars individual tocopherols individual phytosterols and several additional fatty acids including trans fatty acids for a limited number of foods and brand name items for which we did not have current data were removed from the database The Standard Reference is the responsibility of the staff of the Nutrient Data Laboratory NDL Agricultural Research Service ARS Beltsville Human Nutrition Research Center U S Department of Agriculture 10300 Baltimore Avenue Building 005 Room 107 BARC West NutriBase was independently developed by CyberSoft Inc NutriBase software contains the entire contents of the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 CyberSoft also calculated six additional fields of data to the original SR14 data These new fields include Calories from Protein Calories fro
79. up to 100 25 NutriBase pm he Topics q Note You can set your default values for your client s PCF Ratio goals in your User Prefs Get there by clicking your Prefs Icon I Llay laveras mtake calendare This option lets you view a client s intake calendar to see how well that client achieved his or her success criteria 1 Make sure the client whose calendar you want to view is the active client za 2 Click on the Intake Icon tS 3 Locate the date you wish to view then double click on it use the left and right arrows to change months use the double left and double right arrows to change years Notes a If a client is already selected her name will be displayed in the Client Selection List at the top of the screen her calendar will be displayed b If a client is not selected NutriBase will display your client list and permit you to select a client low to print a alient atake Calendan This option lets you copy the image of a client s calendar and paste it into your word processor or image editin p y py 8 p y p 8 8 program Since a completed calendar contains graphical images it provides a quick snapshot at whether your client is on track or not To print a client s calendar 1 Make sure the client whose intake you wish to edit is active 2 Click the Intake Icon S 3 The active client s calendar appears 4 Make sure the month and year you want is displayed 5 Press Alt Print Scrn That
80. view complete data for the highlighted food item The All Button and Normal Button appear in NutriBase Clinical 5I NutriBase pm To Topics Q Normal 9 If you see a Normal Button at the bottom of your screen click it to see the normal view of the data for the highlighted food item NutriBase Clinical and higher editions Q View 10 If you see a View Button at the bottom of your screen click it to see the normal view data for the highlighted food item The View Button appears in the consumer editions of NutriBase Z FFI 11 After highlighting a food item click the PFI Button to add the food item to your PFI Manager This allows you to use the food item without having to look it up every time Intake 12 After highlighting a food item click the Intake Button to add the food item to a client s nutrient intake click the Recipe Button to add the food item to a recipe or click the Meal Button to add the Recipe food item to your PFI Manager Or Meal 13 While viewing your nutrient data select a food item and click your right mouse button for Sg a menu of recording options How to edit a report header file Clinical and higher editions This option lets you edit a header file text or bitmap that you can auto insert into your reports To learn how to auto insert a header file into your reports see page 77 NutriBase can produce a number of different types of reports The header is a file that NutriBase inserts at the
81. when you are finished Eloy ke batch process your custom A seamen Reports This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions Generating Assessment Report one at a time is okay if you only have a few to generate But it will get old fast if you have a stack of them to process In about the same time it takes you to generate a single report and save it to your hard drive you can have NutriBase automatically generate dozens or even hundreds of Assessment reports for you This is especially helpful if you have a lot of clients Users of the Clinical SE Edition who market on the Web tend to need this feature the most 1 Make sure you ve customized your Assessment Report template files page 129 so that the final report will look exactly the way you want it to look 2l NutriBase Tg ie Topics Check your settings in User Preferences to make sure you have the desired templates selected Prefs Create Assessment Report 3 Check the box labeled Use Batch Processing 4 Click the OK Button to start the automatic generation of your Assessment Reports 5 NutriBase will display its Source Selected window page 21 to let you select the clients for which you ll be generating reports 6 Click the OK Button to start the automatic generation of your Assessment Reports 7 You will find all the finished reports in a folder called AREPORTS by default this is located in C PROGRAM FILES NBAAREPORTS All file names will be th
82. you are interested an Conducting your rankings on the calories from Calories from Fat Calories from Fat etc will let you compare the foods you rank on an apples to apples basis For instance hamburger patty may contain more fat than a pat of butter But a pat of butter gets 100 of its calories from fat Conducting a ranking on Fat would tell you that the hamburger contained more fat but a ranking on Calories from Fat would tell you which food is fattier You can also rank columns of information while you are in the View mode page 75 This is a very convenient feature Try it it s easy to use and the value of this capability will become immediately apparent Query Data Tips E The Query function is implemented in a way that allows great flexibility in locating the food items you C want to see By mastering the Query function you ll be able to answer just about any question you can Query ask regarding the nutrient data contained in NutriBase The Query function will let you specify every nutrient in the database if you wish But the more nutrients you specify the fewer items hits you will normally locate After you conduct a Query you might wonder what your results would be if you had used a slightly different value for one of the variables you defined in your search criteria Or if you added or deleted a variable or two You can conduct a What If page 52 session to re conduct the query using the ne
83. 00 calorie a day Meal Plans Or edit existing Meal Plans to create Low Sodium versions Or High Fiber versions Or No Okra or Green Beans versions Use the Save As function so you don t have to start from scratch with every new Meal Plan Copy an existing day of a Meal Plan to other days of the same or different Meal Plans You can copy any day of any Meal Plan you are creating or any day of any existing Meal Plan to any other day or days of the same Meal Plan or to any other day or days of any existing Meal Plan This means that you can create one perfect day then copy it to many other days of the same Meal Plan or to many other days of any other Meal Plan Copy any day of any client s intake to a Meal Plan day If a client happens to have a great intake for a particular day you can copy it to one or many days of any Meal Plan The Meal Manager will allow you to create Meal Plans for any diet and nutrition program Atkins Jenny Craig NutriSystem Pritikin Weight Watchers and the Zone to mention a few The NutriBase Meal Planner can create Meal Plans for any special need including body building cardiac Crohn s disease diabetic low cholesterol low fat low residue low sodium renal vegan vegetarian weight loss weight gain etc And the Meal Planner can help you create Meal Plans for organizations cafeterias convalescent homes day care centers hospitals nursing homes restaurants school lunch programs etc And all
84. 1 2cup 1240 88 04 368 28 5 047 1989 16529 036 342 0082 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans immature seeds canned no salt added solids and liquids 1 can 303 454 0 322 34 1348 3 18 478 19 89 60 518 1317 342 03 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans large mature seeds canned 100 grams 100 0 79 0 331 0 493 21 65 149 O17 18 0 03 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans large mature seeds canned Teup 24 0 19039 797 71 11 881 21 65 35933 041 18 Search Results This layout is built upon the idea of placing the Tool Bar across the top of the screen This layout lets you see you Intake Manager the Search Screen and the Search Results screen simultaneously Each of these windows can be resized and repositioned as desired Keep in mind that not all these windows are no connected and are not necessarily open at the same time Each window will be visible or missing as appropriate to the task at hand You will need a screen resolution of at least 800 x 600 to take advantage of this multi windowing technique These shots were taken at a resolution of 1024 x 768 Users with smaller screens often like to overlap their windows This layout places the Tool Bar Icons into a rectangular box This allows the Intake Manager Recipe Manager Meal Manager Personal Food Item Manger or Meal Plan Manager etc to be a bit taller permitting more intake items to be viewed at one time Once again the higher your screen resolution the more
85. A study is a discrete research project on the analysis of foods A study can be the analysis of one nutrient in one food one nutrient in many foods or many nutrients in many foods Minimum value the smallest observed value in a range of values Maximum value the largest observed value in a range of values Degrees of freedom the number of values that are free to vary after we have placed certain restrictions on the data Used in probability calculations 96 l Jstomentation for the Nlutrient era ees Lower and upper error bounds represent a range of values the mean is expected to fall within given a pre specified Confidence Level For the Standard Reference Database 14 and related releases the Confidence Level is 95 Statistical comments give additional details about certain assumptions made during statistical calculations The definition of each comment is given in the discussion of the Nutrient Value file under File Formats A few additional fields were added to expand the information on how the values are generated Derivation code a code giving more information about how a value was calculated or imputed Procedures for imputing nutrient values were described by Schakel et al 1997 Reference NDB number NDB number of the food item that was used to impute a nutrient value for another food This field has not been populated for this release Added nutrient marker a check in this field indicates that a mineral or vi
86. ATE Alpha tocopherol Equivalent CP Commercially Prepared fl oz Fluid ounce g Gram HP Home Prepared IU International Units kcal Kilocalorie kJ Kilojoule mcg Microgram mg Milligram mi Milliliter NZ New Zealand NDB Nutrient Data Bank NDL Nutrient Data Laboratory oz Ounce P Phosphorus K Potassium Ib Pound PFR Prepared From Recipe RTB Ready to Bake RTC Ready to Cook RTD Ready to Drink RTE Ready to Eat RTF Ready to Feed RTH Ready to Heat RTS Ready to Serve RTU Ready to Use RP Restaurant Prepared RE Retinol Equivalent SLF Separable Lean and Fat SLO Separable Lean Only NA Sodium tbsp Tablespoon tsp Teaspoon 1O07 l Joamentatisn for the Nutrient Bee References for USDA Sl2i4 PN iene Lata Adams C F 1975 Nutritive value of American foods in common units U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Handbook No 456 Association of Official Analytical Chemists 1995 Official methods of analysis 16th ed AOAC Arlington VA Beecher G R and R H Matthews 1990 Nutrient composition of foods In M L Brown ed Present Knowledge in Nutrition pp 430 439 International Life Sciences Institute Washington DC Fulton L E Matthews and C Davis 1977 Average weight of a measured cup of various foods U S Department of Agriculture Home Economics Research Report 41 Jones D B 1941 Factors for converting percentages of nitrogen in foods and feeds into percentages of protein U S Department of Agriculture Circular No 83 slight r
87. Agric Handbook No 8 5 21 USDA ARS 1980 Soups Sauces and Gravies Agric Handbook No 8 6 22 USDA ARS 1980 Sausages and Luncheon Meats Agric Handbook No 8 7 23 USDA ARS 1982 Breakfast Cereals Agric Handbook No 8 8 24 USDA ARS 1992 Fruits and Fruit Juices Agric HandbookNo 8 9 25 USDA ARS 1992 Pork Products Agric Handbook No 8 10 26 USDA ARS 1984 Vegetables and Vegetable Products Agric Handbook No 8 11 27 USDA ARS 1984 Nut and Seed Products Agric Handbook No 8 12 28 USDA ARS 1990 BeefProducts Agric Handbook No 8 13 29 USDA ARS 1986 Beverages Agric Handbook No 8 14 30 USDA ARS 1987 Finfish and Shellfish Products Agric Handbook No 8 15 31 USDA ARS 1986 Legumes and Legume Products Agric Handbook No 8 16 32 USDA ARS 1989 Lamb Veal and Game Products Agric Handbook No 8 17 33 USDA ARS 1992 Baked Products Agric Handbook No 8 18 34 USDA ARS 1991 Snacks and Sweets Agric Handbook No 8 19 35 USDA ARS 1989 Cereals and Grains Agric Handbook No 8 20 36 USDA ARS 1988 Fast Foods Agric Handbook No 8 21 37 USDA ARS 1990 1989 Supplement 38 USDA ARS 1991 1990 Supplement 39 USDA ARS 1992 1991 Supplement 40 USDA ARS 1993 1992 Supplement 41 Weihrauch J L L P Posati B A Anderson and Exler J 1977 Lipid Conversion Factors for Calculating Fatty Acid Content of Foods J Amer Oil Chem Soc 54 36 40 42 Wood D F Stewart L M and Campbell C A 1988 Nutritional Composition
88. Backup and Restore If your client uses an edition of NutriBase NutriBase Personal or Personal Plus for instance you can give them a customized Meal Plan to import copy as their intake and then follow After following your four week Meal Plan for say three weeks they click the Backup icon to backup their data to a 3 5 diskette and bring the diskette to you for deep analysis if you are using NutriBase Clinical or higher Meal Plans Meal Plans lay out a very specific easy to understand course of action for your clients Meal Plans tell your client exactly what to eat for every meal and every snack for every day for four weeks It s a good idea to review your Meal Plan recommendation with your client and tweak it as needed Getting your client s endorsement for the plan will greatly increase her commitment to the plan that the two of you created You can download free Meal Plans from the NutriBase web site Visit our Home Page then click the icon that looks like a plate with two chop sticks on it Use the Analyze function to create a Meal Plan Summary that you can give to your clients A Meal Plan Summary contains a day by day report that tells the client what to eat and when Select the page break option and you can produce a Meal Plan Summary suitable for posting one day at a time to the bulletin board in an institution Select the checklist format so that the client can check off the foods as she eats them Select the comment field option
89. Chili Sausages and Luncheon Meats Frankfurters Lunch Meats Meat Spreads Fillings and Snacks Sausages Side Dishes Meat Dishes Potato and Onion Dishes Rice Legumes Salads and Other Dishes Dressings Sauces Dressings Sauces A ppendix Side Dishes cont Stuffing Vegetable Dishes Snacks Chips Crisps Puffs Curls Balls Sticks etc Fruit Snacks and Bars Grain Cakes and Snacks Granola and Granola Bars Popcorn Pretzels Snack Bars Snack Mixes Toaster Snacks Soups Bouillon Food Service Soups Condensed Soups Mixes Soups Ready to Serve Spices Fresh Ground Powdered Seeds Sports and Diet Nutritionals Bars Wafers Puddings Drinks Vegetables Dried Fresh Frozen Packaged Crumbled Dried Vegetarian Products Beef Substitutes Egg Substitutes Fish and Poultry Substitutes Legume Based Substitutes Meat Substitutes Nonspecific Pork Substitutes Soup Chili Other Vegetarian Products Vitamins and Mineral Supplements Minerals Multi Vitamins and Minerals Vitamins 137 NutriBase Dalm L dition Software About the NutriBase Palm Edition Software tm This document assumes you are familiar with your Palm PDA This would include such activities as selecting software to run using the Palm interface the ability to write to your Palm either by keyboard or through the keyboard interface provided by the Palm OS or by using Palm s Graffiti software and that yo
90. DA since 1991 addition or deletion of foods and or nutrients as data became available Significant updates were made to the following food groups Baby Foods Fats amp Oils Canadian Margarines Poultry Canadian Chicken Cuts Breakfast cereals Pork Canadian Pork Cuts Baked Products Snacks and Sweets Traditionally the food descriptions were limited to generic or composite foods representative of the national average However there has been an expansion of data for brand name products particularly among the Breakfast cereals Baby Foods and Margarines Lspitotions to the ata It is essential that potential users of the CNF recognize its strengths and limitations The database is maintained and updated on an ongoing basis USDA Supplements relevant scientific literature industry data for common brand name products and current analyses from the Canadian government university and research laboratories are gathered and examined to meet inclusion criteria Imputations are added when determined to be valid Thus average amounts of nutrients in foods available in Canada are supplied The exact nutrient composition of a specific apple or cookie will not be found on the CNF These averages except where indicated otherwise take into account sources of a given food across Canada Local foods may have a different profile than the national average Every food item may not contain a complete nutrient data set Where data is unavailable for
91. Edit Button 2 When the selected recipe appears double click the ingredient whose serving size you wish to edit If you prefer you can select the food item then click the Edit Button ice 3 Click the Servings Button then edit the units and or the amount You may use decimal values i e 1 25 or fractions i e 1 3 16 or 1 2 3 NutriBase treats hyphens like spaces 4 To account for process loss water loss during cooking Click the Loss Button 5 Click the OK Button when you are finished Recipe 67 NutriBase Ty le Topics How to compose a recipe sort a recipe based on its values for any nutrient This option lets you compose recipes That is you can perform a compositional analysis by sorting all the ingredients in a recipe from high to low or from low to high based on the amount of those nutrients for each ingredient in the recipe This lets you determine which ingredients contain the most or least Fat Sodium Fiber Carbohydrate etc This is valuable for locating trouble spots within recipes It answers questions like Where is all the Fat Sodium or Cholesterol in this recipe coming from To compose a recipe 1 Select the recipe you wish to compose by clicking the Recipe Icon then double clicking the recipe of interest 2 Click the Compose Button Compose i 3 Select the nutrient you wish to compose 4 Select the sort direction high to low or low to high 5 After you click on the OK Button
92. Edit the PFI Lay to view and or print a Wee es _ abel for a DE This option NutriBase Clinical and higher lets you view and print a Nutrition Facts Label for a PFI 1 Create a PFI or edit an existing PFI 2 Click the Label Button 3 If any missing values are present in your recipe they are identified 4 Click the Generate Button to view the Nutrition Facts Label 5 Click the down arrow to change label formats Resize the window and label as desired 6 Click the Print Icon to print Click the Image Button to generate a BMP file for a document or a JPG file for a web page 7 Check the Ingredients checkbox if you wish to include an ingredient listing based on gram weight Llay to port or I aail Your areata Coad one to CyberSoft This option lets you email all the Personal Food Items in any folder to CyberSoft for consideration for inclusion in a future database update 1 Click the PFI Icon to open the PFI Manager pri 2 Select the PFI you wish to export 3 Click the Export Button 4 Select to Export the data to a file that you can share with others or select the option that will automatically email all your PFI s in the currently open Folder to CyberSoft Follow the instructions Planner How To Topics Clinical and higher editions How to set up your Planner 1 Click the Planner Icon in your Tool Bar Danner 2 Resize the window to your liking 3 Click the Planner Preferences Button to set up your time in
93. FA 8 0 Client s Fatty Acid 8 0 Caprylic g goal FA 10 0 Client s Fatty Acid 10 0 Capric g goal FA 12 0 Client s Fatty Acid 12 0 Lauric g goal FA 13 0 Client s Fatty Acid 13 0 g goal FA 14 0 Client s Fatty Acid 14 0 Myristic g goal FA 14 14 Client s Fatty Acid 14 1 Myristoleic g goal AFA 15 0 Client s Fatty Acid 15 0 Pentadecanoic g goal FA 16 0 Client s Fatty Acid 16 0 Palmitic g goal FA 16 1u Client s Fatty Acid 16 1 undifferentiated Palmitoleic g goal FA 16 1t Client s Fatty Acid 16 1t g goal A ppendix 5I Appendix AFA 16 1c AFA 17 0 FA 17 1 FA 18 0 AFA 18 1u FA 18 1t AFA 18 1c AFA 18 2u AFA 18 21 AFA 18 2n AFA 18 3u FA 18 3n FA 18 4 FA 20 0 FA 20 1 AFA 20 2n AFA 20 3u AFA 20 4u AFA 20 5n AFA 22 0 AFA 22 1u AFA 22 5n AFA 22 6n AFA 24 0 AFA 24 1c Client s Fatty Acid 16 1c g goal Client s Fatty Acid 17 0 Heptadecanoic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 17 1 g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 0 Stearic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 lundifferentiated Oleic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 1t g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 1c g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 2 undifferentiated Linoleic g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 21 g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 2n 6 c c g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 3 undifferentiated g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 3 n 3 c c c g goal Client s Fatty Acid 18 4 Moroctic g goal Client
94. L dit a day of an existing Meal Plan ee s a Re a On Page 47 Once you learn how to edit a day of a Meal Plan you can repeat the process to edit additional days of the Meal Plan To save time you can copy one day of the Meal Plan to another day or days of the same or different Meal Plan or Meal Plans Copy a day From a isal BEF LS anetnee Meal BFF es E aetna Page 48 Once you re happy with the Meal Plan you plan to use you can copy that Meal Plan as your intake for the next four weeks This will save you a tremendous amount of key stroking you won t have to enter everything you eat for every meal and snack for every day for the four weeks Copy a Meal D deaet mae ae TE T eet he a a A Page 48 Since you probably don t carry your PC around with you everywhere at all times you might want a hard copy printout of your Meal Plan You could carry just one day of your Meal Plan with you at a time You would have your food items organized by date and by meals and snacks You could check off the foods as you ate them since they would be listed in a checklist format You could add comments noting deviations from your plan in the comment field that is located after each meal and snack You may want each day of the meal plan to be dated so you know which page to take with you each day NutriBase will do this for you automatically And you can select which combination of features you want in your report Print a Misa Ila Summary RTTE cha ata ys se
95. Log on at least one client You must have at least one client logged onto your NutriBase for Windows software Since the NutriBase Palm Edition is client specific you must specify a client for the NutriBase Palm Edition software When you install the NutriBase Palm Edition software to you or to a client s Palm PDA the information will be specific for that client When the client records intakes and or exercises and activities they are stored as information that will be HotSynced later for that specific client Set up your Gym Log if you plan to use it The Gym Log is a note tracking feature of your Fitness Manager Click the Palm Icon to start the installation process Click the various Tabs to set up your Food Database Personal Food Items Exercises and HotSync This is covered in more depth in the NutriBase Palm Setup Window 138 NutriBase Dalm LE dition Software topic that follows Click the Install Button in the Palm Setup window in NutriBase for Windows to install the Palm software to your Palm compatible PDA during your next HotSync operation Connect your PDA to your PC and perform the HotSync NutriBase Palm Setup Window You can display the Palm Setup Window by clicking the Palm Icon on the Tool Bar of NutriBase for Windows When we use the nomenclature of NutriBase for Windows we mean the version of NutriBase that you installed onto your Windows PC Food Database Tab The first tab is labeled Food Database
96. Meal click the Meal Button Oli Meal i E x t bey to organize your encore Logd iteme inte Labbed notebooki This option allows you to organize your PFI s by copying them into individual tabs You can also organize your PFI collections into PFI Folders To organize your PFI notebook tabs gt 1 Click the PFI Icon then select a Personal Food Item from the All PFI tab by clicking on it 2 Click the Copy to Tab Button and select the category to which you wish to copy the selected PFI 3 Continue this process until all the PFI s you wish to copy to your PFI tabs have been copied Click the OK Button to finish the operation 4 Another way to copy PFI s to other tabs is to simply drag and drop them to the tabs to which you want to copy them Point at the PFI in the All PFI tab with the mouse cursor Press the left mouse button down and while continuing to hold it down drag the cursor to the tab to which you want to copy the PFI Then release the mouse button Repeat until you have organized all your PFI s Note You can further organize your PFI s by adding new tabs rename existing tabs or by deleting existing tabs as desired You can also organize them into up to 26 PFI Folders Personal Plus edition and up To organize your PFI Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 PFI Folders for you to use as desired Each folder supports a complete tabbed notebook as described above You can create new folders for a total of 26 folders
97. NutriBase User s Manual Table of Contents Revised October 19 2004 NutriBase Installation Guide and Tips for Getting Started esssessseesssesssecssessseossocsssesssecssesssoossocsssesssesssoessosse 7 Tristallation Guides 253 ves scars nn oudag cave chdan toeece noes aneaa chs vatewuds cab a as a A e a a e Soules 7 Tips for getting started with NutriBase ecccecccccsscssscesseeeseeesecseeeeeceeeseeseeeseneeeseeesecseaeseeeceseeseaeessecsaecsuecnaeceseeeaeens 7 NuttiBase TOG Batt aca acc c secen clos cee danas E Nan seat sca OT aa eae ksh ca Seah vases ssa tad eodaReen obaa hoes OR 8 Sample NuttiBase screeti layouts ienee ai aa ae a e Tea a e a a tel iseessha a aE eeen Eaa ea 9 How to drag and drop and resize a WIndOW ccsscceseceseceseceseceeceseceseeesseceseeeseecseecssecaeecsaecsuecaeceseeeaeeseeeseneeneeeses 10 How to reposition a WindOW cccccccecsseesseeesceeceeseecsaecsecseceseessecseeeseeeeeseeeseeeasecssecssecsaecuseceaeeesaecesecsaeeseeeseeeenseeses 11 How to put the focus on a particular WindOW ccccecsseessecsseestecesceessecsaecssecsecsecesaecuaecseceseeseeeeeeeeseeeseneeeeeeses 11 Setting up your recipe PFI and Meal folders cccccccccsseesseesseesseeseeeseeeseeceecseecsaeceeceaecaecsseceseceaecnaeenseeeaeees 11 About the editions of NutriBase on the installation CD 0 0 eceeceseeescesecsseesececeeseeeecaeeeceesecaceesecaesaeeeaeeaecaeeeneeaes 13 How to register your SOftWALC cceccce
98. NutriBase Tg hee Topics Ooy to olay wird Meal There may be times when you want to see which of a few meal items you want to use in a Meal This might happen if you are trying to reduce the Sodium or Fat content of your Meal Here is an example of how you can juggle three meal items before deciding which one to use in the Meal 1 Begin to create a Meal page 41 2 Add three meal items one of which you will probably use in your Meal Meal 3 Double click on two of these meal item candidates and set their serving sizes to zero 0 This effectively negates these items it s as if they weren t there 4 Take notice of the basic nutrient totals then enable one of the formerly negated ingredients and zero out the first ingredient you selected to include in the recipe Compare the new nutrient totals with the original values 6 Continue this process until you have determined which meal item you want to use then delete the two that you decided not to use 7 Click the Save Button to finish How to print a Meal report This option lets you print a recipe that you have created To print a Meal 1 Click on the Meal Manager Icon then 2 Select a Meal by clicking on it ea feu 3 Click the Report Icon ee 4 Specify any options you wish to use 5 Click the OK Button fE 6 Click the Print Icon or use the File Print option to print the report Notes a If you are using the Clinical edition you can edit spell check an
99. Page SF You can repeat the process described in the How To topic above to record additional intake days Once you are able to record an intake you have the basic skills needed to create a recipe and to work with Meal Plans Let s take just a moment to create a simple recipe Creating a recipe will give you a basic introduction to the Recipe Manager Please notice that you can use food items personal food items and other recipes as ingredients to your recipe Create OT VECE UE pet ga cancer aaa tata taen eat ece etait age O4 Now that you ve created a recipe let s print a Nutrition Facts Label for it requires the Clinical or higher edition 89 NI utriBa se ilutorial esate a Aluketion E akal e A E Manteno Page 70 As you record intakes and create recipes you will no doubt notice that NutriBase prompts you at every turn to ask you if you wanted to do what you just did After a while some of you will find this annoying NutriBase lets you select which prompts if any NutriBase will display during the intake and recipe creation process You do this by setting your User Preferences There are a number of settings you can control with your User Preferences Let s take a look Set your Gee references Be cep unio ted red esas eee eee aan peed T AE TE Page 50 Now that you can record an intake and you ve taken a moment to become familiar with your User Prefs you might want to get a bit more sophisticated at manipulating the nutrient
100. Provisional Table on the Vitamin K Content of Foods revised 1994 prepared by John L Weihrauch and Ashok S Chatra 48 The authors express appreciation to Sarah L IOO l Jstomentatien for the Nlutrient ea ees Booth and James A Sadowski USDA Human Nutrition Research Center on Aging at Tufts University and Guylaine Ferland Department of Nutrition University of Montreal for their contributions of data and their assistance with the development of this table As previously noted this data is not a part of USDA SR14 This data was added by CyberSoft Inc as a convenience for users of the NutriBase software The data values for vitamin K are provisional Critical review of available data and further investigation will be necessary before definitive information will be published in a future release of USDA Standard Reference nutrient data All data were obtained by high performance liquid chromatography Data by bioassay included in earlier versions of this table were not used in this revision The values for vitamin K are expressed as medians because of the paucity of and large variation in existing analytical data Lipid Components The lipid components include fatty acids cholesterol and phytosterols Nutrient data for the following fatty acids are included in the database most typical isomer 600 exami y ae Ef P80 fcotanotc oaie Ef capric lauric P1300 tidene S S 15 0 S pentadecanoic S S 190 fnomadeeanoie S S Monouns
101. RE NutriBase that doesn t require you to log on your clients first This can save you time since you can Hi skip the process of a full log on for each client before recording intakes for them Yes you still have to assign each client a Unique ID but that takes only a few seconds Another feature of this type of intake recording is that you can assign a User ID a name and or a comment if desired This lets you keep these clients anonymous if desired or necessary And finally you can perform your analysis for individuals in this group or on the group as a whole To record an intake to an intake only client 1 Create a Unique ID to record your intake to Do this by clicking the Intake Only Icon shown on the left then fill in the information in the If you don t see this icon on your Tool Bar click the down arrow on the right side of your Tool Bar Icons and add this icon to your Tool Bar Add Tab then click the Add this Client Button Only the Unique ID is mandatory Your Unique ID could be as simple as 1 as long as 1 doesn t already exist 2 Select the Unique ID you wish to record your intake to Do this by assuring that the Intake Only Folder is selected then click the drop down arrow in the Client Menu and select the desired client 3 Click the Search Icon and locate your intake items one at a time and record them as you would with EPN a normal intake Search To generate intake reports click on the Analyze Icon t
102. Recipe Button to begin recording a recipe How to edit the servings in a recipe Most recipes that you enter into NutriBase will feed more than one person This option lets you tell NutriBase how many people your recipe will feed This gives NutriBase the information it needs to calculate nutrient values for a single servings of your recipe Here s how to change the number of servings in a recipe 1 Click the Recipe Icon to open the Recipe Manager 2 Double click on the recipe you wish to edit or select a recipe by clicking on it with your mouse cursor and then clicking the Edit Button one 3 Click the Servings Button 4 Specify the number of servings in the recipe enter the gram weight for a single serving of the recipe or specify the number of ounces in a single servings then click the Okay Button NutriBase calculates one ounce as 28 3495 grams How to create a new recipe from an existing recipe This option lets you create new recipes from existing recipes Rather than starting from scratch every time you want to modify an existing recipe NutriBase lets you start with an existing recipe and edit it to create a new one 1 Click the Recipe Icon to open the Recipe Manager BR Save As 2 Select a recipe by clicking on it with your mouse cursor from the Recipe Manager and click the 64 NutriBase Maly To Topics Save As Button to save it under a new name Then save it under a new name 3 Select the newly named recipe do
103. S Outlook that can import CSV formatted files 1 Go to the Client Contact List by clicking the Client Icon then selecting the Client Contact List option 2 Make sure the Export Mode option is selected 3 Select the clients whose information you wish to export To select a range of clients hold the Shift Key down and click on the first and last name you with to include To cherry pick names hold the Ctrl Key down and click on the names you wish to select 4 Click the Export CSV Button Browse to the location to which you wish to export this information 5 Give the file you are about to create a name You don t need to give it an extension NutriBase will automatically give it the proper csv extension 6 Click the Save Button Lely to import your C Tent C ontact i icean email program This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions If you want to contact a large number of your clients you can export your clients email information into CSV format comma separated values and import this into any email program like MS Outlook that can import CSV files This example shows how to do this with MS Outlook RA 1 Follow the steps in the previous How to topic to create a CSV formatted file 2 Open MS Outlook and go to File Import Other Address Book From the menu of input options select Text File Comma Separated Values Click the Import Button 3 Click the Browse Button and browse to the location to whic
104. Serving Size column indicates the household measure used Serving Size This is the USDA s measurement description serving size for the household measurements that were calculated by NDL Check the Gram Weight column to see the gram weight for this serving size Nutrients The SR14 data is present in its entirety in NutriBase Clinical and higher editions NutriBase Personal and NutriBase Personal Plus editions contain portions of the SR14 data Sample Count Standard Error and Source Citations SR14 data contains the sample count standard error and source citation for every nutrient for every USDA food item in the database If you are using NutriBase Clinical or higher edition these three variables can be viewed in the Single Food Summary or exported from the SR14 Database Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat CyberSoft calculated these values by multiplying the conversion factors for protein carbohydrates and fat by the total grams of protein carbohydrates and fat then calculating their percentages relative to the total kilocalories in the food item Please see note below for information regarding the conversion factors for mixed ingredient foods Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat These values were calculated by multiplying the conversion factors for protein carbohydrates and fat by the total grams of protein carbohydrates and fat Please see n
105. Standard Reference Standard Release 14 meets this criteria For this reason USDA SR14 nutrient data serves as the foundation for NutriBase These conversion and validation factors over 4 3 million additional cells of information are included and exportable in NutriBase Clinical and higher editions The remaining NutriBase versions contain subsets of this research quality database 124 A ppendix RTF This is the acronym for Rich Text Format It is a document format that defines the formatting features of a word processor page It is a format that allows a wide variety of commercial word processors to read and interpret Because the NutriBase word processor can save files in RTF format you have the ability to open these files with your favorite external word processor The NutriBase word processor also lets you save files in HTML format Right Mouse Click NutriBase supports the use of the right mouse key in several locations In most cases you select an item a recipe a PFI a client name a Meal a Meal Plan etc from a list then click the right mouse button to produce a list of possible actions Selecting a Food Item To select a food item click on the food name or anywhere on the row containing the food name Click to the left of the food name if you want to highlight the entire row containing the food name Once you ve selected a food item you can print it export it view its nutrient content turn it into a Personal Food It
106. THRZ settings 3 Click the OK Button to finish Note Any changes made here will show up in all areas that use this information How to record the exercises you or your clients perform for a day This option lets you record the exercises and their calorie expenditures your client performed NutriBase will calculate the calories you burned in performing these exercises and record them along with the exercise information to the date you select Notes a You establish exercise goals when you log on a client or when you modify a client s goals b If you haven t used the Fitness Manager yet it is recommended that you click the User Prefs Icon Click the Fitness Tab and modify any formulas or options if required The Target Heart Rate Zones Button allows you to modify your target heart rate zones their names edit the major benefit and define the lower and upper limits for each zone as desired Target Heart Rate Zones c The results will affect your Success Criteria settings if you ve specified exercise calorie expenditures in them d All Exercise calorie calculations are based on the last weight you specified for the client Therefore don t attempt to project what you are going to weigh in the future when specifying exercises and workouts 1 Click the Fitness Icon and select a client by clicking the down arrow of the Client Selection List at down arrow the top of the Fitness Manager dialog box Notes If you haven t use
107. Tap the Delete Button 140 NutriBase Dalm L dition Software The NutriBase Main Window Assuming you have installed your Palm Edition software as instructed above you can start using the software To do so turn your Palm PDA on Locate and tap the NutriBase Icon which is similar to the one used in NutriBase for Windows In its initial release the NutriBase Palm Edition allows you to record your food intake and exercise intake This main window is the first window you will see when you start the application The window below is the NutriBase Main Window It is the first window you see when you open the NutriBase Palm Edition From this window you get a summary of the information you have recorded You access all the features of the NutriBase Palm Edition from this Home Window First tap the Date option if necessary to select the date to which you will record data for food intakes and exercises The NutriBase Palm Edition will use this date for everything you do on your Palm PDA including the gym log notes and weight entry If you want to record foods or exercises to a previous or future date this is the place to tell the NutriBase Pam Edition about it Next tap the Weight option and enter your current body weight This is important because your exercise calories will be calculated on you r Palm PDA based on your value for weight The NutriBase Main Window Nutri The Notes Button takes NutriBase you to a diary type n
108. Vit A RE Client s vitamin A RE goal Thiamin Client s vitamin Thiamin goal Riboflavin Client s vitamin Riboflavin mg goal Niacin Client s vitamin Niacin mg goal Pantothenic Client s vitamin Pantothenic acid mg goal Vit B6 Client s vitamin B 6 mg goal Total Folate Client s Total Folate mcg Folic Acid Client s Folic Acid mcg goal Food Folate Client s Food Folate mcg Folate DFE Client s Folate DFE goal 130 AVit B12 Client s vitamin B 12 mg goal AVit C Client s vitamin C mg goal Vit D Client s vitamin D IU goal AVit E IU Client s vitamin E IU goal Vit E ATE Client s vitamin E mg ATE goal Tocopherol Alpha Client s Alpha Tocopherol mg goal Tocopherol Beta Client s Beta Tocopherol mg goal Tocopherol Gamma Client s Gamma Tocopherol mg goal Tocopherol Delta Client s Delta Tocopherol mg goal Vit K Client s vitamin K mcg goal Biotin Client s Biotin mcg goal Client s Mineral Goal Macros Calcium Client s mineral Calcium mg goal Chloride Client s mineral Chloride mg goal Chromium Client s mineral Chromium mcg goal Copper Client s mineral Copper mg goal Fluoride Client s mineral Fluoride mg goal Iodine Client s mineral Iodine mg goal Tron Client s mineral Iron mg goal Magnesium Client s mineral Magnesium mg goal Manganese Client s mineral Manganese mg goal Molybdenum Client s
109. Yad cg S tia dla ET T E nea cat Page 47 Once you ve followed your Meal Plan for a few days or weeks you may want to come back and edit any deviations you noted on your Meal Plan Summary sheets This way NutriBase will report on your actual intake rather than your recommended intake Most clients even you will deviate slightly from the recommended Meal Plan dit ween intake a a a Minny Aten ea aaa Marea ha tak dee Me Sai Nad Page 39 Eventually you will want to perform a deep analysis of a recipe intake or Meal Plan By deep analysis we mean a level of analysis that you cannot achieve by using the numerous Report Buttons located throughout NutriBase Clicking these buttons offers to produce a variety of reports for you or your clients Deep analysis lets you for instance analyze a recipe not only for the nutrient totals for the recipe but for totals of every ingredient in the recipe You can analyze an intake not only for average intakes and actual intakes for daily totals but you can also specify nutrient totals for every meal and snack separately and then for every food item in the intake But you can take it even further by specifying that you also want to include nutrient breakdowns for every item in every meal and every snack in every day of the intake The NutriBase Analyze Program can in fact literally produce millions of unique reports you design the report then you let NutriBase fetch the information perform the calculatio
110. Your toll free tech support number is 800 959 4849 Monday Friday 9 AM 3 PM Arizona time ee to iake a Suggestion Many of the improvements and new features of this version of NutriBase came from dietitians nutritionists sports fitness trainers physicians researchers scientists athletes and other users like you If you have an idea for a new feature or improvement we d like to hear from you Please contact us through one of the following methods Call us toll free at 1 800 959 4849 Fax us at 1 480 759 4079 Email us at suggestion nutribase com NutriBase MLN sy he Topics NutriBase Analyze Program How To Topics How to perform an analysis The NutriBase Analyze Program is easy although admittedly it does look formidable to some users the first time they use it The Analyze Program lets you analyze your data to produce reports containing the type of information you need You may select clients recipes Meals Meal Plans dates nutrients personal information additional variables and other items of information to include in these reports The Clinical edition of NutriBase permits you to produce text formatted reports word processor formatted reports and ASCH delimited format files The Clinical edition also supports the analysis of groups of clients To perform an analysis 1 Open the Analyze Program by clicking the Analyze Icon The Analyze Program will open and the Type Tab will be displayed 2 Select the type of analy
111. a To select the type of data you will View Rank or Query F 1 Select the View Rank or Query Icon by clicking the appropriate icon Ea COY EE 2 At the bottom of the View Rank and Query screens you will see a selection box 3 Click the down arrow to the right of the box to select the database s across which you wish to search 34 NutriBase Mel ey To Topics Information Tracker How To Topics low Fada information othe eon Information section of nfo Tracer The Information Tracker tracks a wide variety of data for you Many of the factors you can track have already been programmed in for you To add information to the Personal Information section 1 Click the Tracker Icon 2 Click the Personal Information option Tracker 3 Select from any of the seven notebook tabs you wish to add information to then simply type in the information you wish to save For more information click on the Help Button while you are in the Personal Information section 4 When you are finished click on the Save Button to save the information Click the Close Button to exit Liey toada Msasurement Body Chemistry Miscellaneous or iatbetic data The Information Tracker tracks a wide variety of data for you Many of the factors you can track have already been programmed in for you To record information to the Measurement Body Chemistry or Miscellaneous Information sections of the Information Tracker 1 Click the Tracker Icon 2 Click
112. a customized report template that will suit a wide variety of clients Every NutriBase macro begins and ends with a caret symbol For example the macro LastName holds the place for any selected client s last name and Salutation holds the place for any selected client s salutation Ms or Mr as appropriate for the client s gender Example HTML Template File Take a look at this section of a sample NutriBase template file lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt lnitial Assessment Report lt title gt lt style gt P text align justify text indent 8pt color 00184a table nobord text align justify background ffffe6 font family arial font size 10pt color 00184a text decoration none lt style gt lt body gt lt table width 640 border 0 gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt center gt lt b gt lt font size 5 color 00184a gt lnitial Assessment Report lt b gt lt font gt lt br gt lt font color 00184a gt Prepared date lt br gt by XYZ Corporation lt br gt for FirstName 4MI Lastname lt br gt Goal weight loss lt font gt lt center gt lt br gt lt b gt Client Information and Goals lt b gt lt br gt lt table class nobord width 640 cellspacing 1 cellpadding 3 border 1 gt lt tr gt lt td gt Start Date lt td gt StartDate lt td gt Present Weight lt td gt StartWtLbs lbs lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Activity Level lt td gt ActivLev lt td gt Desired Weight lt td
113. a new client Note You can also get to this box to edit an existing client by clicking the Client Icon selecting Modify a Client s Goals and clicking the Next Button to get to the second dialog box the Client Goal Summary dialog eh Criteria 2 Click the Criteria Button 3 To view or edit any existing setup select it and click the Edit Button To edit any variable click the down pointing arrow on the right side of the screen A list box offers two options Meet or exceed target goal or Meet or don t exceed target goal Select the option you want 24 NutriBase Mel wy To Topics Notes a If you select Meet or exceed target goal it means that for the client to earn her Success Icon thumbs up image on her calendar day she must meet or exceed her goal for this variable If selected it simply means that the client must meet or exceed her goal for the selected item each day if she wishes to earn her Thumbs Up icon on her calendar for the day b If you select Meet or don t exceed target goal it means that for the client to earn her Success Icon thumbs up image on her calendar day she may meet but may not exceed her goal for this variable This might be selected for a variable like Calories This simply means that the client may meet but may not exceed her calorie goal for the day to earn her Thumbs Up icon on her calendar for the day c If you want to change any criteria to nothing that is if you don
114. ack your client s body fat content provide the information in the Body Fat section of this screen 6 Click the OK Button This takes you to the Goal Summary Tae 7 After you complete the Goal Summary click the Next Button to go to the Nutrient Goal Summary screen Click the OK Button in this screen to save your work and finish the client log on process Notes If you re going to work with your client s body fat content current and desired keep the following in mind a If your client wishes to lose weight NutriBase assumes that all weight loss will be Fat It is suggested that you recommend an exercise regimen to support the loss of body fat Fat Chant the Fat Chart Button to view a chart of suggested Body Fat values for women and c Click the Update Button to update any calculations NutriBase should make based on the values you have 2 Update entered for body weight and body fat values d If your client wishes to gain weight NutriBase assumes that all weight gain is lean body mass when in updates the Desired Body Fat value This is a frequent goal of body builders e To override any of the calculated values check the Calculation Override box NutriBase iow To Topics Ly to view your cliente BMI Body Mase ndex This option lets you generate a quick BMI calculation for any NutriBase Client RA 1 To do this click on the Client Icon 2 Either log on a new client or modify an existing client s goa
115. adsheet view in NutriBase It contains the column heading in the form of a text string And example of a header would be Food Name You can drag the column header to the left or right to resequence the column order You can drag the right edge of a column header to resize it NutriBase will remember the new width for you Each column resize is specific to the food category you are perusing Compose a recipe or a client s intake When you compose a recipe or compose a client s intake you are performing a composition analysis on the recipe or intake You do this by selecting one nutrient in the recipe or intake and sorting all the ingredients or food items in the recipe or intake from high to low or low to high based on their values for that nutrient This tells you where all of a particular nutrient is in a recipe or intake The resulting report not only ranks sorts the results for you it also gives you the percentage of the total recipe or intake that each ingredient or food item contains Copy Command The Copy Command lets you copy information usually a text string or a graphic image to the Windows Clipboard a temporary storage area that your operating system sets aside for you This allows you to save this information to paste into another Windows document of some sort later To copy text to the clipboard you must select the information you wish to copy Select information by clicking your left mouse button down at the point you wish to
116. ains every recipe in the Recipe Manager You can organize and analyze your recipes by copying them from the All Recipes Tab to any other recipe notebook tab You can add edit and delete recipe tabs as you wish Analysis Template When you use the Analyze Program you set up all the analysis options in all the tabs of the Analysis Program Since you may be repeating a similar analysis in the future you can save your setup as an analysis template Saving your analysis template is a fairly straight forward matter Append When you append information you add it to the existing information This way you lose no information For example if you append to a Meal you are adding items to the Meal The option most often associated with append is the overwrite option Auto Record List A list of food items and or recipes that a client eats every day The Auto Record List is a list of items that you can create for each and every client if you wish Each time you record the very first intake item for the day for the selected client the items in the Auto Record List are automatically recorded for you Calendar Images NutriBase uses three images to provide feedback regarding the status of particular calendar days They are A thumbs up indicates the selected client is not in compliance with his or her success criteria A thumbs down indicates that the selected client is not in compliance with his or her success criteria A NutriBase Apple icon i
117. al Manager Etc ih 2 Delete p a of Goals Calories Proteing Carbs g Fatg SatFat Cholmg Sodium mg Fiber g 2397 19 15510 38208 34 33 7 76 53 74 4215 31 21 27 Angel Hair Pasta with Olive Oil All Foods 0 20 40 60 80 E Protein I Carbs I Fat Breakfast AMorning Snack 4Lunch aAfternoon Snack ADinner Evening Snack H Protein Carbs Fat e jE le ls amp S e TERE D 3 g sjaja F El Fotis ben Se eee eee eee LIMA BEANS CANNED Beans lima immature seeds canned regular pack solids and liquids 100 grams 1000 710 2970 407 1989 1333 029 342 O06 LIMA BEANS CANNED Beans lima immature seeds canned regular pack solids and liquids 1 2cup 1240 88 04 368 28 5 047 1989 16529 036 342 0 082 LIMA BEANS CANNED Beans lima immature seeds canned regular pack solids and liquids 1can 303 4540 32234 1348 3 18478 19 89 60518 1 317 3 42 03 LIMA BEANS CANNED Fordhook 12 cup 80 0 33472 50 26 32 140 oo 00 00 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans immature seeds canned no salt added solids and liquids 100 grams 1000 710 297 0 407 1989 1333 029 342 006E LIMA BEAIIS CANNED Lima beans immature seeds canned no salt added solids and liquids
118. als Sat Fat 6 36 15 Your goals are set up in NutriBase for Windows so if you need to Chol 27 328 8 Sodium 184 2400 8 modify them the process is to modify them on your PC then perform a Fiber 0 33 0 Palm Setup click the Install Button then perform a HotSync 145 NutriBase Dalm LE dition Software Recording Activities and Exercise The two main functions in this release of the NutriBase Palm Edition are to record food intakes and to record your activities and exercise This section deals with the basics of recording your activities and exercises The NutriBase Main Window To record exercises with your Palm PDA tap the Exercise Button located on the NutriBase Main Window MEA Bear in mind that the exercises listed in your Palm PDA are the ones you selected to include during the Palm Setup routine described earlier prestw coe ed If you need to update your exercise lists you can do so by starting a NERA NutriBase for Windows on your PC and running the NutriBase Palm Goal Calories 3280 Setup as described earlier in this document Actual Calories 0 Goal Exercise 150 Actual Exercise 0 Weight 220 00 lbs Recording a Monitored Exercise The first screen below shows an example In this case the user selected the Monitored category of exercise by tapping the down arrow in the Category option After this selection the user selected the Programmable Treadmill Machine by tapping the down arrow of the Exercises opti
119. alue 3 24 name pfat 25 name dfat 26 name monex 27 name tueex 28 name wedex 29 name thuex 30 name friex 31 name satex 32 name sunex 33 name p 34 name c 35 name f 36 name pg value Iw value mw value gw value iap 37 name 38 name value now value 3mos value 6mos value 12mos pw pwhen 29 value 2yrs value 5yrs value 5 yr 39 name medical value anemia value asthma value colitis value diabetes value gastricreflux value hypertension value hypoglycemia value ibs value heart value hernia value liver value other 40 name 41 name notes othername 1 5 Ibs 1 6 lbs 1 7 lbs 1 8 lbs 1 9 lbs 2 0 lbs 2 5 lbs 3 0 Ibs Present body fat content Desired body fat content Monday s exercise calories Tuesday s exercise calories Wednesday s exercise calories Thursday s exercise calories Friday s exercise calories Saturday s exercise calories Sunday s exercise calories Percent Protein Goal Percent Carbohydrate Goal Percent Fat Goal Personal Goal Lose Weight Maintain Weight Gain Weight Increase Athletic Performance Peak weight When was this peak weight This is my present weight Within the past 3 months Within the past 6 months Within the past 12 months Within the past 2 years Within the past 5 years More than 5 years ago Me
120. amin and mineral supplements category and the medical nutritionals category enteral and parenteral products The information available for display will vary with the NutriBase version you are using eee ener to LS pes SRi Nlathiant Be Research Quality Nutrient Data The latest release of nutrient data from the Nutrient Data Laboratory is called the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 SR14 This research quality nutrient database was prepared by the Nutrient Data Laboratory NDL Agricultural Research Service ARS Beltsville Human Nutrition Research Center United States Department of Agriculture The NutriBase software which contains all of the USDA SR14 data was developed by CyberSoft Inc without endorsement or collaboration with the Nutrient Data Laboratory Direct all product inquiries to CyberSoft at 800 959 4849 The use of trade firm or corporation names in the USDA nutrient database is for information and convenience of the user Such use does not constitute an official endorsement or approval by the USDA Agricultural Research Service of any product or service to the exclusion of others that may be suitable The USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference is the major source of food composition data in the United States and provides the foundation for most public and private sector databases This data is used as a component of the database for all versions of NutriBase As food composition data a
121. ana oud Cai pt EE EENE EEEE EEEE 68 How to save a recipe report as a Web Page HTML ccccccccssecssecsteceteceseeeecsecsecnsecesecsaeeseeeseeeeseeeeeesereseneeags 69 HOW tO exporta tecie iinei hinn a Suecdusesseasduseansdeeseduadiaecsaveludesguadesetaecdecelegegeadasudeeeinensdessedbesotsadees 69 How to NOE a OO E E aA a A Ea a A AAN E i 69 How to locate and or record a specific recipe cccecccesccessecstecseceecesecescecaecsecssecsseeeeeecesecsseeseseseeeesseeeeeeseneseneesgs 73 How to work with a recipe report suitable for publication word processor or Web page c ccccccsscesseeeseeteeees 70 How to generate a Nutrition Facts Label for a recipe Clinical and higher editions ccseessesseesteeeteeeteeees 70 How to generate a Recipe Printout for every Recipe in a Meal Plan eeceeseeeeceseeseeeeeeseeeceeeceaeeaeceaeeaeeeneeaes 48 S arch Screen HOW To Topics sinreccccccssevensscosscscccsocsvosncnossacdecenvosdsnsveccacsennesuensesterocensecdensddnsncseseessenaedevvecostesseuans 71 How to select which database to use when you View Rank or QUETY cesccesecessceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeseeeseeeses 71 How to locate and or record a specific food MAME ecccessecssecstecenceessecsecesecesecessecaecesecesecseeeeeaeceeeseeeseeeeeeeesgs 71 How to locate and or record a specific brand name food item eeeceeeccesecesseeeeeeseeeeeeceeeeeeseeesecseeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeses 72 How to locate and or record a specific Pers
122. and Diet Nutritionals and Medical Nutritionals Nutrient data for most foods were determined by methods of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists AOAC 1995 Phosphorus was determined colorimetrically Sodium and potassium were usually determined by flame photometry Calcium iron magnesium zinc copper and manganese were determined by atomic absorption and inductively coupled plasma emission spectrophotometry Much of the analytical data for selenium in foods were published earlier USDA 1992 and were determined by the modified selenium hydride and fluorometric methods The selenium content of plants in particular cereal grains is strongly influenced by the quantity of biologically available selenium in the soil in which they grow that is by their geographical origin Kubota and Allaway 1972 The selenium content of fruits and vegetables is normally very low While the soil affects the selenium content of fruits and vegetables it does not significantly increase the amount of selenium in them The values given are national averages and should be used with caution when considering levels of selenium in locally grown foods 98 Jscomentatisn for the Nutrient Mataba Vitamine Nutrient data for the following vitamins are included in the NutriBase Personal Plus and Clinical and higher databases Vitamin A IU Vitamin A RE Thiamin mg Riboflavin mg Niacin mg Pantothenic Acid mg Vitamin B 6 mg Folate mcg Vi
123. ange your screen setting How to add your own logos or icons for use with ormatted Reports NutriBase Clinical and higher editions Formatted Reports page 15 let you insert bitmap logos 80 x 50 pixels and icons 16 x 16 pixels You can select from a collection of images by selecting them in the appropriate tabs after you click the Analyze Icon and select Formatted Report as your report type With the Clinical and higher editions you can add new images With the consumer editions Junior Personal and Personal Plus you can replace the NutriBase logo image named nblogo bmp with one of your own choosing To create your own logo or to add a custom image to Clinical Edition or higher do this 1 Create the image as a bitmap image It should be 80 x 50 pixels for logos and 16 x 16 pixels for icons 2 After creating the images save them in c program files nb4 clients analyze glyphs 80x50 or c program files nb4 clients analyze glyphs 16x16 as appropriate If you are using a consumer edition of NutriBase you cannot add logos but you can replace the one that is used by default To do this 1 To do this create your 80 x 50 pixel bitmap logo image then save it with a file name of nblogo bmp Replace the file called nblogo bmp which is located in c program files nb4 clients analyze glyphs 80x50 The newly created logo will be inserted for you 53 NutriBase Mow To opics Loy to mport a NutriBase Report into E
124. arch on determining the folate content of high protein and high carbohydrate foods indicates that additional improvements in methodology are needed Martin et al 1990 Limited amounts of data generated by USDA were obtained by the tri enzyme extraction using additional enzymes amylase and protease to release bound forms of folate Microbiological methods measure total folate for enriched foods folic acid and food folate are not distinguished from each other Vitamin A The data for vitamin A include chemically determined preformed vitamin A and provitamin A carotenoids as determined by methods of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists Total vitamin A activity is expressed in international units IU s and retinol equivalents RE s One IU is equivalent to 0 3 mcg retinol 0 6 mcg beta carotene or 1 2 mcg other provitamin A carotenoids One RE is equivalent to 1 mcg retinol 6 mcg beta carotene or 12 mcg other provitamin A carotenoids One RE is equal to 3 33 IU retinol or 10 IU beta carotene National Academy of Sciences 1989 In 2001 the Institute of Medicine National Academy of Sciences issued new DRI s for vitamin A NAS IOM 2001 Along with the new DRI s they recommended changing the factors used for calculating vitamin A activity from the individual carotenoids and developed a new unit for expressing vitamin A activity Retinol Activity Equivalent RAE Vitamin A will be calculated in RAE in the future Data on individual c
125. arket on the Web tend to use this feature the most Create a Client Report 3 Also check the box labeled Use Batch Processing 4 Check all the factors you wish to include in your report 5 Click the OK Button to start the automatic generation of your Client Reports 6 You ll find the finished reports in a folder called CSREPORTS by default this is located in C PROGRAM FILES NB4 CSREPORTS 1 Go to the Client Log On screen by clicking the Client Icon then click the radio button labeled Client Lely becetabheh anew clents fitness goals This option lets you log a client on to your system Establishing a client s exercise goals is done each time you log on a new client This function is therefore a Client Setup function To establish a new client s goals 1 Click the Client Icon in the Tool Bar Double click on the Log on a New Client option 2 When the Client Log On dialog box appears click the Calendar Button in the upper i Calend ahe left corner and select the start date If the specified date is okay you may skip this step 3 Fill in the information required by the form Especially note the section titled Daily Exercise Calorie Goals Edit these daily calorie expenditure goals as required Notes ray a The default values that appear for Daily Exercise Calorie Goals are set up in the Fitness tab of your User Prefs Get there by clicking your Prefs Icon b For an idea of how many calories are burned in performi
126. arotenoids are presented in a separate table USDA NCC 1998 available on the NDL Web site Plans are underway to add individual carotenoids to this database in future releases Vitamin D data is now included in the SR data It includes data from the USDA Human nutrition Information Service Nutrient Data Research Branch Nutrition Monitoring Division HNIS PT 108 Provisional Table on the Vitamin D Content of Foods March 1991 prepared by John L Weihrauch and Junko A Tamaki 47 These data values for vitamin D are provisional Vitamin D values for breakfast cereals are based on label information claims Milk is fortified so that one quart of milk contains 10 mcg or 400 IU of vitamin D The level of vitamin D for unfortified milk varies with season The values for fortified margarines are based on label claim information Vitamin E These values were determined by GLC or HPLC Total vitamin E activity is reported as mg alpha tocopherol equivalents and was calculated from the amounts and relative activities of the various tocopherols and tocotrienols In this release data are also presented on the individual tocopherols when available In the future we will be adding more data for alpha tocopherol and dropping alpha tocopherol equivalents to be in line with the new DRIs for vitamin E NAS IOM 2000 Vitamin K data comes from the USDA Human nutrition Information Service Nutrient Data Research Branch Nutrition Monitoring Division HNIS PT 104
127. ary will appear To print click the Print Icon at the top of the screen To generate a Weekly Food Listing use the word processor option in the Format Tab then click the Weekly Listing Radio Button option at the top of the Plan Factors Tab select the week you want the listing for then click the Analyze Button at the bottom of the window Note You can exclude the checklist option and the comment field option both of these are options in the Plan Info Tab for Meal Plans that will be posted on bulletin boards Ley to Save a Le eertetted Report as a DDE or ather format File This option Clinical and higher editions lets you save a Formatted Report in a PDF format 1 Generate your formatted report by using the Analyze Program 2 Click the Printer Icon at the top of the report page 3 Check the box labeled Print to File 4 Click the down arrow next to the menu labeled Type Select the file format you want pa 5 Click the Button next to the Where option and tell NutriBase where you want to save the file to then click the OK Button NutriBase BE Te Topics Client Functions How To Topics Leg to _og ona New C lent This option lets you log a new client on to your system Once you ve logged on a client you can begin recording and saving intakes for that client You must have an active client logged on if you wish to save an intake To log on a new client Eq 1 Click the Client Icon to open the Client S
128. asic information ingredients and preparation instructions Use the Basic Recipe report if you wish to include basic nutrient information Use the custom report format to generate a publication quality cookbook And use the NutriBase Analyze program to produce an extremely detailed recipe report Documents The Info option of the Menu Bar located at the top of the NutriBase Screen offers a wide range of editable and printable documents that your clients will likely find useful They include Motivational Quotations Food Substitutions Food Glossaries Dieting and Nutrition Tips an explanation of Food Claim Terminology low fat low sodium etc and a number of other nutrition related documents If you edit these and wish to save them use the Save As Button if you are using NutriBase Clinical or higher You may create and save additional documents if you wish in the DOCS folder Use the integrated word processor it will offer to save your new documents in the DOCS folder for you Client Intake Module Let your clients record their own intakes This saves you time and them money For details see page 27 87 Using Nutridase to Gerve Your Clients L_og On hente from a Web Rased Eom Clinical iver only The Clinical Edition of NutriBase can read data files created by a log on form that sits on your web server This is a marketing tool that can generate thousands of leads for you over time To use this capability you need to have som
129. at options selected for you enter the information as shown above blag to generate reports for egeumenient Body Chemistry Mise or Jabetie You can produce a report for the Measurement Body Chemistry or Miscellaneous section of Info Tracker To do so T 1 Click the Tracker Icon ear 2 Click the Measurements Button then select the Measurement Body Chemistry or racker Miscellaneous option 3 Click the Report Button 35 NutriBase Ty le Topics Lisy to generate a report for the Info ie Weight ane Body ak section You can produce a report or graph in the Weight and Body Fat section of Info Tracker To do so T 1 Click the Tracker Icon 2 Click the measurements radio button option then select the Weight and Body Fat option racker st Graph 3 Click the Graph Button or Report Button to produce the report or graph Report Low to track a new item of information in Info racker You can add new items to track with Info Tracker For instance suppose you wished to begin tracking your intake of jelly beans Suppose further that you also wanted to track the time of day that you eat those jelly beans To accomplish this do the following T 1 Click the Tracker Icon T 2 Click the Measurements Button then click the Miscellaneous radio button 3 Click the Add Button NutriBase will prompt you for the name of the item Type Jelly Bean in the edit box and click the OK Button 4 Check the Track Time check box
130. at values for women and men e Click the Update Button to update any calculations NutriBase should make based on the values 2 Update you have entered for body weight and body fat values f If your client is trying to gain weight NutriBase assumes that all weight gain is lean body mass when in updates the Desired Body Fat value g To override any of the calculated values check the Calculation Override box b gt Next 6 Click the Next Button This takes you to the Goal Summary Click the 3 Button for a variety of options including the use of an Injury Factor also called the Stress Factor entering RMR directly etc NutriBase normally uses the AEA Tables for children 18 years old and under You can use this option to change the way calorie needs for children or anyone really are calculated just click the formula you would prefer to use rather than the AEA Tables This option is useful for children who are unusually heavy or light for their age For more information on this just click the Help Button on this window 7 If you would like NutriBase to recalculate your caloric needs on a daily basis check the box for the item labeled Adjust goals daily based on current weight This will tell NutriBase to calculate your calorie requirements based on the log on information you entered and the latest body weight NutriBase also recalculates your goals for Protein Carbs Fat and Saturated Fat since these values are based on a
131. at you want to include exactly where you want it You do this by creating a template file A template file is just like the final report except that you insert macros placeholders where the actual recipe information should appear Your manual and this Help File provides a list of these Recipe Macros listed on page 134 for your convenience To create a new template you select an existing recipe template file and save it under a new name then modify it as desired You can create as many new templates as you wish You can use template files to generate word processor compatible files RTF or Web page compatible files HTML It is assumed that you understand HTML if you are planning to develop custom Web pages To work with template files 1 Open the Recipe Manager by clicking its icon 2 Click on the Report Icon at the top of the Recipe Manager window F Report ae 3 Click the Templates Tab 4 Select the template file you d like to start with Do this by clicking the down arrow in the list box and clicking on the desired template file Note Templates with the rtf extension are the ones you use to produce Rich Text Formatted word processor reports Template files that use the htm extension are used to produce Web pages 5 If you want to edit the selected template file just do so you open the file into the NutriBase word processor then click File Save to save it Use the Recipe Macros listed on page 134 as needed to ins
132. aturated fatty acids PO PISA pentadecenoic S S dote C ooe O AE a a pd heptadecenoie S S Bte e e Moo O E E Bate Cte n o o eE a Pee el Polyunsaturated fatty acids o o S 16 2 undifferentiated hexadecadienoice S o Ias o o o O BEEE ef Ge E o O E eo BASE a a E 2 18 2 t not further defined o o S IOI l Jocumertation for the Nutrient Mata gss 18 3 n 3 06e Pf alphatinolenic 18 3 n 6 oee Pf mioni E 20 2 n 6 oe i eicosadienoie o o y 20 3 undifferentiated eicosatrienoie o o y 2o o o l at o o e o o 2a o o N o l o o C a __ Lipid Components Fatty acids are expressed as the actual quantity of fatty acid in g 100 food and do not represent fatty acids as triglycerides Historically most fatty acid data reported in USDA Nutrient Databases were obtained as the percentage of fatty acid methyl esters and were determined by gas liquid chromatographic analyses These data were converted to g fatty acid per 100 g total lipid using lipid conversion factors and then to g fatty acid per 100 g edible portion of food using the total lipid content Details of the derivation of lipid conversion factors were published by Weihrauch et al 1977 In the redesigned NDBS fatty acid data may be imported in a variety of units and converted within the system No conversions are required if data are received as g fatty acid 100 g edible portion of food Data received as fatty acid esters and triglycerides are converted to fatty ac
133. begin selecting Drag the mouse to the end of the text or graphic and release the mouse button when you reach the end of the information you want to copy to the clipboard To copy a graphical image click on the image to give it the focus then press Alt Print Scrn That is hold down the Alt key Then while still holding the Alt key down press the Print Scrn key Let them go simultaneously This copies the image to the Windows clipboard To actually copy this information to the Windows Clipboard press Ctrl C That is hold down the Ctrl key on your keyboard then while still holding it down press the C key once and then let them both go A similar command is the cut command CPF Ratio The CPF Ratio is the ratio of calories from Carbohydrates Protein and Fat in that order in a client s intake recipe or Meal Plan A CPF Ratio of 40 30 30 indicates that an intake recipe or Meal Plan contains 40 of its calories from Carbohydrates 30 of its calories from Protein and 30 of its calories from Fat You can assign CPF Ratio goals to clients NutriBase provides the CPF Ratios for intakes recipes and Meal Plans The CPF Ratio tells you a lot about a client s intake a recipe or a Meal Plan NutriBase will also display the PCF Ratio if you select this option in the User Preferences Cut Command The Cut Command lets you cut remove information usually a text string or a graphic image from a document and copy it to the Windows C
134. button when you have it where you want it Once you reposition any window NutriBase will remember the new position for you Each time you open that window in the future it will be in the same position and the same size as it was previously This indicates that this window is resizable and moveable Title Bar NuttiBase Searches Search String roru To reposition any moveable window move your mouse cursor inside the window s Title Bar then use your mouse to drag the window anywhere on the screen you want How to Put the Focus on a Particular Window When a window has the focus it is the window that is active The Title Bar appears in the active color usually something bright and eye catching It will appear on top of any other windows near it You can click on options in this active window and perform actions To make a window 25 hs oe la x active just click on the ail window It s usually a Search String fou SCS good idea to click on the z Title Bar or some other I Database to search area of the window that TOFU DRI Search Research Database plus NutriBase Brand Nar won t invoke an action LC An inactive window is TOFU DRI Search Resuits 1 usually drab colored to TOFU EX1 POZITE indicate that it doesn t TOFU EX Cookies and Crackers have the focus TOFU EX TOFU EX1 For more information r and additional tips take a look at your opening S Diese s
135. cal State Shape or Form Cooking Method Preservation Method and or Brand name For example CHICKEN BROILER THIGH MEAT SKIN WATER CHILL STEWED CEREAL RTE MINI WHEATS WHITE FROSTING KELLOGG S SOUP CANNED MUSHROOM CREAM OF CONDENSED WHOLE MILK Density or Specific Gravity The CNF data has been changed to provide the density or specific gravity of the edible portion of homogeneous foods Most of these densities are calculated from the weight of a 2 54 cm cube one inch cube These densities are most commonly applied by those users employing food models For foods with no refuse the factor can be used directly for foods with refuse the percent refuse must be subtracted from the model volume before applying the factor Portion Size Conversion Factors The conversion factors are food specific multipliers by which the nutrient values for each food may be multiplied to give the nutrients in described portions They should not be considered as average or typical serving sizes Multiplying by the factors provides the nutrients in the edible portions described in the CNF file e g 1 fruit 100 ml puree Local markets must always be checked for available foods and the selection of values to be used in calculations must be based on such local information The volume portions have been derived from the cup measures and suffer from the same strictures as described in USDA Handbook No 456 Appendix B 2 as follows Cup weights Cup we
136. cesccesscessceseceeeeeseeceseceeeeeeeeeeaeeseeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeeneeags 40 How to auto record food items to clients 0 0 0 ceccesseesseestecstecesecescecsecsecsecesecessecseceaeceseesseeseeeeseceaeeseeeseeeseeeesas 40 How to subtract a food item from a client s intake cceescesccesecesecesecceseceseceseceseeseeceseceseeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseseeeseneeags 40 How to copy a Meal Plan as a client s intake ec cccccsccssecenceenseeceessecsseceaeceseecssecsaecesecesecsaeeeeeesseeseeseeeseseseneesgs 48 How to generate a CSI and Ratios report ccccceesccsssesseceesceeseeseeeeneeeseeeseeeaeecsaecsaecaecaeceseesseeeseceaeseeeeeeeseeeenseeags 41 Meal Manager How To Topics e seseesseseesseesoessesoesseseoeseesoesoesoesoesseeoorseesoeseesoerossoeesoesoesoeseecoorseeeesoesseseorseesoesese 41 A Systematic Approach to Building Meal Plans Read this before creating any Meals s sseeeseneeseeesssesseesseese 46 How to created Meal a eee a a eN 41 How to view the Percent Daily Values DV for a Recipe or Meal ecceeccesccssscessecsseceseeeeeeeeeecseeeeeeeseeseneeees 67 How to use the Nutrient Density View to view and rank Meals PFI s and Recipes cscessesseesteceteeeteeeseeees 66 How to create a new Meal from an existing Meal ccccccsscssecesecesecesseceseceseceseessecseesesecsseeseeeseeeeeeeeseseseeeenneeegs 42 How to add a food item to a Meal oo cecceeccesccssscsesceseceseceeecsecceseeeeseceseeeseeesaecsaecsaecaecesecssa
137. ceseessecsteceseceseceseceseesseesseeessecseceeeeeeeseceseeeseecssecssecsaecesecesecensecaeeuseeneeeseeeeeneeses 13 How to get technical SUpport ee men a i ese ee Sag ca es Sac E ae E Seah Biv ou SPA uaa Sod hg T 13 How to make a sugsgestion si ide cessl oisee ds cele detec edt a eat ge be tecsaca ste dsbad escent God sede Maeda een el EA aa Rae 13 NutriBase Tutorial How to Eat an Elephant scccsscscsscssssccssscsccssssccesssscccsccssssccessscescsccsescesssscessscsseseees 89 Using the NutriBase Palm Edition software Clinical and Clinical SE Editions only sssssscsssseesee 138 Analyze Program How To Topics scscscssssscsssscsccccssccecssccsesccsescccseseesssscecccsesceessscessscssssccssesceessssescsesseses 14 How to performan analysis esiseina a a a a aiecdsa a N a a e a a 14 How to create and save an analysis template cccecccecsseesseeseceeeescecseecsaecaecesecescecaeceseceseceseeseseeeaeeseeeseeeeeeeeses 14 How to retrieve and use analysis templates cccceccsessseesceceeeeseeeeeeeecsaecsseecsaecssecaecesecesaecaeceseeeaeseeessereenseesgs 14 How to Include Under Over Information in reports Clinical and higher editions cccecceeseeesseesteenteeenseenees 15 How to generate a Meal Plan Summary report or a Weekly Meal Listing cccccccecesceeseeeseceeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeneeenes 15 How to save a Formatted Report as a PDF or other format file Clinical and higher editions
138. cessed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 9 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Composition of foods pork products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 10 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1984 Composition of foods vegetables and vegetable products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 11 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1984 Composition of foods nut and seed products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 12 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1990 Composition of foods beef products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 13 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1986 Composition of foods beverages raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 14 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1987 Composition of foods finfish and shellfish products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 15 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1986 Composition of foods legumes and legume products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 16 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1989 Composition of foods lamb veal and game products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 17 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Composition of foods bake
139. cessed by clicking the Yi NDY Rank w asiad a Search Icon If you are missing any of these icons and would like them to be turned on for you see page 74 to see how to customize your Tool Bar 2 At the bottom of the View Nutrient Density View Rank and Query screen depending on which one you selected to perform you will see a selection box 3 Click the down arrow to the right of this selection box to select the type of database s you wish to search How to locate and or record a specific food name This option lets you search across every food category to locate food names that match your search string Your search string is a food name or a partial food name It isn t necessary to select a food category before conducting a food name search Once you locate the food item you are looking for you can make it a PFI add it to an intake a recipe a Meal or a Meal Plan To conduct a food name search 1 Click the Search Icon 2 Select the Food Tab by clicking on it 3 Type in the food name or partial food name you are looking for 4 Click the Search Button Note If you wish to change the type of data across which you will conduct your searches click the down arrow next to the drop down menu below the edit box where you typed in the desired food name and change the selection You may choose to conduct your food name search across the research quality nutrient database this increases your chances of finding more com
140. cesseeeseeeseeescecsaecsaecaecnsecesecesecesecnareneesereeseeeags 19 How to generate an Assessment Report Clinical and higher editions ceccesceeceeseceeeeeeeeceaeeaeeeseceeeneeeeeeees 20 How to generate an Assessment Report Template File Clinical and higher editions ceeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 20 How to modify a template file for the Assessment Reports Clinical and higher editions ceeeesseeseeeees 20 How to add client contact information for a client Clinical and higher editions ccccesccceseeeteeesteesteenteeeaes 21 How to batch process your custom Assessment Reports Clinical and higher editions cccseesseesceeereeeees 21 How to edit your client contact list Clinical and higher editions ccccscecescessceseceeeceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeses 22 How to export your client contact list to generate mailing labels Clinical and higher editions eee 22 How to export your client contact list for email programs Clinical and higher editions 0 ec eeeeeereeeeeeeees 23 How to import your Client Contact List into an email program Clinical and higher editions c eseee 23 How to getierat a client report seis cesses sat a aa eos bc Geese acca cule deo a cb adel a bak bondh o Mie a aa aaee 23 How to batch process your client reports Clinical and higher editions ccecesseeseeeeceeeeeceaeeeeeeeeceeeeeeneeenees 24 How to establish a new client s fi
141. ch Icon on your Tool Bar then click the View Tab gina 2 View the information for any food item in a Single Food Summary by double clicking anywhere in the row containing nutrient data for that food item You can also select a Food Name by single clicking the food name or any item on the same row then clicking on either the Normal Button Clinical and higher editions the View Button Junior Personal Personal Plus or the All Button Clinical and higher editions Notes a The Normal Button Clinical and higher editions or the View Button Junior Personal and Personal Plus versions will display all the nutrients for the selected Food Name Non nutrient information is not displayed The nutrients displayed will be the ones specified in your NSL b Click the All Button to display all of the data in the nutrient database for the selected Food Name All data means that you ll see the non nutrient information as well as the nutrient information 3 From the Single Food Summary you can copy the data to the Windows Clipboard export the data to an ASCII file or send the data to your printer by clicking the appropriate icon at the top of the dialog box Diay Laview rutrenkdata mihe Split Sereen View This option lets you compare columns of nutrient information from two very different areas of the database 1 Click the Search Icon to locate some foods spi 2 Click the Split Button at the bottom of the Search Results screen The vertical r
142. creen in NutriBase One window is called the New User Help Screen Sport and Diet Nutritionals Clicking inside this window brings it to the top of the screen This means it will cover any other screens that may Click on the various have been overlapping it before you clicked on it to make it active This window now has the focus This topics for new user help means you can click options enter data and make selections inside this box Clicking anywhere inside the window behind this currently active window will bring the window that is current on the bottom to the top Setting up your Recipe PFI and Meal Folders NutriBase lets you organize your recipes PFI s Personal Food Items and Meals into folders You can have up to 26 folders and each of these folders can be organized into up to 36 tabs Since the folder structure for recipes Personal Food Items PFI s and Meals are identical this section will deal with the Recipe section as an example for all three Folders let you organize your recipes into categories You can organize each type or recipe Vegetarian Diabetic Weight Loss etc into a separate Recipe Folder When you import a NutriBase Meal Plans all the recipes used in the Meal Plan that you import will appear in the Recipe Folder that is currently active To work with your Recipe Folders please see the topic How to work with your Recipe Folders on page 65 Spending a few moments to organize your folders w
143. crements start and stop times fonts etc 4 Click the Question Mark at the top of the screen for an overview of the Day Planner Liy to use your lier 1 Click the Planner Icon in your Tool Bar to open your Planner 2 To insert items select the range where your new item should be inserted and click your right mouse Planner button or press the Insert Key 3 To delete items select the item and press the Delete Key 4 To create a header click your right mouse over the header you wish to create 5 Moving and sizing Select the item move mouse over the move grip left and then drag and drop with your mouse To resize move your mouse over the size grip top bottom and then drag and drop with your mouse 6 Item Color Select an item and then use the Color Dialog to change its background color The background color will take effect when the item is no longer selected down arrow 7 To change dates click the down arrow next to the data indicator or click left and right arrows at the top of the screen 8 To print click the Print Icon at the top of the screen 58 NutriBase Mel sey To Topics Query Data Boolean AND search How To Topics How to conduct a query on a selected food category This option lets you perform queries Boolean AND searches on the data This lets you locate all the foods that meet all your criteria For instance you can locate all the foods that have at least 2 grams of Protein no more than 360 m
144. cted Folder just edit as desired 5 To move recipes from one Recipe Folder to another click the folder containing the Recipes you want to move then drag and drop the desired recipes to the new Recipe Folder 6 To make any Folder the active Recipe Folder click the down arrow to the right of the Recipe Folder drop down menu and select the Recipe Folder that you want to make active How to add cooking directions to your recipes NutriBase lets you add cooking instructions to each of your recipes These directions tell the user how to prepare your recipe NutriBase lets you format the text align fonts bullets and to spell check your work 1 Open a recipe by clicking the Recipe Icon and double clicking the recipe that interests you If you anes prefer you can highlighting a recipe by single clicking it then click the Edit Button ej Directions 2 Click the Directions Button Add directions and format edit as desired 3 Click the OK Button when you are finished 65 NutriBase Mw To opics 1 1 low to s ale resize a recipe There may be times when you want to convert a recipe that serves six people to a recipe that serves 560 people 1 Click the Recipe Icon 2 Double click on the recipe you wish to scale This puts you in edit mode for the selected recipe 3 Click the Scale Button _ th scale 4 Type in the number of servings you want the recipe to make A calculator is provided to the right of th
145. ction List y NutniBase Clinical Nutrition Manager File Database Functions Info Prefs Client Sample y General Client Folder v Click here to change the active client Click here to change the client folder you may have up to 26 client folders The Client Selection List box is on the left The active client is always shown in the Client Selection List The Client Folder Selection List is the list box on the right You may specify up to 26 client folders 2 Click the client name that you want to make the active client z 3 Click the Intake Icon S 4 Double click a date from the calendar 5 The intake for the selected client and the selected date will appear on the screen 6 Edit it using the functions provided 7 Click the Save Button to save your changes x How to print a client s intake report This option lets you print an intake report that you have generated To print an intake report that you ve created make sure the client you wish to work with is active Click the Intake Icon then 1 Select Edit an Intake 2 Select a date that has information recorded to it there will be a face displayed on the date on the calendar 3 The Intake Manager dialog box will appear on the screen to show you what has been recorded for this client Click the Report Button 4 Click the OK Button 5 The basic intake report will be generated 6 Click the Print Icon or use the File Print option of the Menu Bar to
146. d create a folder for Body Building Meals Diabetic Meals Heart Recovery Meals etc Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these folders and their contents ay 1 Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate your Meal Folders and their contents C Add 2 To add a Meal Folder click the Add Button 3 To delete a Meal Folder select an existing folder and click the Delete Button C Delete 4 And to rename an existing Meal Folder select an existing folder and click the Rename Button COR 5 To move Meals from one folder to another click on the folder containing the Meals you want to Ename inove then drag the desired Meals to the new folder How to view your Meals in a rankable spreadsheet view This option lets you add meal items into a shopping list To do this 1 Click the Meal Icon Q View 2 Click the View Button A spreadsheet view of your Meals will appear on the page 3 Resize this window if desired We do not recommend maximizing this window 4 You can rank your Meals based on their values for any nutrient To do so just click inside the square box in the upper right corner of each column header Clicking the box again will reverse the sort direction 5 Study the buttons at the bottom of this window to see what options are available to you while you are in this view 42 NutriBase Meloy To Topics How to add Meal Items to the shopping list This option lets you add meal items into a shopping list To do
147. d on this factor Use this chart to estimate where your new exercise should fall on the continuum You can modify this value at any time if you feel that your first estimate was incorrect Ha N utriBa se Tips Miss Manager ips The Meal Manager helps you create and edit NutriBase Meals Meals are the basic building blocks for gt Meal Plans Create Meals for a particular special need vegetarian weight loss body building diabetic Meal etc and organize them within a folder Create up to 26 Meal Folders Create Meals at a variety of calorie levels and consider putting the calorie level in the Meal name Once you have a good collections of Meals mix and match them to create Meal Plans Click the View Button to view all the Meals at once in a spreadsheet view Click the box in the upper left corner of any column header to rank your Meals based on the nutrient values in that column lal ilan Manager ips The Meal Planner helps you create and edit NutriBase Meal Plans Please read A Systematic Approach to Building Meal Plans page 46 It is the single most valuable suggestion we can offer for designing Meal Plans Give Meal Plans to your clients to keep them on target and to accurately track their intake Use the Meal Manager to create custom Meal Plans for your clients Use the Analyze program to generate the Meal Plan Summary sheet a hard copy printout for your client This Meal Plan Summary should include the checklist forma
148. d or format the report b If you are using the Clinical edition you can also use the File Save As option in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen This will let you save the file in RTF compatible with MS Word and other modern word processors TXT standard text format or HTML Web Page format These formats make it easy for you to deliver your reports electronically via the Internet c If you would like to produce a custom recipe report that can contain far more or less information use the Analyze Program How to create a custom Meal report suitable for publication With the Clinical and higher NutriBase editions you can create a customized report that includes just what you want to include where you want it All versions of NutriBase provide a standard report for Meals To create a new template you select an existing template and save it under a new name then modify it as desired Here s how 1 Open the Meal Manager by clicking on its icon a 2 Click on the Report Button i Report 3 Click the Templates tab 4 Select the template file you would like to start with You do this by clicking the down arrow in the list box and clicking on the desired template Note Templates with the rtf extension are the ones you edit to produce Rich Text Formatted word processor reports Template files that use the htm extension are used to produce Web pages 5 If you want to modify the selected template file just do so then
149. d primarily for Breakfast Cereals and Infant Formulas 4 The value is an assumed zero The nutrient is not expected to be present because biologically it could not be present such as dietary fiber in animal products or the nutrient is expected to be present in only insignificant amounts such as vitamin C in meat products 5 The value is calculated from the nutrient label by NDL 6 The value is calculated by the manufacturer not adjusted or rounded for NLEA compliance 7 The value is analytical supplied by the manufacturer with partial documentation Keep in mind that values for non 100 gram portions those with household measures were derived from the original 100 gram portion provided by NDL To improve the usability of the database food specialists in NDL have filled in nutrient values for many proximate components total dietary fiber vitamin and mineral values Values for other nutrients such as alcohol and vitamin E were filled in because the food items are part of the data base that is used for the USDA Continuing Survey of Food Intakes by Individuals CSFII NDL has added additional source codes to be more specific about the type of data used for processed and brand name products in SR14 Previous versions of SR were not reviewed to revise source codes Therefore the new source codes that have been added are used only for items that are new or were revised for SR14 As existing items are revised source codes will be updated
150. d products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 18 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1991 Composition of foods snacks and sweets raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 19 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1989 Composition of foods cereal grains and pasta raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 20 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1988 Composition of foods fast foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 21 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1990 Composition of foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 1989 Supplement Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1991 Composition of foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 1990 Supplement Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Composition of foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 1991 Supplement Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1993 Composition of foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 1992 Supplement Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1992 Provisional table on the selenium content of foods USDA HNIS PT 109 Department of Agriculture 1994 USDA table of nutrient retention factors release 3 Nutrient Data Laboratory Home Page http www nal usda gov fnic foo
151. d the Fitness Manager yet the following steps are recommended a Check and establish your initial Fitness settings in your User Preferences Fitness Tab Click Prefs option of Menu Bar to access your User Preferences b Click the Client Information Tab of the Fitness Manager to make sure your client information is compete and up to date c Click the Exercise Setup tab to assure that the exercises are set up as you like them d Click the Workout Tab to create any canned work outs you wish to design these workouts can then be assigned to your clients Tt 2 Update your body weight and or body fat if desired to more accurately calculate your calorie expenditures by clicking the Weight Icon the top of the Fitness Manager dialog box 3 Make sure you are in the Exercise Intake tab Click the tab for the exercise list you wish to use Double click on the exercise or exercises you wish to record in the Frequent Exercise List Note If you prefer you may drag and drop the exercises you wish to record into the Exercises to Record list box on the right side of the screen From Day 4 In addition to exercises you can also record exercises that have been saved to previous days or workouts To do so click on the From Day Button or the Workout Button Workout 5 Select an exercise in the Exercises to Record list box 29 NutriBase yee Ie Topics Note Select an exercise by clicking the shaded box to the left of the exercise na
152. d to determine their contribution to the protein and amino acid content of the food Protein calculated from total nitrogen which may contain non protein nitrogen was used in determining carbohydrate by difference This unadjusted protein value is not given in the Nutrient Data File for SR14 it is given as a footnote in the printed sections of AH 8 For soybeans a factor of 5 71 Jones 1941 was used for calculating protein The soybean industry however uses 6 25 to calculate protein The protein content of soy flours soy meals soy protein concentrates and soy protein isolates is expressed both ways The item calculated using the 6 25 factor is identified as crude protein basis Total Lipid fat Total lipid content of most foods was determined by gravimetric methods including extraction methods such as those that employ ether or a mixed solvent system consisting of chloroform and methanol or acid hydrolysis Carbohydrate Carbohydrate when present was determined as the difference between 100 and the sum of the percentages of water protein total lipid fat ash and when present alcohol Total carbohydrate values include total dietary fiber Total dietary fiber content was determined by the following enzymatic gravimetric methods 985 29 and 991 43 of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists 1995 Sugars Total sugars were determined using AOAC methods 1995 either high performance liquid chromatography HPLC or gas
153. d to individual clients Nutrient Density View The NutriBase Nutrient Density View lets you display the nutrient values for say 100 kcal servings of all fresh vegetables in a spreadsheet view This gives you an apples to apples comparison for all nutrients for hundreds or even thousands of vegetables at once NutriBase displays nutrient data in a spreadsheet view Identify the foods that provide the highest nutrition per calorie You can rank foods on screen while using the Nutrient Density View Nutrient Intake A nutrient intake or intake is a listing of the foods a person eats along with their serving sizes and nutrient information A daily intake is a list of all the foods eaten during a single day a three day intake is a listing of all the foods eaten in a three day period etc Overwrite When you overwrite the information you delete the existing data and replace it with the new information The option most often associated with overwrite is the append option Paste To paste something into a file means to copy something you ve cut or copied into the file at the cursor location To paste text into your cursor location you must first have some information usually text or graphics that you ve cut or copied into the Windows Clipboard a temporary storage area that your operating system sets aside for you Place your cursor where you want to insert this information and press Ctrl V This is hold down the Ctrl key
154. dcomp Department of Agriculture 1998 CSFII DHKS data set documentation and technical support files the 1994 96 Continuing Survey of Food Intakes by Individuals and the 1994 96 Diet Health and Knowledge Survey National Technical Information Service Springfield VA CD ROM PB98 500457 Watt Bernice K and Annabel L Merrill 1963 Composition of foods raw processed prepared U S Department of Agriculture Agriculture Handbook No 8 Weihrauch J L L P Posati B A Anderson and J Exler 1977 Lipid conversion factors for calculating fatty acid content of foods Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society 54 36 40 Weihrauch J L and Tamaki J 1991 Provisional Table on the Vitamin D Content of Foods USDA HNIS PT 108 l Jocumentation for the IN teiene Jatabase The Canadian Food Composition Data Prepared by Research Division and Biostatistics and Computer Applications Division Food Directorate Health Protection Branch Health Canada The use of trade firm or corporation names in this database is for information and convenience of the user Such use does not constitute an official endorsement or approval by Health Canada of any product or service to the exclusion of others that may be suitable NutriBase software was independently developed by CyberSoft Inc NutriBase software contains major portions of the 1997 Canadian Nutrient Files CyberSoft also calculated six additional fields of data to the original SR14 data
155. delete tabs and move food items from the All PFI tab to other tabs To create a PFI from scratch gt 1 Click the PFI Icon then click on the Create Button 2 Enter in the name and nutrient values for your new PFI 4 The new PFI will appear in the All PFI s tab Notes A oo Nutrients a Click the Nutrients Button to add more nutrients b Click the DV Button to enter percent Daily Values E x wish Uy to set up your C erana eod Item s serving size 3 After specifying your serving size click on the Add Button to add the PFI to your PFI Manager DY c You may edit this new PFI later if you wish and you may copy this PFI to any PFI tab you This function lets you set the serving size in a unit that NutriBase will understand This enables NutriBase to change serving sizes for this PFI when you use it in recipes Meals and Meal Plans Create a New Personal Food Item x Food Name immy s Smokehouse Smelt Comment The real thing Serving Size Grams f oo amp Intake Serving Size f oo m Click here to bring up the PFI Serving Size PFI Serving Size dialog box Selecting a standard NutriBase serving size will you to convert your PFI to other serving sizes when adding to an intake recipe or meal PFI Serving Amount 100 PFI Serving Unit This is the Serving Size Selection List Select a serving size from this drop down list If you already know the abbrevia tions used by NutriBase
156. derately active Desired Weight 192 lbs May 16 1999 Weight Loss Week 1 7 Ibs Desired Body Fat Age 8 Bld Medium Mr Smith as you can see from the table above your current weight is 218 pounds and your goal weight is 192 pounds you have 26 pounds to lose Hopefully all of this weight loss will be in the form of body fat Your goal is to lose an average of 1 7 pounds of fat per week If you lose this 1 7 pounds each week it will take you approximately 15 weeks for you to reach your body weight goal of 192 pounds John F Smith Present Body Fat Notes Regarding the RTF Template File and the Final Report Notice that the RTF Template File the first example shown above contains a number of NutriBase macros NutriBase replaces these macros with the actual values for the selected client when it generates your report for you After you design your own unique template file you can product this report over and over for all of your clients the values in the new report will be those that apply to the newly selected client This approach allows you to generate a custom report for each and every client you are working with instantly NutriBase Clinical and higher editions come with preformatted templates NutriBase lets you edit these any way you wish You can make them brief or you can provide pages and pages of information about any topic you desire You can refer to them by name 50 times throughout the report You can insert your
157. dical conditions Anemia Asthma Colitis Diabetes Gastric Reflux Hypertension Hypoglycemia Irritable Bowel Syndrome Heart Disease Hiatal Hernia Liver Disease Other medical condition Other medical condition Notes and comments Web forms require NutriBase Clinical and higher editions in conjunction with special server side software that must be installed Contact us at 800 959 4849 for more information You may add as many non mandatory fields as you wish to your form This listing is for the ones provided with your initial questionnaire you may add other questions as desired 135 A ppendix The NutriBase Food Categories The following food categories are covered in NutriBase software products To access and view NutriBase nutrient data by selecting the categories you wish to view do this 2 Click on the main food category that interests you 1 Click the View Icon then the View Button View 3 Click on all the subcategories you wish to include 4 Click the OK Button Accompaniments Condiments Creamers Croutons Dips Gravy Jellies Marmalades Pickles Relish Peppers Olives Salad Dressings Salsa Sauces Spreads Syrups Toppings Baby Foods Cereals Desserts and Snacks Fruits Infant Formulas Juices Meats and Meat Combinations Vegetables Other Baby Foods Beef Products Brisket Chuck Flank Shank Crosscuts Ground Beef Prepared Beef Retail Cuts
158. differentiated nutrient number 618 Other fatty acid totals provided in SR are 1 the sum of saturated monounsaturated and 102 l Jstomentatsn for the Nlutrient levis ees polyunsaturated fatty acids and 2 sum of trans monoenoic the sum of trans polyenoic and the sum of all trans fatty acids Values for total saturated monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fatty acids may include individual fatty acids not reported in SR therefore the sum of their values may exceed the sum of the individual fatty acids listed In rare cases the sum of the individual fatty acids may exceed the sum of the values given for the total saturated fatty acids SFA monounsaturated fatty acids MUFA and polyunsaturated fatty acids PUFA These differences are generally caused by rounding and may be relatively small For formulated brand name foods industry data were often available for fatty acid classes SFA MUFA and PUFA but were lacking for individual fatty acids In these cases individual fatty acids were calculated from the fatty acids of the individual listed ingredients and normalized to the total fat level A best fit approximation was made to fatty acid classes but unavoidably calculated sums of individual fatty acid totals did not always match industry data for fatty acid classes Zero values for individual fatty acids should be understood to mean that trace amounts may be present When g fatty acids per 100 g total lipid were converted to g fatty
159. display the foods it located in that category Otherwise you may double click on the category in your hit list to display the foods in that category 7 Scroll down to the item of interest then click the PFI Button Intake Button Recipe Button or Meal Button as appropriate to record the selected food item If you are recording a Meal Plan the Intake Button will have been replaced by a Meal Plan Button 7 NutriBase Tg le Topics Lisy ko bete andor mada specific beana mane food item This option lets you search across every food category to locate brand names that match your search string Your search string is a brand name or a partial brand name It isn t necessary to select a food category before conducting a brand name search To conduct the brand name search 1 Click the Search Icon 2 Select the Brand Tab by clicking on it 3 Type in the brand name or partial brand name you are looking for par Ta Search Note If you wish to change the type of data across which you will conduct your brand name search click the down arrow next to the drop down menu below the edit box where you typed in the desired brand name or partial brand name and change the selection 4 Click the Search Button 5 NutriBase will produce a Hit List of the Food Categories that contain your brand name s If only one category contains the search string NutriBase will display the data immediately 6 Double click the food category you wi
160. down arrow to change label formats Resize the window and label as desired 6 Click the Print Icon to print Click the Image Button to generate a BMP file for a document or a JPG file for a web page 7 Check the Ingredients checkbox if you wish to include an ingredient listing based on gram weight Meal Plan Manager How To Topics A Systematic Approach to Building Meal lane Read this before creating Meal Plans NutriBase supports the creation and organization of Personal Food Items Recipes Meals and Meal Plans Each of these units sit in a hierarchy that culminates into what we call a Meal Plan Here is a systematic approach that will serve you well 1 Create Personal Food Items These are the food items you use over and over Storing them as PFI s and organizing them in your PFI Manager makes it faster to access these frequently used items 2 Create Recipes by combining food items from the nutrient database and from your Personal Food Items You can also use recipes as ingredients of your recipes 3 Create Meals by combining food items PFI s and recipes Add or create your Personal Food Items 4 Create Meal Plans by combining food items PFI s recipes and Meals Meals use all the other components mentioned previously A Meal could contain a beverage from the database a salad from a nearby restaurant and a recipe that you ve created for use in your Meals 5 Plan your Meals before you create them This is the best Meal Plan tip
161. e client s name followed by the appropriate extension RTF or HTM depending on whether you are generating word processor pages or web pages 2 Go to the Client Log On screen by clicking the Client Icon then click the radio button labeled Client Liow koed your denteontacdt ie This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions If you wish to maintain contact with your clients you can use the Client Contact Manager 1 Go to the Client Contact List Do this by clicking the Client Icon then selecting the Client Contact List option 2 Notice that the Edit Mode radio button is already selected for you 3 Click the client whose information you wish to edit or add to 4 Edit or add to the data then click the Save Button Click the Close Button when you are finished Notes ea a To copy the inside address information salutation name and address to the Windows Clipboard click the Copy Button You can paste this information into a letter you are writing to the client with the integrated word processor or with any other Windows word processor b The check marks on the right side of the screen indicate the fields you have selected to include when you export the data You can modify these by clicking the Export Mode radio button in the lower left of the dialog box How to export your client contact list to generate mailing labels This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions If you wish to mai
162. e client whose goals you wish to modify is not active click on the down arrow in the Client Selection List box at the top of the screen and click on the client whose goals you wish to edit The client will be selected and will appear in the Client Selection List box at the top of the screen Once you ve assured that the proper client is active a 1 Click the Intake Icon then double click on a date from the calendar that appears You will need to select a date that contains data Dates that contain data have icons on them E Compose 2 Click the Compose Button 3 Select the nutrient you wish to compose t perform a composition analysis on it 4 Select the sort direction high to low or low to high 5 When you click the OK Button NutriBase will compose the intake and display the results to the screen Intake Note The NutriBase composition analysis will rank the food items in the sort order you selected It will also give you the actual percentage of that nutrient contained in the client s intake 38 NutriBase Mel sy To Topics loy Seu a cleans cata Since most clients will deviate somewhat from your Meal Plan recommendations you ll sometimes find it necessary to edit the client s intake even after you ve recorded their initial intake To edit a client s intake 1 Click the down pointing arrow in the Client Selection List at the top of your screen Your client list will drop down Client Selection List Client Folder Sele
163. e edit box if you wish to make any preliminary estimates 5 Click the OK Button to finish How to view your recipes in a rankable spreadsheet view This option lets you view and rank your recipes for use in NutriBase It lets you find the recipes rich or poor in specific nutrients To do this 1 Click the Recipe Icon p 2 Click the View Button A spreadsheet view of your recipes will appear on the page Bane __ th view 3 Resize this window if desired We do not recommend maximizing this window 4 You can rank your recipes based on their values for any nutrient To do so just click inside the square box in the upper right corner of each column header Clicking the box again will reverse the sort direction 5 Study the buttons at the bottom of this window to see what options are available to you while you are in this view Loy Tee ne ieee density View to view or tank recipes meals EAC One question most nutritionally minded people should ask themselves is Which foods offer the most nutrition for the calories NutriBase makes this a bit easier to answer with the Nutrient Density View The Nutrient Density View lets you view the nutrients based on a fixed calorie level of a group of foods That is you can view the nutrients for say 100 calories of all the foods in a selected group of foods If these foods were beverages you d be able to identify the beverages that were junk and the ones that actually offered some nutrition
164. e food items in sorted order it shows you how much of that nutrient it contains and what percentage of the recipe total it contains This lets you know where all that sodium or fat is coming from in your recipe Custom Macro Driven Initial Assessment Report The Clinical and higher editions of NutriBase let you produce highly customized reports for your clients You do this by editing a template file for the desired report This template uses macros in place of the client related variables you want to include in your final report The results give the impression that you spent hours in creating a custom report for that client pages 83 85 Using NutriBase to Gerve Your Clients Custom Macro Driven Meal Report Generate your own customized report in word processor or html Web page format See page 44 for more information Custom Macro Driven PFI Report Generate your own customized report in word processor or html Web page format See page 57 for more information Custom Macro Driven Recipe Report Generate your own customized report in word processor or html Web page format See page 70 for more information Exercise History Report Access this report by clicking the Fitness Manager Icon then clicking the Report Button This report shows how many calories a selected client has expended on a day by day basis Frequent Activity List Report Access this report by clicking the Fitness Manager Icon then clicking the Report Button Thi
165. e goal that you can use with any client they are not attached to any particular client 3 Double click on the Create Edit Client Goals radio button option B Create 4 A tabbed notebook appears If you want to create a goal click the Create Button 5 To edit a goal click the tab for the type of goal you wish to edit Then double click the goal you wish to edit Client Intake Module Window Clinical and higher editions The Client Intake Module Clinical and higher editions only lets you import the personal intake information from one of your clients or burn a CD ROM to provide to one of your clients Here s an overview of the Client Intake Module You open NutriBase Clinical and higher editions and click a button to burn a CD ROM Burning a CD ROM means copying some program files onto a recordable CD You give the CD to your clients If you wish you can put your own customized label on the CD You can make the label your business card if you wish Your client takes the CD home and installs in on her computer She records her own three day intake actually there s no limit to the number of days intake she can record The NutriBase Intake Module provides basic nutrient information for 30 000 food items If desired your client can add food items to the Intake Module that don t already exist in the database Clients cannot generate or print any reports with the Intake Module that s your job The Intake Module CD i
166. e release of USDA Standard Reference nutrient data Iodine data was collected by CyberSoft from manufacturers of nutritional supplements and enteral parenteral products which have been added to this release of NutriBase CyberSoft also derived the Omega 3 Fatty Acid and Omega 6 Fatty Acid from the existing USDA Fatty Acid information Note The USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 provides values of zero or a blank for the conversion factors for mixed ingredient food entries Calculating Calories from or Calories from values of zero would result in erroneous values For this reason CyberSoft used the 4 4 9 method which is an AOAC approved method to estimate the six added fields for mixed ingredient food items A value of 4 00 was used as the conversion factor for Protein a value of 4 00 was used as the conversion factor for Carbohydrate and a value of 9 00 was used as the conversion factor for Fat The original zeros and blanks provided by the Nutrient Data Laboratory are exported when the data is exported onteni of the USDA Sig IN ytrient M atabaee The following is an itemized summary of the available information for all entries taken from the USDA research quality nutrient database Nutrient Data Bank Number The Nutrient Data Bank NDB number that uniquely identifies a food item The NDB numbers assigned by USDA are integers These numbers contain no letters or other characters New Nutrient Data Bank N
167. e screen and change your selection b You ll notice that NutriBase automatically places the nutrient you selected to rank in the first data column for you This saves you from having to scroll as far horizontally to the right to locate the nutrient c Because portion sizes vary one watermelon is larger than one banana you don t always get an apples to apples comparison with a ranking d You will get an apples to apples comparison when you rank foods based on Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates or Calories from Fat e To compare foods on an apples to apples basis use the Query Function to rank foods of the same portion size like 100 grams See the help topic titled How to locate the fresh fruit that is richest in Potasstum on page 62 f A similar function called the Compose function will let you perform a composition analysis on recipes Meals or nutrient intakes How to quickly rank a column of data while you are viewing It This option lets you rank a column from high to low or from high to low while you are looking at the results of the View function page 75 Here s how 1 Click the Search Icon then click View Tab 2 Select the Food Category you wish to view Also select the subcategories you wish to include 3 When the nutrient data is displayed on the screen in the Search Results screen you will notice tiny boxes in the upper right corner of the column headers Click these boxes to ra
168. e server side software installed on your server Call us if you are interested in having us install this for you There is a fee associated with this service You can offer a free Initial Assessment Report which NutriBase can create pages 83 in exchange for contact information name email phone etc and personal information age gender height weight etc The data submitted by the visitors to your web site is appended to a flat file database on your server Each data file is based on the current date and has an asc extension Example 20010301 asc is the data file that would have been created on March 1 2001 The asc extension signifies that the file is an ASCII delimited file The delimiter is a caret symbol After midnight the first submission on your form will be saved to the new date e g 20010302 asc To collect the data left by your surfers just download the data file for the date you are interested in processing It is recommended that you always download these data files to the same folder This is because once you tell NutriBase where you store your data files it will remember the location for you until you change this location After you download the data file for the data of interest from your server pJ 1 Start NutriBase then click the Client Icon 2 Select the option labeled Log on Clients from Web Data File 3 In the resulting dialog box click on the radio button labeled Select Web Data File 4
169. eans lima immature seeds canned regular pack solids and liquids 1 can 303 454 0 32234 1348 3 18 478 19 89 60518 1 317 LIMA BEANS CANNED Fordhook 12 cup e00 3347250 2532 140 00 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans immature seeds canned no salt added solids and liquids 100 grams 1000 710 297 0 407 1989 1333 029 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans immature seeds canned no salt added solids and liquids 1 2cup 124 0 88 04 368 28 5 047 19 89 16529 0 36 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans immature seeds canned no salt added solids and liquids 1 can 303 454 0 322 34 1348 3 18 478 19 89 60518 1 317 LIMA BEANS CANNED Lima beans large mature seeds canned 100grams 1000 790 3310 493 2165 149 047 Search Results NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager LEL File Database Functions Info Prefs Tool Bar cea lol a et Data Intake PFI Recipe Meal MP Cient Fitness Analyze Heke Ba a jo x Brand Recipe PFI Meal LIMA BEAN Search Screen Q Search o 4 View Help Search Results 49 57 of 113 items olki Food Name amp Angel Hi 4 canta CELER Cottee cows cows Deviled Deviled F aoe a from Fat 342 O 06E 342 0 082 342 03 E 00 o0 342 006 342 0082 34203 18 oosa Ds JOf Mea ee intake Ea Recre arr A amp i 4 qa Q Nomal Eep Export B Print Lose Help Serving Size Intake Recorder Recipe Manager Me
170. eb Page format These formats make it easy for you to deliver your reports electronically via email or your Web page c If you would like to produce a custom recipe report that can contain far more or less information use the NutriBase Analyze Program Lg to save a recipe report as a Web Page HTM L This Clinical or higher edition option lets you save a NutriBase recipe report in hypertext markup language HTML This is the format used in Web pages on the Internet This option makes it very easy for you to publish your recipes on the Web Here s the procedure 1 Generate your recipe report It will appear in the NutriBase Word Processor 2 Edit and or format the document if you wish 3 Click the File Save As option 4 Select HTML files under the Save file as type drop down 5 Give the file a different name if you wish Specify a different folder to which to save the file to if you wish Click the OK Button to finish How to export a recipe This option allows you to export any recipe into a compact file that you can share with a friend sell to a client or upload to the NutriBase Web site to share with other NutriBase users Every NutriBase recipe is compatible across all versions of NutriBase except the Weight Loss Edition To export a recipe 1 Click the Recipe Icon to open the Recipe Manager 2 Select the recipe you wish to export by clicking on it once Ee Export 3 Click the Export Button This is t
171. ecaaecseceseeseeeeeeseeeseneeses 42 How to work with Meal Folders tessc cices sockeieccsucetevsevad evs cede vcutacen Uaes e a dates AE ET N E a E 42 How to locate and or record a specific Meal ccccccccssecssecstecsnseesecssecssecesecececsaeceseceseceaeeseeeeseceseesseeeeeeseseenneeags 73 Meal Manager How To Topics continued scccscccsccscssccecssscecscccescessssceessccscscescsscccessscsesccssescesssssereoess 43 How to view your Meals in a rankable spreadsheet ViCW ccccesccesccesecesteceeceecesecsseeeeeeseseceseeseeeeeeeseaeeeeseseeeeses 42 How to add Meal items to the shopping List ecceccsecsseceneeeeeeseeeseeeseecsaecesaecseecssecaecesecesecseeenseesseeseeeseeeeneeesgs 43 How to modify a Meal item s serving size in a Meal cceeccccesecssecenceesseeseeceeceseccssecaecnseceseceaecnseenseeseeseeeeeneeses 43 How to compose a Meal sort the Meal items based on the value of any nutrient ccccecceesseesteeeteeeteeeees 43 How to copy a Meal to another tab ccc cecccesccesecessceseccesecnseceseceeeceeeeeeseceseeeseeceseceseecaeecssecsaecseceseenaeeseeeeeeeeeneeses 43 How to create a new Meal from a Meal Plamen ec ceeescesscsseeseceseeseeseceaecaeseceaecaeeeaeeseceaeseeceaesaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeaeeaees 49 Howto play witha Meali steiere erpii ri e A E oes dvd T ETEA EET KEAT elt GEKE 44 How to pinta Mealtepottsernorinen stanina aah vena cate a A ada E N T ease 44 How to create a custom Meal report suitab
172. eceaaecsaecsesseeeseeeseaeenes 54 NSL Nutrient Selection List How To Topics csccccssscscscsccscccsssccesesccccsccssesccesssccescccsescessescersscsseseess 54 How to creat an NS bratan erien o estes pata E E EE E E N T lovee otis ielni el adice 54 How toeditan NS Gorino e a a a a a a E a e a E Aa Eaa EE i a 54 How toselectaditterent NS Dereser e a TAE EEE E E E N E EER E E AATE 54 PFI Personal Food Item Manager How To TOpicS eessoessoessoessoessosssosesooesoossoossoosssosssossssosssosssosssosssssssee 55 How to add a new personal food item to NutriBase cccecccecsseesseesceesseesseceseeeseecsaecueceseceseesseeseeeseneesueesereeeeeeaes 55 How to set up your Personal Food Item s serving SiZe ccccecsseesseesceesseeeeeeeeeeecsecsaecesecesaecseceseenaeeseeesereeeeeeaes 55 How to use the Nutrient Density View to view and or rank PFI s Recipes and Meals ccccccsscesseeeteeeteeeees 66 How to organize your PFI s into tabbed notebooks ec ccccceeseesseesceeceeseeeseecseecssecaeceseceaecsseeeeeeseeeeseseeeeeeeeeesgs 56 How to work with your PFI Folders cccccccccssecssecssecesecesecesecsecseeeeseeceseceseeeseecsaecsaecaecaeceseceseesaeceaeeseeesereseeeeaes 57 PFI Personal Food Item Manager How To Topics continued scscccccscssscsscssscessccsescessesseessesseses 58 How to create a custom PFI report in a word processor or Web page format Clinical and higher editi
173. eceseceeeeeecesecnseeseeeseeeeeneeags 28 Suggestions for using the Intake Module effectively 00 cc eccccccccsssesssecessceeseeseeceseceeeeeeeceseeseeeeeeeeseseseeeseeeneeesaes 28 Fitness Manager How To Topics scccsssscssscssscecccccesccesssceesssccescccsssccessscesenessescccssescessscssesessssccssesceesssseeees 29 How to set your Fitness Manager User Preferences cccccsccesseesseessecsecesecescecaecesecesecssecsscecesecesecsaeeneeeseeeseneesgs 29 How to record the exercise you or your clients perform for a day 0 0 ccccscecesceesseeteeseeceeeeeeseeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeses 29 How to Record the Calories Expended from a Monitored Exercise c ccccecccessscessceseeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeses 30 How to Add a New Monitored Exercise cccccccesccesscessceeseseceesseeeseeeseeeseecsaecsaecsaecsaecaecaeesseeseeseeeeseeseeeseeesnneeags 30 How to modify an existing client s exercise ZOaIS cccesscssscstecetecessecseceseceseceseccnsecesecssecseecesecesecseeseeeseeeeeeeesgs 31 How to move an exercise from one Exercise List to amother ccecccesscsssceeseceseceseceeeeeeeeesseceeeeseeeeseeeeseeeseeseneeses 32 How to add a new exercise to NutriBase ceccceescssssesssesesceeecesseesseeeseceseecseecsaecsaecsaecesecsaeceseceedeceseeeeeseeeseeeenneengs 32 Howto created Workouts c sccces ekestes cosdaze dea E cha 2a Os dag dea on Save va eek a haa techs a edt AeA ah 32 How to retrieve a Workout z aaan a a levi
174. ecordable media Click here to select which nutrients you want Nutribase to display to the screen Export nutrient data to files suitable for use with spread sheets and databases Two Sample NutriBase Screen Layouts g m x Fite Database Functions Info Prets w e6 F Ww iol a g Data Intake PFI Recipe Meal mp Client Fitness Ba a e p X Brand Recipe PFI Meal LIMA BEAN d Search Screen Q Search mn Close A View Help Search Results 49 57 of 113 items ol x General Client Folder bad Analyze Tool Bar ae Intake Recorder 42 Recipe Manager Meal Manager Etc 7 cx with Olive Oil All Foods E Protein I Carbs I Fat Protein I Carbs i Fat O p o X x of Goals of Goals j e Sea EERE g Bre eakfast AMorning Snack ALunch Afternoon Snack 4Dinner 4Evening Snack rote pect 1 calraaa hare ane LIMA BEANS CANNED Beans lima immature seeds canned regular pack solids and liquids 100grams 100 0 71 0 2970 407 1989 13 33 0 29 LIMA BEANS CANNED Beans lima immature seeds canned regular pack solids and liquids 1 2cup 124 0 68 04 368 28 5 047 19 89 16529 0 36 LIMA BEANS CANNED B
175. ed Splitter Bar will appear in the middle of the screen Note If you prefer you can drag the Splitter Bar the little red bar in the 2 lower right corner of the data screen onto the screen To remove the 127 0 53 34 Splitter Bar from the screen you can drag it back into the lower right 100 0 49 0 corner again 31 2 15 288 Splitter Bar 3 You may drag the splitter bar left or right as you wish 4 Use the vertical scroll bar to move vertically through the data When you scroll vertically data on both sides of the splitter bar move together 5 However the data on each side of the splitter bar has its own horizontal scroll bar Use these scroll bars to change the data displayed on each side of the splitter bar 6 To close the Split Screen click the Unsplit Button or drag the Splitter Bar back to its initial _ Un Spiit ae position just above the Zoom control Notes a If you resize your columns to the optimal widths for the columns you are viewing you ll be able to view more data in each screen NutriBase will remember these settings for you you only have to adjust these widths once b You can also optimize the amount of data you view on the screen by using the Zoom Control Click the up arrow to make the fonts larger click the down arrow to make them smaller c After you ve displayed the nutrient data to the screen you have a number of options For instance you can right mouse click on the display to s
176. ee a menu of recording options See How to navigate through the nutrient data topic page 51 for more options 76 NutriBase Maly To Topics Loy to jump to the First occurrence of a food sare om Samet This option is offered whenever you are viewing nutrient data in the spreadsheet view The Jump option lets you jump to the first occurrence of any food name or brand name you select 1 Click Search Icon and click the tab you wish to use to display the Search Results to the screen Ges Jump 2 Once the data is displayed to the screen click the Jump Button 3 Select the appropriate radio button to determine whether you ll jump to a food or a brand name 4 Double click the food name or the brand name you want to jump to or single click it then click the OK Button Llay to view PE print a A lubeition a abel for a food item This option in the Clinical and higher editions lets you view and print a Nutrition Facts Label for any research quality food item in the NutriBase Database 1 Locate the food item of interest 2 Double click the item to generate the single item view 3 If it is a research quality food item the Label Button will be present click it to view the Nutrition Facts Label 4 Click the down arrow to change label formats Resize the window and label as desired 5 Click the Print Icon to print Word Processor How To Topics Clinical and higher editions How to open your word processor ra To o
177. eeeeeees 135 Listing of NutriBase Food Categories cccccecscesssessseesseessecsseeeseecscecsaecaecseceseccsaecusecesecssecsseeeeeeseneseseseseeeaessaes 136 Using the NutriBase Palm Edition software csccccscccsscscssssceccssccsccssssscrssscsecsessescccessssessscssesccssssseessesseses 138 How to install the NutriBase Palm Edition software ccccccsccessecesscessceseceseecsseceecseeeseeeeeueeseeeeeseceeeeseeesaeenaes 138 NutriBase Palm Setup Window cccceccccssscssscesseesscesseeeceessecsseeseeeeeseceseeeseecsaecsaecsaecsecuaeecsaecuaeceseeeeeseseeeseeesseesaes 139 Installing the NutriBase Palm Edition to the Palmtop ccceccccesscesssesseceseceeeeceseceeeceeaecssecsececseeseeeeeeeeeeseesaes 140 HotSyncing NutriBase Datare rype cocsies cgactvazestivesscoaubadategentsoneediabia cased saschsesbescacetacasatestaavaces a Conin as Saaie Nooa iade 140 How to Uninstall Palm Edition from the Palm PDA ccccccsscceseceseceeecesecesecesecesecseeeeeeecseeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeaeesaes 140 The NutriBase Main Window cccccesssssscesscesscesseesseeeseeseneeeseeeseecsaecsaecsaecnaecuaecaeceseeseeesesecesecseeeseseceseeeatecssessaes 141 Recording Food IMtakes ec sccc seasec stork csheeest bono a ccketea ven sates Sea sh abv ansn shea sooaguses dunes al Sousonte din obisnbongeboedonseneess 142 Locating Food Items t Record aren a ihe tas coed e ee CaaS oh casas Fas cba an Cane ca ca tec a Olea R Aes e 142 Using the Find Butto
178. eeeenaeenees 50 How to turn off your quotations at Startup cccecccecscesssessseeseeeeseeeseeeeecssecsseeeseecseecsaecesecssecesaecsecaecneeseeeseeeseneeaes 51 How to backup email nutrient information to diskette or any other drive cccceccsceesceeeceeeceeeeesseceeecenseesseenes 51 How to navigate through the nutrient data cc ecccccssceseeseeeseeeseecseeeeseeeseecseecaecssecaeccssecsaecaeceseesaeeseeseeeeeeeeses 51 How to edit a report header file Clinical and higher editions cccceccccesceescesseceseceeecceseceeeeeeeenaeeneeseeeeneeeses 52 How to insert a report header file into your reports Clinical and higher editions cccsccssccesseceteeesteesteeeaes 77 How to view edit and or print out pre formatted client documents Clinical and higher editions 52 How to edit the quotations displayed each time you start NutriBase cccccescessceeeeeeseeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 53 How to add delete or rename tabs in your Meal PFI or recipe folders 20 cc eccceecsecseesceeseeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeaes 53 How to change your screen resolution ccccesccesccesscesseeescesseeeseeseeceseeeeseceseeessecseecsaecaeceaecesaecsseceseceeeseeeseeeeeeeenes 53 How to add your own logos or icons for use with Formatted Reports ccccesccesscessceeseceseceeeeseeeeseeesaeeeeeeeeeeeses 53 How to import a NutriBase Report into Excel ccceeccessccssscessceeeeeeceeeseeeseecsaeesseceseecseecsaecaa
179. em add it to an intake add it to a Meal or add it to a recipe Selecting an Item To select an exercise food item or other item from a list click in the box to the left of the item Selecting Data or Text To select data or text your use your mouse Drag the mouse over the column headers to select columns Drag the mouse over the box to the left of the rows to select rows To drag the mouse point at the first cell you wish to select then press down your left mouse button Then while continuing to hold left mouse button down move the mouse to the last cell you wish to select then let go Spreadsheet Format This is a tabular display format that places columns and row of nutrient information on the screen You can scroll vertically and horizontally to view more data You can double click on any food item to see all the nutrients for the selected food item at once You can view the data in split screen mode You can resize and or resequence columns You can select a food item and copy it to an intake PFI recipe or Meal You can jump to any food item or brand name You can export selected data or print it Substring Search A string search is one that looks for a string of characters such as a food name A substring search is one that looks for a substring of characters such as part of a food name A substring search on a food name of OAT would locate food items like OAT GROATS OATMEAL etc Normally the shorter you
180. en checking off the Edit Serving Size During Selection option Continue adding meal items until you ve constructed your Meal gt b You can select PFI s and recipes to include in the Meal you are building To do so just click 2 A the PFI or Recipe Icon as appropriate PFI Recipe 6 When you ve gathered the meal items you wish to include click the Edit Button in the Edit a Meal window to modify serving sizes or to subtract the ingredient from the recipe 7 Click the Save Button to save the recipe Note Actually you can just select ingredients any time you see them and click the Meal Button to begin creating a recipe but the Create Button is included because most users expect to have to click the Meal Manager Icon to create a recipe The Create Button approach is therefore by consensus intuitive 4l NutriBase Tg le Topics Lisy to create a new Meal from an existing Be This option lets you create Meals from existing Meals Rather than starting from scratch every time you wish to modify an existing Meal you can simply start with an existing Meal and edit it to create a new Meal 1 Click the Meal Icon to open the Meal Manager BZ Saved 2 Select an existing Meal from the Meal Manager by clicking on it with your mouse Bh Saveas cursor and click the Save As Button This saves the Meal under a new name 3 Select the newly named Meal by clicking on it with your mouse cursor and click the Edit Button to modify it 4 W
181. ent of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1976 Composition of foods dairy and egg products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 1 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1977 Composition of foods spices and herbs raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 2 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1978 Composition of food baby foods raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 3 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1979 Composition of foods fats and oils raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 4 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1979 Composition of foods poultry products raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 5 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1980 Composition of foods soups sauces and gravies raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 6 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1980 Composition of foods sausages and luncheon meats raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 7 Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1982 Composition of foods breakfast cereals raw processed prepared Agriculture Handbook No 8 8 108 Jscumentatisn for the Nutrient l Jatabas Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service 1982 Composition of foods fruits and fruit juices raw pro
182. er window and save your intake by clicking the Save Button While the Intake Manager window is open you can edit the intake if desired 8 If you didn t organize your intake into meals and snacks you can do so now If you want to add additional intake items simply do so You can edit serving sizes by double clicking the food items themselves You can duplicate food items in case you drank a few cups of milk at a few meals and or snacks during the course of the day Note You can also subtract the nutrients contained in a selected food item if you wish You can for instance record a Whopper sandwich and 1 tbsp of mayonnaise then subtract the mayonnaise from the intake Llaw to Organize your Eod one into Meal and or C nacke To organize your food items into meals and or snacks just drag and drop them into the meal and snack tabs at the bottom of the Intake window To check to make sure you have categorized all your foods just click the Copy To Button This will show you all the foods that have not been assigned to a meal or snack It s a good way to make sure you have classified all your food items into a meal or snack To delete a food item you must delete it from the All Foods Tab If you are in a meal or snack tab you will notice there is a Remove Button rather than a Delete Button The Remove Button will remove the food item from the meal or snack but it will leave it in the All Foods Tab so you can reclassify it to another meal or snack
183. erences for CNE Nivkrioat ake 1 Ackman R G and McLeod C 1985 7otal Lipids and Nutritionally Important Fatty acids of Some Nova Scotia Fish and Shellfish Products Canadian Institute of Food Science and Technology 21 4 390 398 2 Adams C F 1975 Nutritive Value of American Foods in Common Units U S Dept of Agric Agricultural Handbook No 456 3 Agriculture Canada 1983 The All Canadian Meat Book Minister of Supply and Services Canada Cat No A73 971 4 Arthur D 1972 Selenium Content of Canadian Foods Can Inst Food Sci Technol J 5 3 165 169 5 Association of Official Analytical Chemists 1995 Official Methods of Analysis 16th ed 2 vol Arlington VA and previous editions 6 Barber K Weintraub S Vanderstoep J at University of British Columbia 1987 Nutritional Analysis of British Columbia Canned Salmon Report submitted to the Fisheries Council of British Columbia 7 Courmier A Vautour G Allard J 1996 Canada wide Survey of the Nutritional Composition of Six Retail Cuts J Food Composition 9 255 268 8 Department of National Health and Welfare 1981 Food and Drugs Act and Regulations Minister of Supply and Services Canada plus electronic updates 9 Iredale D G and York R K 1985 4 Guide to Handling and Preparing Freshwater Fish Fisheries and Oceans Ministry of Supply and Services Cat No Fs 23 44 1985E 10 Matthews R H Pehrsson P R and Farrhat Sabet Mojgan 1987 Sugar Content ofSelected Foods I
184. ert the data you wish to include in the report You can use tab stops and preferably tables to lay out your format as desired Add font effects and alignment as desired The macros listed on the first line of your template file are called startup macros They are itemized one at a time with a space between each macro These start up macros add flexibility to your custom report layout Experiment with them and you will see what they do for you Their names offer a clue as to their function in the report 6 If you want to create a new template file open a template file that is close to what you need then click File Save As to save the file under a new name Make sure you save it to the same location in which the other files are stored Now close the original file that you opened and open the newly created file Edit this new file as desired using the Recipe Macros listed on page 134 Note If you already have a Web page similar to the one you want to use as a template for your recipes you can copy the html file to the recipe template folder by default c program files nb4 clients rcp templates Make sure you use a file extension of HTM Then open the file you just added and replace literal values with macros as needed 7 To generate a custom report click the Custom Tab Select the recipe you want to publish and then select the template file you d like to use Select an RTF template to create a word processor compatible file select an
185. es ose enne e EAT EA a wtb sees ET E E ATEA 66 How to view your Recipes in a rankable spreadsheet view cccsccssscsseceteceseceeceeeeceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenneeses 66 How to use the Nutrient Density View to view and or rank Recipes Meals and PFI s ccccesccssscceteceteeeeeeees 66 How to edit your food names and descriptions ingredient names and their comments e ceeeceseeeeteeeeeeees 66 How to subtract an ingredient from a recipe eccceccseceseesseesseesceescecssecsceesaecaecsecsseceseceseecsecesecesecseeseeeseeeseeeeses 67 How to view the Percent Daily Values for a Recipe or Meal 0 cecceccesccesecesecesecesecesecesecsseeseeeceseceeeseeeseeeenneeags 67 How to add recipe ingredients to the shopping list cccccccesecesecesceesteceseceseceseeseccnsecsseceseeseeeseeecsseeeeeeseeeenseesgs 67 How to change a food item s serving size in a TECIPC se eeccesccesecesecessecssecesecesecesecesaecesecseceseeseeeseaeesaeeeeeeenseeeeeeses 67 How to compose a recipe sort a recipe s ingredients based on the value of any nutrient eeeeseerteeees 68 How to copy a recipe to another notebook tab cccecccecseesceesseeseeeeseeeseeescecsaecsaecsecesaecsaecsaeceaeceseeeeeseeesereeneeesgs 68 Howto play witha RCipe wexccstcacasucea vas a a E vassods savas ce Ea Woh cundead eg ba to ase dead vosee teat whe EAEE i 68 HOw to print a Tecipe TOPOT tess 2 c ceecerecesceurediebvech tak ecvd nE EE EEE Se
186. et to this report by clicking the PFI Icon This report provides a nutrient analysis of the selected PFI Ratios Report This report summarizes the CSI and major ratios for any intake recipe Meal or PFI Recipe Nutrient Report Access the report by clicking the Recipe Manager Icon then clicking the Report Button This report provides a simple nutrient analysis for the selected recipe Recipe Listing Report Access this report from the Recipe Manager dialog box This is a simple listing of the recipes you have on hand Single Food Item Report Whenever nutrient data is displayed to the screen in spreadsheet format highlight the food item of interest by clicking the box to the left of its food name then click on either the Normal Button or All Button and the View or Normal Buttons All of these single food item views have a Report Button that will produce a formatted report for your nutrient data Weight History Report Access this report from the Info Tracker It provides you with a formatted weight and body history report for your client NutriBase is capable of producing analyses containing far more detail than the ones listed here To create custom reports containing just the information you wish to include click the Analyze Icon Analysis The NutriBase Analysis program can produce just about any type of report you may want to produce for your clients NutriBase Analysis reports can be a single page or hundreds of pages in lengt
187. ettings and options As mentioned above you should consider clicking the Save Button often This will prevent the loss of your work in the event of a power loss or other unexpected event After you have set up everything as desired click the Install Button to notify your Palm PDA to install the newly created data files during your next HotSync operation The next time you perform the HotSync operation NutriBase will automatically install the NutriBase Palm Edition to your Palm PDA for you 139 NutriBase Dalm L dition Software Installing NutriBase Palm Edition to the Palm PDA These instructions assume that you have set up your Palm PDA according to instructions You have performed and tested the HotSync operation and are familiar with what it is for and how it works Connect your Palm PDA to your PC then press the HotSync button The HotSync operation will occur and a message will appear with a request to Reset your PDA by tapping the Reset button Tap the Reset Button That s it you have installed NutriBase Palm Edition to your Palm PDA The Palm PDA features are supported by the Junior Personal Personal Plus and Clinical Editions This feature is not supported in the Network Editions of NutriBase HotSyncing NutriBase Data The first time that you perform a HotSync to your Palm after you complete your work by clicking the Install Button in the Palm Setup window on NutriBase for Windows see NutriBase Palm Setup Window topic N
188. etups dialog then click the Log on a New Client option A nen 2 In the Client Log On dialog box click on the Calendar Button in the upper left corner and select the start date The current date will be offered If today s date is okay there s no need to click the Calendar Button 3 If you are using NutriBase Clinical or higher edition you can click the Contact Button in the Contact a upper right corner to enter your client s contact information Email address phone etc 4 Fill in the information requested by the form The section concerning body fat content is optional 5 If you wish to track your client s body fat content you must know your client s body fat content Fill in the sections that ask your for your client s current body fat content in body fat and desired body fat content Notes a If you want to specify the duration in weeks of your program your nutrition exercise regime click the Calculate loss gain based on program duration radio button Otherwise just tell the software how much weight you wish to gain or lose per week El Cale b If you want to enter a client s workout and have NutriBase calculate the calories expended for you click the Calc Button c If your client wishes to lose weight NutriBase assumes that all weight loss will be Fat It is suggested that you recommend an exercise regimen to support the loss of body fat Fat Chart d Click the Fat Chart Button to view suggested Body F
189. evision Klensin J C D Feskanich V Lin A S Truswell and D A T Southgate 1989 Identification of food components for INFOODS data interchange United Nations University Tokyo Kubota J and Allaway W H 1972 Geographic Distribution of Trace Element Problems In J J Mortvedt ed Micronutrients in Agriculture Proceedings of Symposium held at Muscle Shoals Alabama pp 525 554 Soil Science Society of America Madison Wisconsin Liem I I H K H Steinkraus and J C Cronk 1977 Production of vitamin B12 in tempeh a fermented soybean food Applied Environmental Microbiology 34 773 776 Livesay G and E Marinos 1988 Estimation of energy expenditure net carbohydrate utilization and net fat oxidation and synthesis by indirect calorimetry evaluation of errors with special reference to the detailed composition of fuels American Journal of Clinical Nutrition 47 608 628 Mangels A R Holden J M Beecher G R Forman M R and Lanza E Carotenoid content of fruits and vegetables An evaluation of analytic data J Am Diet Assoc 93 284 296 1993 Martin J I W O Landen A M Soliman and R R Eitenmiller 1990 Application of a tri enzyme extraction for total folate determination in foods Journal of the Association of Analytical Chemistry 73 805 808 Matthews R H and Y J Garrison 1975 Food yields summarized by different stages of preparation U S Department of Agriculture Agriculture Handbook No 102 Merrill
190. for the USDA Continuing Survey of Food Intakes by Individuals CSFII NDL has added additional source citations to be more specific about the type of data used for processed and brand name products in SR14 Previous versions of the Standard Reference were not reviewed to revise source citations Therefore the new source citations that have been added are used only for items that are new or were revised for SR14 As existing items are revised source citations will be updated 05 Jocumertation for the Aliren Bere Keep the following information in mind as you review the Source Citations 1 Carbohydrate values in animal products were assumed to be zero 2 Carbohydrate values that were calculated by difference were imputed 3 Energy values that were calculated by Atwater factors were imputed 4 Cholesterol and vitamin B12 values in plant products were assumed to be zero 5 Vitamin C and total dietary fiber values in animal products were assumed zero Gram Weight The USDA SR14 data contains data for 100 gram portions of 6 039 foods The Nutrient Data Laboratory included the information needed to calculate household measures 1 cup 1 tsp 2 oz etc for most of these basic food entries CyberSoft performed the required calculations and included the non 100 gram food portions in the database bringing the total number of SR14 based entries to 18 750 food items The gram weight column indicates the gram weight for all food listings The
191. g of Sodium no more than 30 of its calories from Fat no more than 2 grams of Saturated Fat at least 10 IU s of Vitamin E and so on You can specify as many or as few nutrients as you wish You can even specify every nutrient in the database if you wish To conduct a generic query 1 Click the Search Icon then click Query Tab If you wish to change the type of data across which This is your down arrow you will conduct your searches click the down SS ae arrow next to the drop down menu at the bottom of the screen and change your selection 2 Select a food category and the food subcategories in which you are interested then click the OK Button If the food categories you want to use are already selected just click the OK Button 3 The Query Data dialog box will appear 4 Click the first query item whose criteria you wish to specify After you select your first query item answer the relevant questions for the selected query item 5 Select the next nutrient you wish to specify then answer the relevant questions Note To review the specified query any time prior to conducting the search click on the Review Button 6 After you ve specified all the nutrients you wish to include in your query click the Search Button to conduct the query The nutrient data will be displayed to the screen in sorted sequence as you directed Any time you ve displayed nutrient data to the screen you can 1 Resize columns by dragging t
192. gs Tab 3 Click the Edit Quotes radio button Edit away Low to ada delete erenaam tobe in your Veal PLI or Recipe folders You can have up to 36 tabs in your Meal PFI or Recipe folders Here s how to add delete and rename those tabs 1 Click on the Meal PFI or Recipe Icon as desired C Add 2 Click the Add Button to add a tab 3 To delete a tab click on the tab you wish to delete the click the Delete Button CJ Delete 4 To rename a tab click on the tab you wish to rename then click the Rename Tab J Rename Lisy to change your screen tesolotica NutriBase supports multiple open screens The larger your screen resolution the more you can see at once NutriBase works best with large monitors running with high screen resolutions NutriBase is also optimized to support multiple monitors if your computer supports them NutriBase will let you resize and reposition many of the windows as you wish NutriBase will remember the window sizes and locations so that they will appear in the same places each time you access them To change your screen resolution do this a Exit NutriBase and any other applications b On your Windows desktop click Start Settings Control Panel Display c Click the Settings Tab d In the Screen Area section of the notebook page drag the slider bar to the right to increase the screen resolution Drag it to the left to decrease the screen resolution e Click the OK Button to ch
193. gt DesWtLbs lbs lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Goal Date lt td gt GoalDate lt td gt Weight Loss Week lt td gt Lbs2L G Wk lbs lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Client Name lt td gt FirstName MI LastName lt td gt Present Body Fat lt td gt StartBodyFat lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Gender lt td gt Gender lt td gt Desired Body Fat lt td gt DesBodyFat lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Age lt td gt Age lt td gt Body Build lt td gt BodyFrame lt td gt lt tr gt lt tr gt lt td gt Resting Heart Rate lt td gt Rhr lt td gt Maximum Heart Rate lt td gt Mhr lt td gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt lt p gt lt b gt Daily Calories to Reach your Goal lt b gt To reach your goal weight of DesWtLbs pounds by GoalDate you ll need to lose approximately Lbs2L G Wk pounds per week To do this you will want to consume no more than DailyCal calories per day lt p gt lt center gt lt b gt lt font size 4 color navy gt Motivation is what gets you started Habit is what keeps you going Jim Ryun lt b gt lt font gt lt center gt lt table gt lt body gt lt html gt 83 Using NutriBase to awe Your Cherke The Resulting HTM Report The sample HTM template above would generate the following report in NutriBase lt html gt lt head gt lt title gt Initial Assessment Report lt title gt lt style gt
194. h You can analyze intakes recipe and Meal Plans You can produce reports formatted for word processors or for spreadsheets and or databases You can produce reports for clients or for client groups or for client groups and all the individual clients within the client group You can analyze caloric intake ratios daily weekly monthly total You can analyze nutrient intakes daily intake total intake average daily intake intake for every food item You can analyze percent of nutrient goals daily weekly monthly total You can analyze any combination or number of nutrients supported by the NutriBase edition you are using You can analyze for any number or combination of variables You can analyze any number of combination of meals All Foods All Foods plus each individual meal and snack All Foods plus selected meals and snacks or just selected meal and snacks You can analyze any dates by cherry picking dates or by selecting a range of dates You can include any number or combination of client information factors which depend on the type of analysis you selected to perform You can produce analysis reports 86 Using NlutriBase to Gerve Your Clients containing any logical combination of the items listed above This approach to analysis gives you maximum control and flexibility when determining how you wish to customize your report for your client It will also save you hundreds of hours and increase the accuracy of your calculations
195. h you saved the CSV file in the previous How to topic 4 Click the Next Button There is no need to change any of the information this map 5 Click the Finish Button Other email programs will work differently but as long as they can import CSV files you should be able to figure out how to do it for your particular email client How to generate a client report This feature lets you generate a custom client specific report that provides details regarding any client To generate a client report pA 1 Click the Client Icon The Client Specific Reports tab will be offered 2 Select the radio button option labeled Create a Client Report 3 Check the items you wish to include in the report 4 Click the OK Button 5 NutriBase will generate a report for you 6 To print the report click the Print Icon or use the File Print option in the Menu Bar If you have the Clinical edition you can edit format and spell check the document You can then print it or save it in text format Rich Text Format or as a Web Page 25 NutriBase Ty To Topics Lisy ke batek process your Tent Reports This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions In about the same time it takes to generate a single client specific report and save it to your hard drive you can have NutriBase automatically generate hundreds of Assessment reports for you This is especially helpful if you have a lot of clients Users of the Clinical SE Edition who m
196. he appropriate extension RTF or HTM depending on whether you are generating word processor pages or web pages Ley teedii your arget leart Zate F ones NutriBase supports Target Heart Rate Zone training Because there is considerable disagreement regarding the number of zones that exist the names of these zones the benefits of these zones and the min and max heart rates that define these zones NutriBase makes it easy for you to modify any of these parameters To do so a 1 Click your User Prefs option in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen then click on the Fitness Tab Target Heart Rate Zones 2 Click the Target Heart Rate Zones Button located near mid screen 3 Click inside any of the fields and edit as desired Note Any changes made here will show up in all areas that use this information 33 NutriBase yee le Topics Lola ae your Gum Log The NutriBase Gym Log lets you record information about specific days To use this feature 1 Click the Fitness Icon Fitness 2 Click the Gym Log Tab 3 Set up your Gym Log by adding rows columns headings etc Drag your headers to resize columns Enter your information 4 Click the Save Button to save your information 5 Click Log Day Button to retrieve a day or to start a new day Food Categories How To Topics How to select a food category This option lets you select a food category and subcategories upon which you will conduct some sort of search You mus
197. he fifth icon from the left 4 Give the recipe a name and browse to the folder you wish to save to The default extension name is rcp Click the Save Button to finish Notes a To share the recipe with others you might consider exporting the recipe to your 3 5 diskette drive Then give the disk to a client or friend who could then import the recipe into their copy of NutriBase b You may want to export your recipes to the Export folder so that you ll have an archival copy ready for immediate use How to import a recipe This option allows you to import any NutriBase Recipe into your version of NutriBase Every NutriBase recipe is compatible across all versions of NutriBase except the Weight Loss Edition To import a recipe you must first obtain a recipe to import It will be a file with an rcp extension Then 1 Click the Recipe Icon to open the Recipe Manager 2 Click the Import Icon i Import lc PR meon 3 Select the file location and the proper file name 4 After you ve selected the file click the OK Button to affect the import Notes a All recipe files have a default extension of rep b You may want to copy imported recipes to the Import folder so that you have an archival copy ready for immediate use 69 NutriBase Ty le Topics How to work with custom recipe reports suitable for word processor or Web page With the Clinical and higher editions you can create a customized report that includes just wh
198. he foods ND Vi 3 Click the View Nutrient Density Button jew 4 Select categories and subcategories as desired 5 Change the database s you search across if desired 6 Click the OK Button Note Once you have the data on screen in the spreadsheet view you can easily rank the foods listed based on their values for any nutrient To do this just click the square box in the column header for the nutrient you are interested in This will rank all the foods from high to low based on their values for that nutrient Click the box again to reverse the sort sequence After you ve displayed the nutrient data to the screen you have a number of options For instance you can rank any column of nutrient data by clicking the sort box in the column header see previous How To topic you can right mouse click on the display for recording options You can also rank any column of nutrients by clicking the square box inside of each column header See How to navigate through the nutrient data topic page 51 for other options 75 NutriBase sw To opics Lisy koves nuten data and ather data ina Single C aeen Summary This option lets you view the nutrient data for a single food item in a single screen summary With the normal spreadsheet view you are looking at the data for many foods simultaneously Use this option to just look at the information for a single food item To view data in the single screen summary Fa 1 Click the Sear
199. he right edge of the column header This will let you view more data in a single screen NutriBase will remember your new settings for you 2 Resequence columns by dragging and dropping their headers B 3 Click the Zoom Control up arrow to make the data larger Click the down arrow to make the data smaller T Spit 4 Click the Split Button to enter Split Screen Mode You can also enter this mode by dragging the red Splitter Bar in the lower right corner of the screen to the left Click the individual horizontal scroll bars on each side of the Splitter Bar to see what you can do J Un Spiit 5 Click the Unsplit Button to remove the Splitter Bar 6 Click on a Food Name to highlight the row After you highlight a row double click on a food name to see the nutrient data for a single food item in a Single Food Item view Highlighting a food name also makes it easier to keep track of the food item as you scroll horizontally through the data Eup Export 7 Select data by dragging your mouse over the desired data then export it by clicking the Export Button Export all the data or export only the data you ve selected NutriBase Clinical and higher 8 Jump to any Food Name by clicking the Jump Button 9 If you see an All Button at the bottom of your screen you may click it to view complete data for the highlighted food item The All Button and Normal Button appear in NutriBase Clinical Q Normal 10 If you see a Normal Button at the bot
200. hen select the appropriate analysis type Two of the types Client Group Intake Analysis and Intake Only Client Intake Analysis support the Intake Only Clients Lisy to Add elete or L dit ntake Only C hente This option of Clinical and higher editions lets you work with intake only clients An intake only client is a client that you can add to NutriBase without logging them on as a client To add the Intake Only Client Icon the clients are masked on this icon to your Tool Bar click the down arrow after your last Tool Bar Icon and add the Intake Only Icon to your Tool Bar Here s how to add delete or edit your Intake Only Clients ki 1 To add a new intake only client click the Intake Only Icon shown on the left then fill in the Pier A information in the Add Tab then click the Add this Client Button Only the Unique ID is mandatory 2 To delete Intake Only Clients click the Delete Tab 3 To Edit the name or comment fields for existing clients click the Edit Tab To generate intake only intakes select the Client ID from the Intake Only Folder then record the intake as you normally do To generate intake reports click on the Analyze Icon then select the appropriate analysis type Two of the types Client Group Intake Analysis and Intake Only Client Intake Analysis support the Intake Only Clients loy to Jes the Bil o Activity Option NutriBase allows you to specify your calories from activities in one
201. hen you are finished editing the new Meal click on the Save Button to save it Note Using the Save As Button before editing it prevents you from editing a Meal and then inadvertently using the Save Button and thereby overwrite the original Meal rather that using the Save As Button How to add a food item toa Meal This option lets you add a food item Personal Food Item or recipe to an existing recipe or to a new recipe gaii fa AT 1 Click one of the icons shown to the left to locate the food item of Search View NDY Rank Query interest Note You can also click the PFI or Recipe Icon to locate a Personal Food Item or Recipe to add to your Meal 2 Select the food item PFI or recipe you want to add to a new or existing Meal Note If you don t see the serving size you want don t worry you can modify the serving sizes after you select the item Oi Meal 3 Click the Meal Button to add the food item PFI or recipe to a new or existing Meal 4 If you do not currently have a Meal open NutriBase will ask you if you wish to begin creating a new recipe or if you wish to add the selected item to an existing recipe Make your decision and NutriBase will perform the operation for you ee to weer with your Meal Calder NutriBase provides up to 26 Meal Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your Meals You can organize your Meals into categories with these folders For instance you coul
202. hen you do the screen to the left A 1 00 oz appears Eele g rich re Note that you can tap the down arrow of the Meal option to change tee 17 ae 3955 which meal you assigned this food item to Fat 8 1 Fiber ha Tap number in the Serving option to change the serving size User decimal notation to make your change If you need to change the units tap the down arrow next to the units oz in this case When you are finished editing this food entry tap the Ok Button 144 NlutriBase Dalm L dition Software Deleting a Food Entry To delete a food entry listed in your View A Day s Intake screen select a food item by tapping it to highlight it and click the Del Button All Foods PCF 24 2 75 Food Name Serving Cals A window similar to the one shown on the left will appear Tap the Yes AMERICAN CHEESE 1 0 oz 106 option to commit yourself to the deletion Delete Intake Food Item Are you sure you want to delete AMERICAN CHEESE from your intake Viewing the Percent of Goals Report It may be desirable to view your nutritional intake in terms of your All Foods nutrient goals for the day You can display a screen similar to the one Nutrient Actual Goal shown to the left by tapping the Button after selecting a food item in Calories 106 3280 3 the View A Day s Intake window oe This window shows you the actual amounts of your intakes your Fat 9 109 8 nutrient goals and your intake as a percentage of your go
203. here to change the client folder you may have up to 26 client folders The Client Selection List box is on the left The active client is always shown in the Client Selection List The Client Folder Selection List is the list box on the right You may specify up to 26 client folders If the client whose goals you wish to modify is not active click on the Client Selection List box at the top of the screen and click on the client whose goals you wish to edit The client will be selected and will appear in the Client Selection List box at the top of the screen Once you ve assured that the proper client is active PH 1 Click the Client Icon then select the option to Modify a Client s Goals Client 2 Click the Calendar Button in the Modify a Client s Goals dialog box and select a start date The current date will be offered If today s date is okay you can skip this E Calendar step 3 If you are using NutriBase Clinical or higher edition you may click the Contact Button in the Contact are upper right corner to enter or modify your client s contact information 4 Modify the information on the form as desired The section on body fat content is optional 5 If you wish to track your client s body fat content you must first determine your client s body Fat content Fill in the sections that ask your for your client s current body fat content in body fat and desired body fat content Notes a If you want to specify the d
204. hment via the Web Here s the procedure 1 Generate your report or document in your NutriBase Word Processor 2 Edit and or format the document if you wish 3 Click the File Menu Bar option and select Save As 4 Select RTF files under the Save file as type drop down 5 Give the file a different name if you wish Specify a different folder to which to save the file to if you wish Click the OK Button to finish How to open edit format print and save a pre formatted document This option shows you how to handle print and or save an existing NutriBase document for your clients The example used here is the Exercise Expenditures chart but the procedure is similar for all of the NutriBase documents that are at your disposal Here s the procedure 1 Click the Info Menu Bar option 2 Select Exercise Expenditures You can select any topic you wish we re using this topic as an example This opens the selected document with the NutriBase Word Processor and displays the document to the screen 3 Edit as you wish Format selected text as you wish Insert additional text and or documents 4 When you are happy with the changes select the File Menu Bar option and select Save As 5 Give the file a different name if you wish Specify a different folder to which to save the file to if you wish Click the OK Button to finish From here on you can select this file to print out for your clients rather than the default document pro
205. hrough the four tab types will delete the tab and thereby allow you to position it in a different location ley to cuctomize and print out a C lent Questionnaire or Intake Diary This is a feature of the Clinical and higher editions 1 Click the Info option of the Menu Bar at the top of the NutriBase screen 2 Click the form Client Questionnaire or Intake Diary you wish to edit and or print 3 The form will appear in the Word Processor Use the Word Processor to edit format and save the file Any changes you make will be there the next time you open the file E 4 Click the Print Icon to print the form 78 NlutriBase g To Topics Note If you want NutriBase to auto insert a bitmap or text header for you just click the Prefs option and select the type of header you want to include in your reports To learn how to create or edit header files see page 52 isg to save a recipe or any eines document as lich ext Levies RIH This option Clinical and higher editions lets you save NutriBase reports and documents in a format known as the Rich Text Format RTF This format is compatible with most Windows word processors Once you save a NutriBase file in RTF format you can use a word processor you are comfortable with MS Word or WordPerfect for instance to edit your file You can even save the file in your stand alone word processor s native format if you wish You can then deliver your report electronically as an email attac
206. htm main rtf main htm gain rtf gain htm You may add as many new template files as you require b Whenever and wherever you wish to insert client specific information in the template file you are editing use a NutriBase macro A macro is a fancy word for placeholder These macros hold the place for actual the information that will be inserted when the report is generated the values inserted for each macro will be different for every client NutriBase macros begin and end with a caret symbol A complete macro listing is provided for your convenience page 129 c It is recommended that you generate a report after you edit a template to assure it is error free d If you misspell a macro it will appear in the actual generated report as UNDEFINEDMACRO If you see this in your final report take note of where it appears and fix it in your template file e If you are missing a symbol in your template you will have problems Every macro must have one and only one caret symbol at the beginning and one and only one caret symbol at the end of each macro These symbols tell NutriBase where one macro begins and ends f When the UNDEFINEDMACRO note appears in your report the remaining macros may become unreliable aN g You specify which template files to use for clients who are losing gaining or maintaining their body kA weight by setting up your User Prefs Your Prefs option is also the place to select the HTM templates if Fiii you
207. iata ddd e thent a daakeash cad asic aa aaae 32 How to retrieve the exercise and activities recorded to different day cccccscccsssessseeseeeeeeseceseeeeeeeeeeesseesseeeees 33 How to generate a client specific Calorie Expenditure Report cccccccccecceescesscesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeessneeaes 33 How to batch process client specific Calorie Expenditure Reports Clinical and higher editions 0 33 How to edit your Target Heart Rate ZOmeS cccecccccscesssceesceeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeceeeceaeeeseeesaecsaecsaecsaecessecsseneeseeeeneeeeeeeegs 33 How toredrt your GYM Loe x essed scents castes ices ede eas cence nels 0d Bae cha La Secs cba ska dan bi oh Basak vh age a Tees E Leake 34 Food Categories How To Topics sscccscsccscssssecccccesccssssccecssccsescccsssccessscsessecsesceesssseesscssesccesescesssssesssesseses 34 How to select a food category ienas sade cecal execs coaduees scieess cbbaces EE A aces Veacereas sages a a a 34 How to work with and display the type of data you Want cccccsccssecetecsneceseecssecesecesecnseceseeeeeseeeseaeeeeeeeeseeneeeses 34 Information Tracker How To Topics ccccssssscssssccccccssccesssscecscccessccsssccesssceessccsescecsescessssssesscccsescessesseeees 35 How to add information to the Personal Information section of Info Tracker ccccccceesseeseeeseeeeneeeteeeseeeseeeees 35 How to add Measurement Body Chemistry Miscellaneous or Diabetic i
208. ick the Add Button To delete a Client Folder select an existing folder by clicking on it and click the Delete Button And to rename an existing Client Folder select an CJ Delete existing folder and click the Rename Button When you create a folder it has the nondescript name of New Recipe Folder Just click on the folder image and click the Rename Button to give it a new name jit C3 Rename To move the recipes from one folder to another click on the folder containing the recipes you want to move then drag the desired recipes to the new folder Click the Close Button to exit When you return to the Recipe Manager click the down arrow next to the recipe folder list to see all your Recipe Folders Click the folder to which you want to add your new recipes All the capabilities mentioned here also apply to your PFI Manager and your Meal Manager JX bout the We ETE of Aotr aie on your lneballatien oh Your installation CD includes two installation options for NutriBase The first option is for installing NutriBase for the first time to your computer The second option is for upgrading from a previous edition of NutriBase for instance when you upgrade from NutriBase IV to NutriBase 5 Install NutriBase using the installation option appropriate to your situation If you have questions or concerns feel free to call us to discuss your options Helse to Register Yar Software Two days after installing the NutriBase softwa
209. ick the Save Button to finish Note Bear in mind that you cannot subtract the nutrients in one food item from your intake if the nutrients in the first item don t exist in the total intake You can t subtract Fat and Sodium from say a glass of water Trying to do so would generate negative values for certain nutrients Under these conditions NutriBase will prompt you and let you know you cannot save the nonsensical result Intake 40 NutriBase Mel sy To Topics loy to generate a CS amd akis report One way to look at a report is to analyze the relationships between key nutrients NutriBase provides the option to generate a CSI Cholesterol to Saturated Fat Index and Ratios report that summarizes some of these relationships Here s how z 1 Click the Intake Icon and select the day you wish to edit by double clicking it on the calendar a 2 Click the Ratios Button 3 The report will appear in the NutriBase Word Processor To save it in text word processor or Web page format click the File Save option Click the down arrow of the Save as Type menu to change the file type Intake Meal Manager How To Topics llay to create a leal This How To topic tells you how to create a Meal A Meal is a collection of food items PFI s and recipes that represent one of three daily meals or three daily snacks Save Meals into their tabbed notebooks and organize collections of Meals into Meal Folders Meals are fundamental building b
210. ides up to 26 Recipe Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your recipes You can organize your recipes into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building Recipes Vegan Recipes Heart Recovery Recipes etc Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these folders and their contents Remove This function removes a selected item from the tabbed notebook card or list The remove function is different from the delete function in that it doesn t permanently remove the selected item from NutriBase the item remains in the All Recipes tab the All Foods tab or the All PFI s tab To permanently remove a selected item select the All tab then use the Delete function Report Header A NutriBase report header is file that NutriBase can automatically insert as a banner to your reports Normally you would include your business name phone number address etc You can include a graphical image bit map such as your logo if you wish You can create either type of header with a word processor or virtually any image editor Research Quality Nutrient Database CyberSoft defines a research quality nutrient database as one that provides conversion factors nitrogen Protein Carbohydrate and Fat and validation information such as sample size standard error and source citation for every nutrient value for every food item listed The USDA Nutrient Database for
211. ids using Sheppard factors Sheppard conversion factors are based on the differential molecular weights of the specific fatty acid and its corresponding esters butyl or methyl and triglyceride Sheppard 1992 When fatty acid data are received as percentages of fatty acid methyl esters methyl esters are converted to fatty acids using Sheppard factors and then multiplied by total lipid nutrient 204 to give g fatty acid per 100 g edible portion of food Occasionally total fat nutrient 204 values are available from a variety of data sources but individual fatty acids are available from fewer references In those cases it may be necessary to normalize the individual fatty acids to the mean fat value of the food item In the case of normalized fatty acids the sum of the individual fatty acids will equal the mean fat value multiplied by the Weihrauch lipid conversion factor for that food item No statistics of variability are reported for normalized fatty acids The basic format for describing individual fatty acids is that the number before the colon indicates the number of carbon atoms in the fatty acid chain the number after the colon indicates the number of double bonds For unsaturated fatty acids additional nutrient numbers have been added to accommodate the reporting of many specific positional and geometric isomers Of the specific isomers there are two basic classifications considered omega double bond position and cis trans configuration
212. ients NutriBase provides a number of capabilities designed to help you provide useful services and reports for your clients NutriBase is also designed to help you generate reports that you can print and or deliver electronically to your clients When you produce a report in NutriBase Clinical and higher you can save it in text TXT format word processor RTF format or Web page HTML format You can include a text formatted report in the body of an email to your client You can open any rich text formatted RTF report in your favorite word processor and save it as for instance an MS Word doc file that you can attach to an email that you send to your clients And finally you can save any report as a Web page that you post to your web site As you begin doing more and more of your business on the Web you will find that these formats lend themselves well to the speedy delivery Web customers expect Here s a brief overview or the types of reports NutriBase some require the Clinical or higher edition can produce Forms NutriBase Clinical and higher editions allow you print out forms for your clients to complete and return to you You can edit these forms as desired to meet your particular requirements They include Client Questionnaire This form contains everything you need to log the client on to NutriBase click on the Info option of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen at the top of the screen and select Client Questionnaire In
213. ietary Reference Intakes DRI s for folate issued by the national Academy of Sciences Institute of Medicine NAS IOM 1998 Recommended Dietary Allowances for folate are expressed in dietary folate equivalents DFE DFE take into account the greater bioavailability of synthetic folic acid compared to naturally occurring food folate To calculate DFE it is necessary to have separate values for naturally occurring food folate and added synthetic folic acid ug DFE ug food folate 1 7 X ug folic acid In 1998 SR release 12 the folate values in the database were updated to reflect regulations requiring the addition of folic acid to enriched cereal grain products subject to standards of identity CFR Title 21 Pts 136 137 These 99 aerate for the Alibre Jata bass products include flour cornmeal and grits farina rice macaroni noodles bread rolls and buns Folic acid may continue to be added with some restrictions on amounts to breakfast cereals infant formulas medical foods food for special dietary use and meal replacement products For the most part values for this database were calculated based on enrichment levels specified in the regulations since analytical values were not yet available For those foods where the enrichment level is given as a range the midpoint was used to set the value Food items containing any of these enriched products as ingredients such as baked products made with enriched flour were also
214. ights shown in the CNF data may or may not be adequate for determining weights of larger measures such as quart or more Although specific only for 1 cup the weights are believed reasonably suitable for calculating nutrients in serving portions that are in the range of from less than 1 cup up to 2 cups Conversion Factors for Volume Weights In some cases conversion factors are provided for 5 and 15 ml volume weights and have been derived independently from teaspoon and tablespoon amounts not by multiplying by 0 05 and 0 15 to conform with USDA Handbook No 456 Appendix B 2 as follows For those foods commonly used in units of 1 tablespoon or 1 teaspoon weights shown are for the foods measured in those units Weights obtained in this manner are usually less than the weights derived for them by dividing the weight per cup by 16 the number of tablespoons in 1 cup or by 48 the number of teaspoons in 1 cup Edible Cooked Food Occasionally it is more appropriate and useful to provide a weight of edible cooked food from 100 g of raw In those cases the factors provided are derived from the weight of cooked portions yielded from 100 g raw They cannot be applied to data for the comparable raw food to cook by calculation as there are other factors such as nutrient retention to consider in such calculations acai aia for the Alibris Jatoba Conversion Factor for Edible Portion per 1 Kg This is the number Factor 4 by which one would multip
215. ill save you time later It will also help you do your work more efficiently Here s how To open the Recipe Manager click the Recipe Icon All the recipes will be listed in the All Recipes eon Tab but you can organize them into the various tabs of the recipe notebook ecipe To do this just drag and drop the food items from the All Recipes Tab into the various tabs as desired NutriBase will let you drag and drop recipes into more than one tab if you like C Add If you want to add a new tab click the Add Button and type in the name for the new tab If you want to delete a tab click on the tab you want to delete then click the Delete Button and C Delete type in the name for the new tab If you want to rename a tab click on the tab you want to rename then click the Rename Button C Rename and type in the name for the new tab ite Recipe PFI and Meal Folders At this point you should have all your recipes organized into the tabs of your notebook NutriBase lets you look at the contents of one Recipe Folder at a time The name of the default folder is called the General Folder Here s how to open a new Recipe Folder and use it for your own recipes Click the Recipe Icon to open the Recipe Manager ae ro Now click on the Folder Options Icon located at the top of the Recipe Manager window This at ins opens your Recipe Folders window This is where you can add delete and rename your folders To add a Client Folder cl
216. in this manual For instance consider creating 10 Breakfasts that all have say 400 calories and a PCF Ratio of say 15 55 30 The PCF Ratio is the percent calories from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat Then create 10 Lunches that each have 500 calories and have the same PCF Ratio of 15 55 30 Then create 10 Dinners that each have 600 calories and a PCF Ratio of 15 30 55 Then create three sets of snacks at 100 200 and 300 calories a PCF Ratio of 15 55 30 would be ideal Once you ve created these meals and snacks use them as the building blocks for your new Meal Plans Mix and match them to create a wide variety of Meal Plans at a wide variety of calorie levels For example you could combine any 400 calorie Breakfast any 500 calorie Lunch any 600 calorie Dinner to create a 1500 calorie Meal Plan Add snacks in 100 200 and 300 calorie increments and you can create Meal Plans with anywhere from 1500 calories to 2400 calories With this repertoire of meals and snacks at your fingertips you can create on the fly Meal Plans that satisfy the personal needs and tastes of any client NutriBase provides you with 26 folders in which to organize your meals and snacks Why not organize all your 15 55 30 meal and snacks into one folder You could call it your 15 55 30 Meals 100 600 Calories You could organize all your low fat meals and snacks in another folder Your low sodium meals and snacks in still another Your body building meals and
217. ine g Threonine g Tyrosine g Tryptophan g Valine g Amino acid contents of each item in grams per 100 grams were calculated by the following formula AAf AAn Vp Nf AAf Amino acid content per 100 grams of food AAn Amino acid content per gram of nitrogen Vp Protein content of food Nf Nitrogen factor In the past the number of data points appeared only on the food item for which the amino acid pattern was developed not on other foods that used the same pattern It referred to the number of observations used in developing the amino acid pattern for that food For foods processed in the new NDBS the number of observations used in developing an amino acid pattern will only be released with the release of the pattern The amino acid profiles calculated from these patterns will show the number of data points to be zero If amino acid values are presented for an item with more than one protein containing ingredient the values may have been calculated on a per gram of nitrogen basis from the amino acid patterns of the various protein 103 Jocumertation for the IN teiene Jatabase containing ingredients Then the amino acid contents for an item on the 100 g basis were calculated as the sum of the amino acids in each protein containing ingredient multiplied by total nitrogen in the item Refuse The refuse and refuse description fields contain amounts and descriptions of inedible material for example seeds bone ski
218. ing with this release we have combined the Gram Weight File and the Measure Description File to make this information easier to use eer DataBank Rlupoere N DB and NlutriBase a Mloes Nutrient DataBank Numbers NDB and NutriBase Item Numbers There are two types of data and two numbering systems used in NutriBase The Nutrient Data Bank NDB number is a number assigned by the Nutrient Data Laboratories NDL of the USDA which uniquely identifies each food item The NDB numbers assigned by USDA are integers they contain no letters decimals or other characters CyberSoft has compiled and included a large number of entries for brand name foods that the USDA has not compiled data CyberSoft has given these entries a NutriBase Item Number These numbers are available in the NutriBase Clinical and higher editions These numbers are automatically included whenever you export nutrient data The field containing these unique numbers provide a convenient key field with which you can link the data to other nutrient data to form a relational database external to NutriBase NDB Numbers The original 6 039 food items featured in the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 were for 100 gram portions of these foods For many of these food items however NDL included the gram weights for common household measures CyberSoft did the arithmetic required to derive the nutrient values for all the food items that included gram weights for comm
219. ion of the Menu Bar in the Clinical and higher editions to suit your particular needs Just save them and they will come up in the new format when you need them Keep in mind that you can save any NutriBase report as a text file word processor file or web page This is invaluable for quick electronic delivery over the Internet as email as an email attachment or as a custom web page Backup and Restore ips Da Click the Backup Icon to backup all data stored in NutriBase including client information recipes PFI s Meals Meal Plans weight and body fat logs and exercise information Da When you restore information to your PC from a diskette the information on the diskette will overwrite the information on your installed copy of NutriBase If you want to restore what was on your PC at a Restore ahs ae later date make sure you back it up before you begin restoring other client s diskettes For instance if a client brings you their intake for say the last month And if you want to perform an in depth analysis for that client you should make a backup of your present system first You can backup your information to your hard drive if you wish If you have an emergency click the Help Icon and look at the Backup Restore topic listed under Menu Bar options See page 123 for details regarding the automatic backups that NutriBase makes for you These are backups of your backups A ppendix Glossary of NutriBase Terms Active
220. ition by releasing the mouse button This will make your window smaller or larger depending on where you dropped the edge of the window Once you resize any window NutriBase will Search Results 1 6 of 43 items remember the new size for you Each time you open that window in the future it will be the same size Food Name Description gt TOFU DRIED FROZEN Tofu dried frozen koyadofu ware neurn enacre ESTEET en This is the double headed arrow that appears when you point your mouse cursor at any side of a resizable window Just use your mouse to drag this side up or down Doing so will make this window shorter or taller as desired How to Reposition a Window Once you ve resized a window you ll want to position it in an optimal location The optimal location will vary from user to user but the idea is to spread your windows out across your available screen area in a manner that presents as much information to you as possible If you stack all your windows on top of each other in the middle of the screen you ll only see information from one screen at a time rather than from several windows at once To reposition move a window just point your mouse cursor into the center of the window s Title Bar see illustration below then press your left mouse button down and while continuing to hold it down drag that Title Bar and thus the entire window anywhere you wish on the screen Let go of the mouse
221. k the OK Button 60 NutriBase sw To Topics Note If you enter the Restaurant Fast Food category and the selections are grayed out it simply means that you already have some subcategories selected elsewhere Just click the Cancel Button to unselect the other categories Io 3 When the Query Data dialog box appears select McDonald s and Wendy s as your brand names Note To save time you can press the M key to jump to the first brand name that starts with M This makes it a little quicker to locate a particular item especially in a large list After you select McDonald s you can type in W to jump to the first restaurant name that starts with W 4 Select Fat g in the Query Item list by clicking on it The Define Criteria for Query Item dialog box will appear 5 Specify 25 for your value in grams Specify that this is a Maximum Value Select the sort option labeled Rank from Low to High Then click the OK Button Note Click the Review Button to review your search criteria before you conduct the search 6 Conduct the Query by clicking the Search Button All the McDonald s and Wendy s menu items will be displayed to the screen in alphabetical order How to conduct a query that specifies five parameters Suppose you wanted to locate the foods from Burger King McDonald s and Wendy s sorted from low to high based on their total Fat content excluding all foods with more than 25 grams of Total Fa
222. l Plan Although you can copy information to several days of a Meal Plan simultaneously you always edit a Meal Plan one day at a time 2Y 1 To edit a Meal Plan click on the Meal Plan Manager Icon 2 Select a Meal Plan from the list by mouse clicking on its name then click on the Edit Button 3 Click the day you want to edit It will appear on screen Make the changes you need to make To add food items PFI s recipes and Meals as desired by locating them and clicking the Meal Plan Button 4 When you are finished click the Save Button to save your work Click the Close Button to exit this dialog box Ligy to print a Meal laa Summary Report or Weekly E gd _isting This option lets you provide a hard copy road map for a client to use to determine their food choices for the next one to four weeks This is actually an Analyze function 1 Click the Analyze Icon In the Type Tab click on Meal Plan Analysis 2 Click the down arrow of the Analysis Template Listing and select the Basic Meal Plan Analysis Summary Template 3 Selecting this template will fill in the information required in the remaining tabs of the Analyze Program Click the various tabs and tweak your template if desired Make sure to tweak the start date of the summary if required Aa 4 Click the Analyze Button at the bottom of the window Your Meal Plan Summary will appear in the NutriBase Word Processor To print click the Print Icon at the top of the screen 47
223. l cells of data for each food item and because commercial databases typically only handle up to 255 columns of data you will need at least two databases to handle all of this data To do this modern relational databases require you to have a key field with which to link the various databases Meal A Meal is a collection of food items and or recipes that make up a meal or snack They serve as the building blocks for Meal Plans Meals are stored in one of seven tabs the All Meals Tab plus three meals and three snacks Each notebook is stored in a Meal Folder Meal Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 Meal Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your Meals You can organize your Meals into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building Meals Diabetic Meals Heart Recovery Meals etc Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these folders and their contents Meal Item A meal item is a food item from the nutrient database a PFI Personal Food Item or a recipe you are adding to a Meal In a recipe we call the added items ingredients Meal Plan In NutriBase a Meal Plan is a collection of food items PFI s recipes and Meals that are organized into up to three meals and three snacks for up to four weeks Some professionals refer to these as cycle menus Menu Bar This is the line of text that appears across the top of the NutriBase screen
224. lder called NBBACKUP and put a dated backup into that folder 3 Click the OK Button to perform the backup operation How to navigate through the nutrient data After you ve displayed the data to the screen by using the View Rank Query Nutrient Density View Food Name or Brand Name search you have a number of options 1 Resize columns by dragging the right edge of the column header This will let you view more data in a single screen NutriBase will remember your new settings for you 2 Resequence columns by dragging and dropping their headers This allows you to place columns of interest next to each other E 3 Zoom Control Click the Zoom Control up arrow to make the data larger Click the down arrow to make the data smaller to see more data T Spit 4 Click the Split Button to enter Split Screen Mode Click the individual horizontal scroll bars on each side of the Splitter Bar to see what you can do J unspit 5 Click the Unsplit Button to remove the Splitter Bar 6 Click on the box to the left of a Food Name to highlight the row After you highlight a row double click on a food name to see the nutrient data for a single food item in a Single Food Item view Highlighting a food name makes it easier to keep track of the food item as you scroll horizontally through the data GS 7 Jump to any Food Name by clicking the Jump Button Jump Q al 8 If you see an All Button at the bottom of your screen you may click it to
225. le for publication Clinical and higher editions eeseeseeeeees 44 How to subtract an ingredient from a Meal 00 cccecccccscescesscesseeeseeeseeeseceseeeseecseecsaecaecaecesecseeseeeesaeeseeseeeeneeeses 45 How tovexport a Meal esacc sctsd ceca decal casted E feed Sab es ees atca lucene tata E E 45 How toimport a Meal v2 5 e scys esac ar ads cas eadeeues TE oea veg sees anes ox ode a E E T dass 45 How to generate a Nutrition Facts Label for a Meal Clinical and higher editions 0 0 0 0 ccccessesseeeteeteeeteeenes 46 Meal Plan Manager How To Topics ssccscssssscssssesccssssccecssssecccccesccsssscessnccscesccesssceessccsesccesescessscessscsseseess 46 A Systematic Approach to Building Meal Plans Read this before creating any Meal Plans eeeeeeeenees 46 How to createsa new Meal Plan oesie aa a a aaa eaa iai raaraa eao E a edynadha one Ea E T E EN aiea ine 47 How to edit a day of an existing Meal Plan oo cece cccecsceseseeeeeeeeececeecsaeceacecseecsaecaeceaecesecsseeseseeeaesseeseeeeeneeass 47 How to print a Meal Plan Summary or Weekly Food Listing report cecccecsccssscessceeneceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseenes 47 How to generate a Recipe Printout for every Recipe in a Meal Plann eee ecceeceeeeesececeeeeceeeeaeeeeceaeceeeeeeeneeeaees 48 How to create a new Meal Plan from an existing Meal Plani ceeeccccesccesscsssceeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeseaeeeeeneeeeses 48 How to copy a day from a Meal Pla
226. lipboard a temporary storage area that your operating system sets aside for you This allows you to save this information to paste into another Windows document of some sort later To cut information to the clipboard you must select the information you wish to cut Select information by clicking your left mouse button down at the point you wish to begin selecting Drag the mouse to the end of the text or graphic and release the mouse button when you reach the end of the information you want to copy to the clipboard To actually cut this information to the Windows Clipboard press Ctrl X That is hold down the Ctrl key on your keyboard then while still holding it down press the X key once and then let them both go The information you have selected will disappear from the initial document and be available for you in the clipboard A similar command is the copy command Drag and Drop To drag and drop an item use the left mouse button of your mouse Point the mouse cursor at 122 A ppendix the item you wish to drag with the mouse cursor Press the left mouse button and while continuing to hold the button down drag your mouse cursor to the new location for the item you selected After you have the cursor in place drop the item by releasing the left mouse button NutriBase offers the drag and drop capability in several locations Exercise Intake An exercise intake is the total exercise that a client performs in some time period
227. locks for Meals Plans Before proceeding we strongly recommend you read the brief topic A Systematic Approach to Building Meal Plans page 46 Doing so will improve the quality of your Meal Plans and save you a lot of time 1 To begin creating a Meal click on the Meal Icon 2 When the Meal Manager dialog appears mouse click the Create Button Add your byline when Meal prompted if desired The Edit a Meal window appears The cursor is situated in the Meal B Create Name edit box for your convenience Give the Meal a new name the default Meal name is E E Meal MARI 3 Now locate the meal items you will use by clicking the Search kal EJ ot ol View Nutrient Density View Rank or Query Icon on the NutriBase Y Tool Bar as appropriate If you don t see the exact serving sizes you want don t worry you can easily modify the serving sizes as you add the food items to your meal or after you collect all the ingredients Notes You may also include Personal Food Items and other recipes into your Meal 4 Select the food item Personal Food Item PFI or recipe you want to use in your Meal tO Meal 5 Click the Meal Button to add the selected food item PFI or recipe to your new Meal By default NutriBase will prompt you to enter in the serving size you desire Notes a You can tell NutriBase to not prompt you for serving sizes during food item selection by clicking the Prefs option of the Menu Bar clicking the Settings Tab th
228. loped a simple method for estimating calories from values of the various nutrient components We call this the CyberSoft compensated 4 4 9 method Here s how it works 1 Calculate the total calories from the calorie sources by multiplying protein grams by 4 carbohydrate grams by 4 and fat grams by 9 Sum these derived values to produce a total derived calories value 2 Assume that the food maker s published total calorie value is correct Compare the total derived calorie value to the food maker s published total calorie value If the derived value is lower or higher than 100 of the published 128 A ppendix value adjust all the non zero nutrient values in exactly the same ratio to produce a 100 correlation with total calories This unrounding process results in calories from values for Protein Carbohydrates and Fat that add up to the published total calories and that also add up to 100 This method although crude is the arguably the best way to assure the highest possible degree of accuracy from the published nutrient data currently available from food makers today Since the Atwater Conversion Factors are not available for most multi ingredient brand named foods this method provides numbers that are likely to be more accurate overall than numbers calculated using the straight 4 4 9 method For USDA formulated foods food items that include multiple ingredients CyberSoft used the 4 4 9 method of calculating cal
229. ls 3 In the second screen of this process find the BMI Button in the Weight and Body Fat section Click it Loy to generate an Pesce Report Clinical and higher editions The Assessment Report is a Client Function NutriBase allows you to create highly customized Assessment Reports for your clients Here s how Eq 1 Click the Client Icon to bring up the Client Setup dialog box 2 Check in the Tool Bar at the top of the screen and make sure the client you want to generate the report for is indicated in the Client Selection List that s the combo box on the left If not you may have to change client folders by clicking the down arrow of the Client Folders Selection List this is the combo box on the right 3 Click the Generate Assessment Report Radio Button Option 4 Your report will be generated and will appear in the word processor To save this document click the File Save As option You may save the file in Rich Text Format Text Format or HTML format The best way to create a custom web page Assessment Report is to use a web page template file they end with the htm extension Notes a If you want to generate a customized Web page Assessment Report click your User Preferences Icon and select the Report Tab Click to change the template file used to generate the report and select the template files for Web pages they will end with the htm extension b After the report appears you can edit it further if you wish c You
230. ly the nutrient amount per 100 g to obtain the nutrient amount in the edible portion per 1 kg as described Refuse the inedible material i e seeds bone and skin contained in some foods can be calculated from this by using the following formula R 100 F4 x 1 kg 100 g R Percent Refuse F4 Factor 4 For raw meats the items as purchased are raw for cooked meats these conversion values are the amounts in the edible portion from 1 kg of cooked meat with refuse For meat cuts containing bone any connective tissue present is included in the value given for bone Separable fat is not part of the refuse if the meat is described as lean and fat Lean refers to muscle tissue that can be readily separated out of the intact cut and includes any fat striations within the muscle All measurements are metric Metric System Equivalents employed in conversions are supplied in this section All linear measurements are in centimeters For certain nutrients there are no data at the present time Information On Caeaaian INlot iente For the most part nutrients were determined by AOAC methods 5 Introduction to each series of USDA Handbook No 8 outlines methodologies employed for each nutrient in detail Trace amounts too small to be registered in the decimal spaces provided in the printed USDA Handbook No 8 16 40 may appear as decimal amounts in the CNF In some cases more nutrients are included on the electronic form of the USDA Handbook No 8
231. m Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat CyberSoft also calculated Calories from Protein Calories from Carbohydrates and Calories from Fat and added them into the database These six values were calculated using Q3 Jocunentation for the taient abapeee the conversion factors provided by the USDA All six of these new fields are searchable CyberSoft also added nutrient information for brand name food listings including restaurant menu items nutritional supplements enteral parenteral products Please direct all questions regarding NutriBase to CyberSoft Inc at 800 959 4849 The USDA SR14 data contains data for 100 gram portions of 6 039 foods The Nutrient Data Laboratory also included the information needed to calculate household measures 1 cup 1 tsp 2 oz etc for most of these basic food entries CyberSoft performed the required calculations and included the non 100 gram food portions in the database bringing the total number of SR14 based entries to 18 750 food items CyberSoft also added values for vitamin K iodine chromium molybdenum Omega 3 Fatty Acid and Omega 6 Fatty Acid fluoride biotin and chloride Many of these values are available only in NutriBase Clinical and higher editions The vitamin K data which comes from the USDA Human nutrition Information Service are provisional Critical review of available data and further investigation will be necessary before definitive information will be published in a futur
232. m to its original 100 gram portion published in SR14 data 2 By assigning the letter suffixes in ascending order by gram weight of the portion size it is easy to tell which food item has the smallest or largest serving size for any food item 3 The new NDB numbers which are always exported as the first column of data serve as a convenient key field for linking databases exported from NutriBase Clinical or higher NutriBase Item Numbers CyberSoft supplemented the USDA nutrient data with entries for food items restaurant foods and nutritional supplements Each NutriBase Item Number is unique The first NutriBase Item Number is 60 001 Each successive number is one more than the previous number No suffixes are used You can display the NDB and NutriBase Item Numbers by clicking the All Button in any spreadsheet view NDB Number Summary 1 The NDB numbers with no suffixes identify the 6 039 original 100 gram portion food items in the USDA SR14 data 2 The NDB numbers with suffixes identify the new food items that were derived by CyberSoft from calculations based on household measure information provided by the NDL 3 The smallest household measures have the smallest letter suffixes the largest serving sizes have the largest letter suffixes 4 The new NDB numbers provide a unique identifier for every food item in the database 5 Every file exported from NutriBase contains the original NDB numbers and the new CyberSoft created number
233. mb Australian Lamb Domestic Lamb New Zealand Lamb Iceland Veal and Organ Meats Game and Other Meats Legumes Beans Peas Peanuts Soy Carob Medical Nutritionals Carbohydrate and Supplements Critical Care Healing Support Diabetes Glucose Intolerance Elemental Diet Gastro Intestinal Support Hepatic Support Intact Protein Diet Parenteral Nutrient Injections Pediatric Pulmonary Support Renal Support Other Nuts and Seeds Flour Meal Powder Nuts Paste Butter Oil Extract Seeds Pork Products Ham Pork Pork Products Protein Poultry Chicken Turkey Other Poultry Restaurant Fast Food Beef Pork and Other Meats Beverages Shakes Breads Muffins Crackers Breakfast Burgers Condiments Toppings Desserts and Snacks Mexican Dressings Sauces Restaurant Fast Food cont Pasta Pizza Poultry and Seafood Salads Salad Bar Items Sandwiches Sides Vegetables Fruits Soup Chili Restaurant Generic Beverages Shakes Breads Muffins Crackers Breakfast Condiments Toppings Desserts and Snacks Mexican Pasta Pizza Poultry and Seafood Salads Salad Bar Items Sandwiches Sides Vegetables Fruits Soup Chili Restaurant Sit Down Beef Pork and Other Meats Beverages Shakes Breads Muffins Crackers Breakfast Burgers Condiments Toppings Desserts and Snacks Pasta Pizza Poultry and Seafood Salads Salad Bar Items Sandwiches Sides Vegetables Fruits Soup
234. me 6 Click the Edit Button to edit the duration and intensity of each exercise Repeat this process until all selected exercises have been edited then click on the OK Button 7 When you are finished click the Save Button to record save this information A calendar will appear Click the date you wish to save this information to and click the OK Button 8 Repeat this process if desired to save exercises to other dates Click the Close Button to exit Lisy to econ ihe er xpended from a Monitoren Eerde A monitored exercise is one that monitors the user s performance and progress A lot of health club equipment falls into this category Treadmills stair climbers and rowing machines that electronically monitor the user s duration and calorie expenditures are monitored exercises Heart Rate Monitors are also a very popular way to monitor exercise NutriBase lets you record your calorie expenditure and other information for these types of exercises NutriBase also lets you add new Monitored Exercises to the software If the exercise you are doing is one of the ones listed in your monitored exercise list here s how you can record your calorie expenditure and other information if desired 1 Click the Fitness Icon 2 Click the Monitored Tab located under the Exercise Intake Tab 3 Double click the monitored exercise you performed 4 Enter the calories expended this information should have been provided by the monitor
235. me 3 Select the newly named Meal Plan and click the Edit Button to modify it To edit a day of an existing Meal Plan see How to edit a day of an existing Meal Plan page 47 Note Using the Save As function before you edit the Meal Plan prevents you from editing a Meal Plan and then inadvertently saving it under the same name by using the Save function rather that the Save As function and effectively destroying the original Meal Plan oy to copy a day From a Meal Aan ko another or the same Maal ae This option lets you copy one day of any Meal Plan to one or more days of a Meal Plan To do so 1 Click the Meal Plan Manager Icon then click on the Copy Button MP 2 Select Copy a Meal Plan to a Meal Plan 3 Click the Copy To Button in the Meal Plan Manager ER Copy To 4 Select Copy a Meal Plan to a Meal Plan 5 In the resulting dialog box click on the notebook tabs one at a time from left to right and provide the required information 6 After you have provided all the required information click the Copy Button to affect the copy function How to copy a client s intake information toa Meal Plan This option lets you copy an existing client s nutrient intake to one or several days of a Meal Plan on which you are working E 1 Click the Meal Plan Manager Icon to open the Meal Plan Manager then click the Copy To Button 2 Select the Copy a Client s Intake to a Meal Plan then click the notebook
236. me name fname name mi name Name name Email name phone name address1 9 name address2 10 name city 11 name state 12 name postalcode 13 name country 14 name measure SANAMNHRWN value e value m 15 name sex value value m 16 name p n value na value pregnant value nursing 17 name height 18 name age 19 name bodyframe value sm value md value Ig 20 name activity value sed value mod value va 21 name presweight 22 name desweight 23 name Igw value 1 value 2 value 3 value 4 value 5 value 6 value 7 value 8 value 9 value 1 value 1 1 value 1 2 value 1 3 value 1 4 Date of the submission Time of the submission First Name Middle Initial First Name Email Address Telephone Address Line One Address Line Two City State Postal Code Country Measure English inches Ibs Metric cm Kg Male pregnant nursing Not Applicable checked Small Medium Large Activity Level Sedentary Moderately Active Very Active Present Weight Desired Weight Desired loss or gain week 0 1 Ibs 0 2 Ibs 0 3 Ibs 0 4 Ibs 0 5 Ibs 0 6 Ibs 0 7 Ibs 0 8 Ibs 0 9 Ibs 1 0 Ibs 1 1 Ibs 1 2 Ibs 1 3 Ibs 1 4 lbs value 1 5 value 1 6 value 1 7 value 1 8 value 1 9 value 2 0 value 2 5 v
237. mineral Molybdenum mcg goal Phosphorus Client s mineral Phosphorus mg goal Potassium Client s mineral Potassium mg goal Selenium Client s mineral Selenium mcg goal Sodium Client s mineral Sodium mg goal Zinc Client s mineral Zinc mg goal Client s Amino Acid Goal Macros Alanine Client s amino acid Alanine g goal Arginine Client s amino acid Arginine g goal Aspartic Acid Client s amino acid Aspartic acid g goal Cystine Client s amino acid Cystine g goal Glutamic Acid Client s amino acid Glutamic Acid g goal Client s Amino Acid Goal Macros continued Glycine Client s amino acid Glycine g goal Histidine Client s amino acid Histidine g goal Isoleucine Client s amino acid Isoleucine g goal Leucine Client s amino acid Leucine g goal Lysine Client s amino acid Lysine g goal Methionine Client s amino acid Methionine g goal Phenylalanine Client s amino acid Phenylalanine g goal Proline Client s amino acid Proline g goal Serine Client s amino acid Serine g goal Threonine Client s amino acid Threonine g goal Tyrosine Client s amino acid Tyrosine g goal Tryptophan Client s amino acid Tryptophan g goal Valine Client s amino acid Valine g goal Client s Fatty Acid Goal Macros AFA 4 0 Client s Fatty Acid 4 0 Butyric g goal AFA 6 0 Client s Fatty Acid 6 0 Caproic g goal
238. mmary dialog 2 Click the Set Alarms Button 3 To view or edit any existing setup click on any variable whose set point you wish to edit and type in the value you want to use Click the Save Button when you are finished 4 You may specify as many or as few nutrients for your Alarm Criteria as you wish You can save any Alarm Setup under a descriptive name 5 You can create new Alarm Setups by clicking the Create Button 6 You can assign pre defined Alarm Setups to clients selecting the setup you want to assign and then clicking the Select Button ow to set your clients atio goals H your clients PCE Ratio goal This option lets you set your client s goal for her PCF Ratio The PCF Ratio is the percentage of calories taken in from Protein Carbohydrates and Fat The sum of these percentages must equal 100 To set up the PCF Ratio for a client pA 1 Go to the Client Goal Summary dialog box by clicking the Client Icon selecting Modify a Client s Goals and clicking the Next Button You will see this dialog box when you log on a new client You can also get to this box for existing clients by clicking the Client Icon then selecting Modify a Client s Goals and clicking the Next Button to get to the second dialog box the Client Goal Summary dialog Set Ratio 2 Click the Set Ratio Button 3 Simply enter in the percentage values you are recommending for your client in the fields provided Keep in mind that the total must add
239. n for applicable foods These amounts are expressed as a percentage of the total weight of the item as purchased and they were used to compute the weight of the edible portion Refuse data were obtained from USDA sponsored contracts and Agriculture Handbook Nos 102 and 456 Adams 1975 Matthews and Garrison 1975 To calculate Amount in edible portion of 1 pound as purchased use the following formula Amount in edible portion of 1 pound as purchased To calculate the Amount in edible portion of 1 pound as purchased Column G in AH 8 use the following formula Y V 4 536 100 R 100 Y Nutrient value per 1 pound as purchased V Nutrient value per 100 grams R Percent refuse For raw meats the items as purchased are raw For cooked meats the values are the amounts in the edible portion from 1 pound of cooked meat with refuse For meat cuts containing bone any connective tissue present is included in the value given for bone Separable fat is not shown as refuse if the meat is described as separable lean and fat Separable fat generally refers to seam fat and intramuscular fat Separable lean refers to muscle tissue that can be readily separated out of the intact cut and includes any fat striations within the muscle For boneless cuts the refuse values are for connective tissue or connective tissue plus separable fat Percentage yield of cooked edible meat from the corresponding raw meat with refuse The percentage yield of c
240. n Export Mode you may export all or part of your client list into an ASCII delimited file suitable for use with an external spreadsheet or database that you can use to print client mailing labels To select the data to export simply click the check boxes to the right of each variable Selecting an already checked box will unselect it To select which clients data will be exported you have several options 1 Click on a single name to select a single name to export 2 Cherry pick a number of clients by holding the Ctrl key down and clicking the names you wish to include 3 Select a range of clients by clicking the first name in a range then holding the Shift key down as you click on the last name within the range Notes a The selection options described above are standard Windows methods of selecting options You can edit or even enter this contact information here if you wish but your first opportunity to enter this information comes when you are logging on a new client b If you add a unique number to the Client Number field you can use this field as a key field when exporting the contact information to a file c Use the Referrer and Source fields to specify who referred you to this client and the source of the referral if applicable Macro Driven Assessment Report WP Format NutriBase Clinical and higher editions allow you to create highly customized Initial Assessment Reports for each of your clients You
241. n to Locate Foods cccceccecssessseesteesecenecesecesecseccnsecsecesecseeeseeeeeseceseeeseeeseesesecaecsaeenaeenaeees 143 Editing a HOOd ENUY secavs hs oceces vasa ceva sta letten ne Ft cave dates ah beaten hati ahaa oa le ves a etn he A whe ced ade cabanas dao 144 Deleting Hood Entry ssserse secs cites es tee die BO aoa anes a Bal else a asl cd aaa ees 145 Viewing the Percent of Goals Report ccccecccecssessscssscesseeeseesseeescecseecsaecsaeceaaecsaecsaecuaeceseceseeseeeneeseaeseseeeeeeaeeaaes 145 Recording Activities and Exercises nan a a a n a a a A leescdaces E a AA E E ATA 146 Recording a Monitored Exercise c cccccesscssscesseesseesseeeeeeeeseesseeeseecsaecsaeceseecsaecsaecsaecseceaecsseecaeceseeeseseaeseaeeenseesaes 146 RecordimgaFreguent Exercise s aie aa a a a a e a a e a honis 147 PUERO aa OG E E E T E R AEAN 148 NutriBase Palin Notes esena in in a a a a E og E n E ea A Aa O nET ET 149 Generating Reports ane e a a E E E a a E oa 149 NutriBase Disclaime scccssccssscssscssscssscsssessssssssesssssessscssessessssesscssscsssssssscssscssesssescessnessnessecssecssesessssssoeees 149 Installation Guide and Tips For Getting Started lnctallaticn Cisse To install NutriBase insert the NutriBase CD into your CD ROM drive After a few moments the NutriBase Menu Box will appear When it does click on the option you want ips Esp Getting Starred with Nutrivase Print your User s Manual If you don t have a hard cop
242. n to another or the same Meal Plan e eccecesceseeceeeeceseeeeeeseceeeeeeneeenees 48 How to copy a client s intake information to a Meal Plan ccecceecccescceseceseceeeceeeceeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeaes 48 How to copy a Meal Plan as a client s Intake oo ccc ccceeseeseceeseeeseeesceescecsaecseceseecsaecnaecsaeceseeeeeesaeceaeeseeeeeeeseaeeass 48 How to export a Meal Plan How to import a Meal Plane cc ccecccccccsseessecececeneecssecsseceseceseceeaeceseesseeseeseeeeeeeeaes 49 How to create a new Meal from an existing Meal Plana ccc ceccssecesecesecesteceecesecsseeseeeeeseceeeeeeeeseeeeeseeseseeeeeeses 49 Miscellaneous Topics How To Topics scccscsscsscsssscesccccesccesssccescccsescecsssccesscccsccccsesceesessssssccssesccesssseeeess 50 How to add a new personal food item to NUtriBase ccc ccccesseesceesceesceenseceeeeseecssecsaeceaeceseeseeeeeeeseneeseeeeeeeeneeenes 55 How to set your User Preferences ccccsccsscssscesecssecesecesecesecssecseeeeeeesseeseecseaeceseceseecseecssecsaeceaeceaecsaeeseesereeeneeags 50 How to turn your Client Information Window on or Off cccccceesecesseeseesseceecesecesecesaeceaecnseceseeseeeseneeeaeeseneenneeses 50 How to update your client notes for a client Clinical and higher editions ececesceceeeeceeeeeeeeecneeeeeneeenees 50 How to select items from a NutriBase Source Selected Window cescsesescesseeseesececeeeeeeaecaeeeeceaecae
243. name listings too This approach assures you use items that contain the most nutrient values the fewest missing values Wey Bae Tips da Clicking on the View option of the Search Icon will display the food items for the food categories and subcategories you have selected in alphabetical order You should select the type of data you will conduct your searches across page 34 Once the nutrient data is displayed click the Jump Button to move to a particular food name or brand name quickly Doing this will produce a listing of all the unique food names in the food categories you have selected Click the Brand Name radio button to display all the unique brand names This is a quick way to see if what your are looking for exists Simply double click on any food or brand name item to jump to the first occurrence of that item in the data display Click on the space to the left of any food name to highlight the row to make it easier to track as you scroll horizontally through the data Double click any food item to view its nutrients in a single screen summary Rank columns of information while you are viewing it page 75 This is a very convenient feature Try it it s easy to use and the value of this capability will become apparent to you after you use it HO N utriBa se Tips lank abe ips At Exercise care when selecting your food subcategories Your category selections will confine your food selections to the categories in which
244. nd work on the information contained on the selected card Tool Bar The Tool Bar is the row of icons across the top of the NutriBase Screen Click these Explorer style icons to perform major functions The Tool Bar provides an alternative to using the Menu Bar options Workouts In NutriBase a workout is a combination of exercises at specified intensities or target heart rate training zones for a specified duration For example a workout could consist of 60 minutes of step aerobics a 90 minute walk at 3 mph and 45 minutes of weight training You can save workouts and recall them whenever you wish After to retrieve a workout and assign it to a client you can edit it to reflect the actual workout if it differs from the saved one 125 A ppendix Atwater Conversion Factors The following chart shows the calories per gram for a variety of foods The data makes it clear that although the official AOAC approved 4 4 9 method of calculating calories is simple it is also a very crude calculation method Baked Beans with Pork Tomato Sauce 3 50 400o 88 Baked Beans with Tomato Sauce 3 40 400 f 84 Barley o oo oals o o as o ea d oo Bens S la aa d 8a d o Beans Refried So 3o aio 890 o Beef Tongue Jo o 427 au o Bef 0 9 i o Beef Processed 4273 68 3 87 902 Beet Sugar 8B Breakfast cereals 1 82 3 82 2 80 4 16 837 880 BrownRice 3 382 412 416 837
245. ndicates that NutriBase doesn t know at that moment if you are in compliance with the assigned success criteria This can occur when no client goals have been saved or when copying from client to client or when copying a Meal Plan to a client s intake The calendar will update the success criteria when you save the day s intake Note When you first copy Meal Plan days to a client s intake days the images on the calendar will be NutriBase Apple icons This is because you have not yet acknowledged that the food items copied to that date have been eaten You can edit the intake for that day to conform to the actual intake as opposed to the intake recommended by the Meal Plan When you click the Save Button for that day the NutriBase Apple icon will change into a Thumbs Up or Thumbs Down icon as appropriate Client Specific Relating specifically to a single client Cherry Pick Dates Cherry pick dates from a NutriBase calendar individually and at random Cherry pick dates by simply clicking them Normally you would cherry pick non sequential dates since it is often easier to pick contiguous dates using the range option This function is typically used to select dates for a multi day intake You can also cherry pick items from some NutriBase list boxes Cherry Pick Items You can cherry pick items from some list boxes by pressing the Ctrl key and clicking the items you wish to select with the mouse cursor You can also cherry pick dates fr
246. ndividual and Total Sugars United States Department of Agriculture Human Nutrition Information Service Home Economics Research Report Number 48 11 Merrill A L and B K Watt 1973 Energy Value of Foods Basis and Derivation Rev U S Dept of Agric Agric Handb No 74 12 Nasvadi G Law C Mackey J D and Logue K P 1992 Nutrient composition of four cuts of British Columbia grain fed veal Can J Anim Sci 72 Dec 941 951 13 Nasvardi G Law C Mackey J D and Logue K P 1993 Nutrient composition and sensory characteristics of Canadian grain fed veal cutlets Can J Anim Sci 73 Mar 183 189 aes E di a 2 a ee T pint 20 Imperial fluid ounces 568 3ml_ 500 ml_ Sai SS l Se saz tal 114 l Jscomentatien for the Nutrient lied ees 14 Stewart L M Lloyd L E and Wood D F 1989 Nutrient Composition of 7 Retail Cuts of Canadian Pork J C D A 50 241 244 15 Stewart L M D F Wood 1987 Physical Composition and Cooking Yields of Retail Cuts of Canadian Beef and Pork J C D A 48 103 107 16 U S Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service USDA ARS 1976 Composition of Foods Raw Processed Prepared Dairy and Egg Products Agric Handbook No 8 1 17 USDA ARS 1977 Spices and Herbs Agric Handbook No 8 2 18 USDA ARS 1978 Baby Foods Agric Handbook No 8 3 19 USDA ARS 1979 Fats and Oils Agric Handbook No 8 4 20 USDA ARS 1979 Poultry Products
247. new exercise s name and fill in any required information Note To add exercises accurately you ll need to enter the new exercise s calorie expenditure factor stated as a calories hour pound figure or a calories hour Kg figure To do this accurately click on the Help Button while you are in the Create New Exercise dialog box and look at the cal hr Ib ratings for a wide variety of exercises 5 When you have finished click the OK Button Ley to create a woreut This option lets you combine a variety of exercises into a unit called a workout 1 Click the Fitness Icon Click the Workout Tab and record a set of exercises and activities in the same manner you record a set of exercises and activities in the Exercise Tab 2 When you are satisfied with the exercises and activities you have assembled click the Save Button 3 NutriBase will prompt you for a name for this workout Give it a unique name then click the OK Button to save Fitness E to retrieve a yor out This option lets you retrieve a workout for use in a client s exercise intake 1 Click the Fitness Icon Click the Exercise Tab to record a set of exercises and activities in the Fitness Exercise Tab Sy Workout 2 When you want to retrieve a pre recorded set of exercises and activities a workout click on the Workout Button Select the workout you want to retrieve and click the OK Button From Day Note You can also retrieve exercises you recorded to a diffe
248. nformation to the Info Tracker 35 How to enter your client s body weight or body fat into Info Tracker cccecccceescesseeseeceeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeseesseeeeeeeees 35 How to generate a report for the Measurement Body Chemistry Miscellaneous or Diabetic sections 35 How to generate a report or graph for the weight and or body fat information ececeseeceeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeneeeee 36 How to track a new item of information with the Info Tracker 0 cccccceescesscceseceesceeeeeeeeceecseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeneeeees 36 Intake Manager How To Topics sccccssscscsssssssecsccccesccssssscesssccesccccesccesesceecsccsesccssesceessssesssessescccssscessssseeees 37 How to record an intake for a Clicttt ceiien i e a tE EEN ET A E EER E E 37 How to Organize your Food Items into Meal and or Snacks cceeccescceseceseceseceeeecesecesecesecseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeessessneesgs 38 How to compose an intake sort an intake s ingredients based on the value of any nutrient ceeceeeee 38 How to editia Client s mtake sepenan eaa n E E a a a an a A a efi a eE 39 How to print a client s intake report ssesssesesesseeseeseeseesseesseseessesetssesetsstsstessessessesstsstesssseesstsstesssstestestessesesseees 39 How to copy an existing intake from client to client s ccecceccsceesceeseeeseeseeceseeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeseneeses 39 How to add intake items to your client s shopping List cc eecc
249. ng a variety of exercises see the Calorie Expenditures List 4 Click the Next Button This takes you to the Goal Summary Make sure everything is to your b gt Next oss liking then press the Next Button again 5 After you complete the Modify a Client s Goals section click on the OK Button to finish Note Many clients are ready to burn those exercise calories that you recommend Unfortunately they probably have no idea what exercise to perform for what duration to expend those calories The solution is to print an Exercise Calories Expenditures report for them This report shows them how many calories they will burn in performing any of 70 or so exercises for 30 minutes These calculations are based on the client s body weight This makes a handy report to provide for each and every client lew to set up your lient NG eee C area This option lets you determine the criteria your client must meet to earn a Thumbs Up icon on any particular day on his or her calendar Each thumbs up represents a successful day The success criteria are based on whether the client meets all the nutrient goals that you establish for them To set up the success criteria for a client E 1 Go to the Client Goal Summary dialog box by clicking the Client Icon selecting Log on a New Client and clicking the Next Button to get to the second dialog box the Client Goal Summary dialog Client 2 yi z You will see this dialog box whenever you log on
250. ng of frequently performed exercises The Infrequent Exercise List is what it sounds like And the Target Heart Rate Zone Exercises are exercises that lend themselves to use by 1 Click the Fitness Icon and click the Exercise Setup tab 2 Click the radio button for the exercise list that contains the exercise you want to move Notes a Select an exercise by clicking the shaded box to the left of the exercise name b If you move an exercise into the THRZ List NutriBase will use the default Zone for the intensity c If you create a workout or exercise save it then use it in the future it will offer the calorie calculations based on the exercise settings as they exist now Calorie calculations may differ from the original calculations if any of the exercises have been modified moving exercises from one Exercise List to another may alter the calculations 3 Click the Move Button A dialog box will appear Select the exercise list you wish to move the exercise to and click the OK Button Loy load anew Bera to NutriBase This option lets you create and add a new exercise to NutriBase You can add as many new exercises as you wish to NutriBase The new exercise will appear in the exercise list that you specify 1 Click the Fitness Icon and click the Exercise Setup tab Fitness 2 Click the radio button for the exercise list that contains the exercise you want to move 3 Click the Create Button E Create ra E 4 Enter the
251. nk all the food items based on their values for this column Click the box again to reverse the sort order This is your down arrow Note To change the type of data that you ll be viewing click Search Research Quality Nutrient Database only the down arrow next to the drop down menu at the bottom of the screen and change your selection 63 NutriBase lw ie Topics Recipe Manager How To Topics How to create a recipe This How To topic tells you how to create a recipe Recipes are collections of ingredients food items You can save recipes and use them later in creating nutrient intakes as ingredients within other recipes recipes within recipes in Meals or in Meal Plans 1 To begin creating a recipe click on the Recipe Icon 2 When the Recipe Manager window appears click the Create Button Add your byline when prompted if desired The Edit a Recipe window appears The cursor is situated in the Recipe Title edit box for your convenience Give the recipe a new name the default recipe name is Untitled Recipe gaij 3 Locate the food items recipe ingredients by clicking the Search Icon and then clicking the appropriate Tab to access the Search Screen page 71 If you don t see the exact serving sizes you want don t worry you can easily modify the serving sizes as you add the food items to your recipe or even later after you collect all the ingredients Recipe Search Aane 4 Locate the item you wa
252. ns and produce the report l NutriBase ifutorial Analyze an intense recipe or isa Plan REL ATE a alee Meth ete Page 14 The NutriBase Planner Clinical and higher editions lets you plan our your work days Take a moment now to set it up for use with your clients Set Up your Planner EU E E S E E E ERE E EA Page 58 After you have mastered these activities take a look at the How To topics in this manual When you spot a function you d like to learn consult the How To topics for that topic If you ve performed all the operations suggested above you ve performed about 15 of the 150 How To topics described in this manual If you ve finished this tutorial and you want to see what else you can do go to the Table of Contents and take a look at the How to Topics in this manual If you need help on anything regarding NutriBase call us toll free at 877 945 0315 Monday Friday 9 AM 3 PM Arizona time or email us at support nutribase com We re confident we can show you how to use NutriBase to do almost anything you want it to do And if you find something we didn t include we ll consider adding it 92 l Jscomertatsn for the Nlutrient l Jatabas Documentation for the Research Quality Database A nutrition manager is reliable to the extent that its data is reliable When you choose to work with the Research Quality Nutrient Database you will access the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 the vit
253. nt by clicking the Copy Intake Icon That way if one of your If a client eats a handful of the same foods every day create an auto record list for that client This feature comes in handy for institutions or hospitals when certain groups of clients are required to eat certain foods every day It also comes in handy for automatically recording nutritional supplements for clients who take them daily If the supplement they take does not exist in NutriBase at this time use the PFI manager to add the supplement as a new personal food item Once you have created a Meal Plan you can copy that Meal Plan as an intake for yourself or any other client NI utriBa se Tips DE Manager ips gt You can enter nutritional information directly from food labels if you wish You can enter Percent Daily PFI Values DV s by clicking the DV Button and NutriBase will convert the percentages into actual values for you oh View Click the View Button to view all the Meals at once in a spreadsheet view Click the box in the upper left corner of any column header to rank your PFI s based on the nutrient values in that column Recipe Manager Tips Click the Recipe Manager Icon to access the Recipe functions Keep in mind that you can keep often used ingredients in the Personal Food Item Manager This way you don t have to constantly go looking for food items that you use over and over in your recipes Remember that you can simply drag and drop f
254. nt to add to your recipe then click the Recipe Button to add the selected food item PFI or recipe to your new recipe By default NutriBase will prompt you to enter the serving size you desire Continue adding recipe items until you ve gathered all the ingredients for your recipe 5 Click the Save Button to save the recipe Notes a Normally the fastest way to locate items for your recipe is to click the Search Icon You can also add PFT s and Meals by clicking the PFI and Meal Icons Locate the desired item then click the Recipe Button b When you open your Search Screen you can resize it and position it wherever you wish c You can select ingredients any time you see them in a Search Results screen and click the Recipe Button to begin creating a recipe But you can also click the Recipe Icon and click the Create Button to start a recipe Most users told us that it was more intuitive to be able to open the Recipe Manager and clicking the Create Button before starting a recipe The Create Button approach is by consensus more intuitive You can use either or both methods to create your recipes d NutriBase lets you use recipes within recipes if you wish This means you could for instance create a low Fat low Sodium soup base that you could use as an ingredient in a wide variety of soup recipes e You don t have to open the Recipe Manager to begin recording a recipe You can just select a food item PFI or recipe then click the
255. ntain contact with your clients you can use the Client Contact Manager 1 Go to the Client Contact List Do this by clicking the Client Icon then selecting the Client Contact List option Sak 2 Notice that the Edit Mode radio button is selected Click the Export Mode option 3 Check the fields you wish to include when you export the data to an ASCH delimited file Checking a marked box will unselect it for you 4 Select the clients whose information you wish to export Click on a client name to select one client Hold the Ctrl key down and click on several clients to cherry pick clients Hold the Shift key down and click on the first then the last client name you wish to include in a range of clients Bap Export 5 the Export Button to export the data to a file Fill in the information required to finish the task 6 After you export the file use your external database program to import the data and print the labels A Note If you wish to change the separator and or delimiter used in the exported file you may do so in the User Prefs screen Get there by clicking your Prefs Icon 22 NutriBase Meloy To Topics How to export your Client Contact ist for email programs This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions If you want to contact a large number of your clients you can use the Export CSV comma separated values feature of the Client Contact Manager This feature supports email clients like M
256. nted on it so your client can email you with questions or call you when they need help if they can t learn how to use the Intake Module you ll have to do it for them and they ll need to pay more for your services If possible offer the client a five minute tour of the Intake Module showing them how to record one of two food items and then emailing it to you Print the Intake Module User s Manual out and provide it to your clients We provide both a PDF file for good print quality and a Word version that you can modify as desired Although your clients can view and print the Manual from the CD you provide we find many users believe they don t require a hard copy manual In fact we find that only a small percentage of users even today will even click on the Help Icon It might not be a bad idea to print the manual and provide it to them You can always ask them to return it when they are finished so you can reuse them 28 NutriBase Mel wy To Topics Fitness Manager How To Topics low to set your l ines Manager s gm Preferences Before you use the NutriBase Fitness Manager it is highly recommended that you set up the User Prefs for the Fitness Manager To do so 1 Click the Prefs Icon then click the Fitness Tab Note You can also access these User Preferences by clicking the Prefs Button in the Fitness Manager itself 2 Adjust the settings as desired Be sure to click the Training Heart Rate Zone Button to set up your
257. num Phosphorus Potassium Selenium Sodium AZinc Alanine Arginine Aspartic Cystine Glutamic Glycine Histidine Isoleucine Leucine Lysine Methionine Phenylalanine Proline Serine Threonine Tyrosine Tryptophan Valine AFA 4 0 AFA 6 0 AFA 8 0 FA 10 0 FA 12 0 FA 13 0 FA 14 0 FA 14 1 FA 15 0 FA 16 0 AFA 16 1u AFA 16 14 AFA 16 1 AFA 17 0 AFA 17 14 AFA 18 0 AFA 18 1u AFA 18 14 AFA 18 1c AFA 18 2u AFA 18 21 AFA 18 2n AFA 18 3u AFA 18 3n AFA 18 4 AFA 20 0 AFA 20 14 AFA 20 2n AFA 20 3u AFA 20 4u AFA 20 5n AFA 22 0 AFA 22 1u AFA 22 5n AFA 22 6n AFA 24 0 AFA 24 10 XStarch XVLM XLM XMFM XHFM X Veg XFru XSMilk AXLMilk XW Milk XFat XOther PfiName PfiComment PFCRatio CPFRatio Date PfiServing 133 A ppendix Macros for use with Custom Recipe Reports All NutriBase macros placeholders begin and end with Typing the macro in the first column below will insert the data indicated in the second column Use these macros anywhere you wish and as many times as you wish in your template file for custom recipe reports Macros are supported in the Clinical and higher editions Calories FoodEnergy Protein ProtCal ProtPerc Carbs CarbCal CarbPerc Fat FatCal
258. o select the appearance of your Tool Bar You can choose from an Internet Explore Style Tool Bar with or without captions You can select the Windows XP style icons in which the colors are always on You can also select whether you use small or large icons Here s how 2 This will display the Preferences window 3 Click the Toolbar Tab 4 Select the options you want to apply to your Tool Bar Experiment with the various settings to get the look you want 1 Click the Prefs Icon or click the Prefs option on the Menu Bar at the top of the screen Prefs fly kosec He cone indde your Tal Rar You may not want every available icon to be display on your screen Since you can access all NutriBase functions by clicking the various options in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen you may want to access your less frequently used options by using the Menu Bar and streamline your Tool Bar by using only the tools you most often need To select which icons will stay on your Tool Bar 1 Click the down pointing arrow to the right of the Tool Bar Icons 2 Click the Add or Remove Buttons option 3 Check the icons you want to show up on your Tool Bar View Data How To Topics How to view the nutrient data alphabetically by food category This option lets you display nutrient data for a selected food category in alphabetical order You view the data in a tabular spreadsheet format composed of columns and rows To view the nutrient data alphabetically
259. o your intake When you do the food item will appear in your View A Day s Intake screen shown to the right This window View A Day s Intake All Foods PCF 24 3 73 Food Name Serving Cals BLUE CHEESE 1 0 oz 100 Total Calories 100 shows that you have recorded one item so far the Blue Cheese The View A Day s Intake window also shows you that you recorded a total of 100 calories and that your PCF Ratio is 24 3 73 If you had set CPF as your default viewing option in your User Prefs on NutriBase for Windows that would be displayed here rather than the PCF Ratio As you add additional food items to your intake this screen will tally both your total calories and your PCF ratios for you so that you can stay informed of your overall progress for the day Three other options are presented on the View a Day s Intake screen shown above Edit allows you to edit any food item in your intake Del allows you to delete any food item in your intake will display the Percent of Goals Report There three options are described below Record Foods talntake Cotegory Dory amp Egg Products Sub Cat Cheese Fead BLUE CHEESE Editing a Food Entry Sometimes it is necessary to edit your Intake Record For instance you might realize that you actually ate 2 ounces of Blue Cheese rather than just 1 ounce To fix this highlight a food item then tap the Edit Button Maal Breakfast in the View a Day s Intake window W
260. ocating Food Items to Record Record Foods to Intake To select a major Food Cat Category Beverages Fruits ane dtd etc tap the down arrow next Sub Cat AZIE Food v VEC Breads to the Category option In Meal v Bre Cereal Ready to Eat this example the user has Dairy amp Egg Products selected the Beverages Fats amp Oils category Serving Calories Protein Next tap the Sub Cat option i to select a subcategory of the at Beverage category In this example the user has selected Vegetable Juices 142 Record Foods to Intake Tapping the Add Button from the View A Day s Intake screen above brings you to this window Record Foods to Intake Use this window to 1 Select food items and add them to a meal 2 Adjust serving sizes as needed 3 Use the Find Button to conduct food name searches Record Foods to Intake Category v Beverages Sub Cat alcohol and Related Food v V Carbonated Soft Drinks Meal v B Coffee and Related Serving Fruit Juices and Nectars Milk and Related Calories Other Beverages Protein Tea Carbs Vegetable Juices fot NutriBase Dalm L dition Software Record Foods to Intake Category v Beverages Sub Cat Vegetable Juices Food TOMATO JUICE W SALT Meal TOMATO JUICE NO SALT Servin k430i APAS Calories Protein Carbs Fat o Find Cancel _ Cancel After selecting the Vegetable Juices subcategory this user
261. of 21 Retail Cuts of Canadian Beef J C D A 49 29 36 Caecaacacaccacacacdcd Cacaccacac 5 NI utriBa se Tips Tips for Using NutriBase More Effectively With NutriBase you can often perform operations in a variety of ways By doing some things a certain way you can a spare yourself a lot of effort and save a lot of time I Nutedient eleto Be ips 33 The NLS Nutrient Selection List Icon allows you to select which nutrients you want to have displayed to the screen Use this to display only the variables you are interested in monitoring for a particular recipe meal intake or meal plan you are working on This allows you to see what s happening to you most important variables without having to scroll horizontally for what could be several screens Regardless of which nutrients you select to have displayed all nutrients that are available to your version of NutriBase will be recorded to recipes PFI s Meals and Meal Plans Coad Category ips If you select a food category and see that all the subcategories are grayed out it means that some other category is selected elsewhere Click the Clear Button to clear any selections that are currently active Judicious selection of Food Categories and their subcategories is an excellent way to restrict your search to food items in which you are interested No matter which subcategories you select all selected foods will appear in alphabetical order when you use the View
262. of these Meal Plans can be modified to accommodate different calorie intake levels sodium levels fiber levels etc ie NI utriBa se Tips A naluze ips The NutriBase Analyze program will allow you to perform in depth analysis of your client s intakes recipes and Meal Plans Start the Analyze program by clicking the Analyze Icon The quickest way to define an analysis is to select an Analysis Template page 14 Analysis Templates retain the information for particular setups A setup simple remembers the selections you make for any type of analysis You can use existing setups a small set of common analysis templates are provided for you or you can modify any existing template and save it under a new name to create your own customized templates Information Teacher T ips T Bear in mind that you can track just about anything you want to track in the Information Tracker If what you want to track isn t listed you can add it For instance you could add Nicotine Patches to the Miscellaneous section of the Information Tracker If you like you could even automatically track the time of day of the patch changes Word Lirocessar ips ra To print a range of pages click File Print page range Enter specific page numbers separated by commas p or specify a range by entering the first page and last page separated by a hyphen You can edit the Client Information and the Intake Diary documents located in the Info sect
263. ok in which you can organize your recipes You can add tabs rename tabs and delete these tabs You can have up to 36 tabs in each Recipe Folder Use Recipe Folders to organize your recipes into categories You could for instance create a folder called Diabetic Recipes and another called Hypertension Recipes This would give you separate Recipe Folders for holding these two types of recipes NutriBase supports Folders for PFI s and Meals too Recipe Folders are a handy organizational tool to use when you import NutriBase Meal Plans That is because all the recipes in any Meal Plan you import will appear in the currently active selected Recipe Folder Using NutriBase Recipe Folders will allow you to store all the recipes you import from a particular NutriBase Meal Plan in its own unique Recipe Folder By organizing your recipes like this you will make creating your own custom Meal Plans in the future much easier 1 Click the Folder Button at the top of the Recipe Manager window to create or edit your Recipe Folders and their contents 2 To add a new Recipe Folder click the Add Button You can right mouse click any Recipe Folder Icon to bring up a list of options to perform on that Recipe Folder 3 To delete an existing Recipe Folder select an existing folder and click the Delete Button 4 To rename an existing Recipe Folder select an existing folder and click the Rename Button Your cursor will appear in the Folder Name under the sele
264. om certain NutriBase calendars Client Folders NutriBase provides up to 26 Client Folders for you Each folder contains an alphabetical listing 121 A ppendix of the clients you have assigned to that folder You can organize your recipes into categories with these folders You could organize clients by special needs weight loss diabetic body building etc or by location Ballys Bill s Gym Diet Center etc Click the Folder Options Icon to manipulate these folders and their contents Client Group A client group is a group of clients you have selected and identified as a group Defining a client group allows you to analyze a group of clients as if they were a single entity This gives you an analysis of what the group as a whole did NutriBase also allows you to analyze each member of the group individually if you like Client groups are supported in NutriBase Clinical only Use the client group Create Button to define a client group Client Information Window This window appears whenever NutriBase is working with an active client unless it is turned off in your User Prefs It displays a 3 D Weight Progress Chart that shows actual and desired weight it shows a calendar that indicates a client s daily progress etc you can toggle this window on or off by clicking the Prefs option of the Menu Bar clicking the Settings Tab then checking the appropriate box as desired Column Header A column header is topmost cell of a spre
265. on The user then entered the calories reported by the machine and also enters the optional information Select Exercise to Record Select Exercise to Record Category Category Name Programmable Treadmill Ma Frequent v Monitored Calories Burned 458 Infrequent Exe LLIE Exercises lt Optional gt lt THRZ v Programmable Treadmill Ma Duration Hr 45 Min Comments Course 8 Monitored exercises are those performed on a machine that have a computer that calculates how many calories you burned An example is a stair climber or treadmill that asks you to enter your age weight duration and perhaps select a workout course Because the exercise machine can speed up slow down change intensity increase and decrease slope etc it is normally best to have the machine calculate the calories burned for you By selecting the Monitored option you can enter the calories burned directly 146 NlutriBase Dalm L dition Software Recording a Frequent Exercise Continuing with this example let s have the user add another exercise a Frequent Exercise Select Exercise to Record The user selects the Frequent Freq InFreq Exercise Exercise category from the aren Select Exercise to Record Nemes Basketboliigama q window Tap the down arrow cal hr Ib 4 40 under the Exercises option to Exercises A Intensity locate this particular exer cpp ee rears Basketball game aise 50 0 50 Tapping to Ok But
266. on household measures This produced 11 811 additional entries to the database These new food items required new NBD numbers CyberSoft created the new NDB numbers for the new food items by keeping the original NDB numbers for the 100 gram portions of these food items then adding lower case suffix letters a b c d etc to these original NDB numbers These new NDB numbers are used in the Clinical and higher editions of NutriBase These added suffixes indicate the relative gram weight of the household measurement The lowest suffix a denotes the household measurement with the lowest gram weight The next letter suffix b indicates the next highest gram weight and so on The new NDB number with the highest letter suffix designator has the highest gram weight 1O5 l Jocunmentation for the Aliis Jata bass Example NDB Description Measurement Gram Weight 01001 Butter with salt 100 grams 100 0 0100la Butter with salt 1 pat 5 0 01001b Butter with salt 1 tbsp 14 2 0100lc Butter with salt 1 stick 113 4 01001d Butter with salt 1 cup 227 0 Notice that the NDB Number with no suffix is the original number assigned by NDL to the 100 gram portion The lowest suffix a denotes portion with the lowest gram weight and that the suffixes increment as the gram weights increase Rationale for this numbering system 1 Keeping the original NDB number affixed to the new food items makes it easy to trace the food ite
267. onal Food Item two methods ccccccecesceseeeeseeeneceeeeeeseeseeeeeeenes 72 How to locate and or record a specific recipe two methods eeceesceesecsseceesceeeeeeeeeseecseeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaes 73 How to locate and or record a specific Meal two methods cceccessceseceseceesceeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeseeeeeeeaes 73 TOOL Bar HOW TO TO pics sis cisicsccascesesossvecsccssscersscdvssscssesecensssuensessescscnnsdcvnscenbsssonasdseasesubscccnacdesbacssoucsonesasenecectases 74 How to customize your Tool Bat c ccccccssessseessecstecssecssecesecensecsecesecssecseeseeceeseeaseceseecseecsaecsaecsaeceaeeeaeesereseeeeneeesgs 74 How to select the icons to include on your Tool Bat ccccccescssecesseesecsecssecesecesecesaeceseceseceseeseeeeeeeeseseseeeeeeeeses 74 View Data How Lo TOpics vcsisssccceccsossenscosssceessessesdosncccesacescssosnssceeasscseaseosncseossscsasectsasseosnodeatessencsoonssdssdscosscsessen 74 How to view the nutrient data alphabetically by food category cecccesccessceesecesecesecseeecesecneeeeeeesaeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaes 74 How to rank high to low or low to high a column of data while you are viewing It sc eeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeteeeeees 75 How to use the Nutrient Density View to view the nutrient data cccceccesccesecesecceteceteceseceeeeceseesseeneeeseeeeeeeeses 75 How to navigate through the displayed data eccecsceescesseeeeeeseeeeeececeseeeseecssecssecaecesecssecsee
268. ons 57 How to view your PFI s in a rankable spreadsheet view cccccccssccssecsseceecessecsseceseceseceseceseeeeeeseeessaeeneeeeneeenneesgs 57 How toveditian existing PRT iz cscs ds cdecda ca caged cect tenc church vag eaaa Ae aa aa n oaaae N oa Eaa AAEE aE ES 58 How to generate a Nutrition Facts Label for a PFI Clinical and higher editions 0 ceecceesceeseceteeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 58 How to Export and or Email Your Personal Food Items to CyberSoft 0 ccceccccsscceseceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeees 58 Planner How To TOpie siecssccsscceaccesvssectesconscedevssvctascdebascesnnestescbshecdecuasesnssessevesensssdesasesvede sobsedenasedcusesenscsbeasescedeces 58 How t setup your Planner e occ ccccetacees rinito eE EAE EEE a EAEE A EE abd TAREE a Aled elects ul 58 a OAAS ROLE Ta Planner PA E E A A EEE 58 Query Data Boolean AND search How To Topics ssesssesssesssesseossesssecssoossoossoossoossoossooesoossooesoossoosssossosssso 59 How to conduct a query on a selected food category eccesccessecsseessecesceessecseecsseceeccsaecssecsaecesecesecsaecneeseseseeeeags 59 How to locate and display all the entries for a particular restaurant or brand name sssseeseseesseeeeeeersessesee 60 How to locate and display all the entries for a group of restaurants or brand names sseseseseessseeseserseseesee 60 How to conduct a query that specifies three parameters cccccescesecessecssecesecesecenece
269. ood items from the All Recipes tab to the other recipe tabs Create recipes for commonly eaten foods and beverages Examples of common recipes could include a cup of coffee toast and butter ham sandwich grilled cheese with onion sandwich etc For instance if you drink coffee every morning create a recipe for your coffee by including the sweetener creamer and cinnamon sprinkle you may use Do this once and it will save you time every time you add coffee to your intake Instead of locating and recording each of the ingredients every time you wish to record a cup of coffee you can simply record your coffee recipe once each time To save even more time create an auto record list that will automatically record your coffee recipe to your intake every day It also makes sense to auto record any nutritional supplements you may take If you like to experiment with different ingredients when you are building a recipe use serving sizes of zero to temporarily exclude any particular ingredient For instance if you have three ingredients that you are considering using and you want to see the nutritional impact of each of the three ingredients make two of them have a zero serving size After you have decided which ingredient will be the one you keep in your recipe simply delete the two you didn t use Don t forget you can subtract ingredients from you recipe For instance you can create a recipe for Whopper without mayonnaise if you like Click
270. ooked edible meat from the corresponding raw meat with refuse can be determined to give the cooked weight of the edible portion from 1 pound of raw meat with refuse using the following formula Y We 453 6 100 Y Percentage Yield We Weight of cooked edible meat elanon Ceto NutriBase includes the nutrient values per 100 grams This data was provided by the USDA for 6 039 food items The data contains the mean the number of samples the standard error and the information source for every nutrient value When nutrient data for prepared or cooked products were unavailable or incomplete nutrient values were calculated from comparable raw items or by recipe When values are calculated in a recipe or from the raw item appropriate nutrient retention and yield factors are applied U S Department of Agriculture 1994 To obtain the content of nutrient per 100 g cooked food the nutrient content per 100 g of raw food is multiplied by the nutrient retention factor and when appropriate yield factors Ve Vr RF Ye Ve Nutrient content of cooked food Vr Nutrient content of raw food RF Retention factor Y Yield of cooked food Retention factors are based on research funded by USDA contracts recent research reported in the literature and data from USDA publications Retention factors were calculated by the True Retention Method TR 14 This method as shown below accounts for the loss of solids from foods that occurs du
271. option Type in Number of JB s in the heading 1 field Click Save Button Note You may substitute any name for Jelly Beans It s your option whether you wish to track the time of day or not Use both headings when tracking something that requires two data points like blood pressure 36 NutriBase Mel sy To Topics Intake Manager How To Topics How to record an intake for a client This option lets you record everything that a client ate over some time period It is normally recorded one day at a time You can break the intake out into days and even into meal and snacks The process used to record an intake is similar to the procedure for creating recipes Meals and Meal Plans 1 To record an intake for a client make sure the client you wish to record a nutrient intake for is the active client Client Selection List Client Folder Selection List y NutniBase Clinical Nutrition Manager File Database Functions Info Prefs Client Sample y General Client Folder Click here to change the active client Click here to change the client folder you may have up to 26 client folders The Client Selection List box is on the left The active client is always shown in the Client Selection List The Client Folder Selection List is the list box on the right The Client Selection List displays the clients listed in the Client Folder Selection List You may specify up to 26 client folders i 2 Click the Intake Icon
272. orie ratios CyberSoft s decision to not impose the compensated 4 4 9 method on USDA data produced some calorie ratio totals of less or greater than 100 For USDA data which uses the Atwater conversion factors for Protein Carbohydrates and Fats food items CyberSoft performed calculations based on the conversion factors provided by the USDA For food items listed in the Vitamins and Medical Nutritionals section of NutriBase multiple vitamins supplements enteral and parenteral products CyberSoft calculated calorie ratios by using the manufacturer s information regarding calorie percentages These values do total 100 Macros for use with NutriBase Assessment Reports All NutriBase macros begin and end with Typing the macro in the first column below will insert the data indicated in the second column Use these macros anywhere you wish and as many times as you wish in your Initial Assessment Report template file Macros are supported in the Clinical and higher editions of NutriBase Client Related Macros Salutation Client s salutation Mr or Ms FirstName Client s first name MI Client s middle initial LastName Client s last name Date Today s date GoalDate The date that the client is expected to reach his or her goal Gender Client s sex HeightIn Client s height in inches Heighftin Client s height in feet and inches HeightCm Client s height in centimeters Age Client s age in years
273. ories from values For USDA data which uses the Atwater Conversion Factors for Protein Carbohydrates and Fats for most food items except for formulated foods CyberSoft performed calculations based on the factors provided by the USDA The Atwater Factors used by the USDA are known to be more accurate than the AOAC approved 4 4 9 method The Atwater Factors are conversion factors that take into consideration that different types of foods provide different amounts of food energy per unit of any given calorie source See that Atwater Conversion Factors table in the Appendix page 126 to see the amount of variance you can expect to see in common foods For USDA formulated foods which include multiple ingredients CyberSoft used the AOAC approved 4 4 9 method of calculating calorie ratios Doing so produced some calorie ratio totals of less than or greater than 100 CyberSoft s policy regarding USDA data is to keep it as is For this reason all data from the original USDA source files have been retained unchanged For food items listed in the Vitamins and Medical Nutritionals section of NutriBase multiple vitamins supplements enteral and parenteral products CyberSoft calculated calorie ratios by using the manufacturer s information regarding calorie percentages These values total 100 For brand named foods several factors make the 4 4 9 method less than ideal Compensated 4 4 9 Method of Calculating Caloric Intake Ratios
274. ote ee SNN Tap hereto record book that lets you record Client s name Date 14 Jan 2004 i Today s date tap to chang your food Intake information to the date ICalories 3280 for the date ae Client s food intake calorie goal gael Cries dhowti indicated Client s actual food intake calories Actual Calories 0 Intake The Gym Log let Client s calorie expenditures goal Goal Exercise 150 e Gym a ets you Client s actual calorie expenditures Actual Exercise 9 Tap here to record record details regarding Client s body weight for date shown an Weight 220 00 Ibs your calorie your workout things f i expenditures like how many reps from exercise for sets weight etc Set u Tap here to add notes to date shown Gym Log the date shown i L P Tap here to make Gym Log entries JOUE ym 08 1n NutriBase for Windows prior to performing the HotSync Note The Gym Log is the place to record information about your workouts but if you want to record the actual calorie expenditures from your workout tap the Exercise Button NutriBase is very interested in knowing how many calories you expend The Exercise Button allows you to record the calorie expenditures from your exercise and activities 14l NutriBase Dalm L dition Software Recording Food Intakes Tapping the Intake Button at the NutriBase Main Window will bring you to this View A Day s Intake Window This window enables you to record all the foods you eat for
275. ote below for information regarding the conversion factors for mixed ingredient foods Note The USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 provides conversion factors of zero or blanks for mixed ingredient food entries Calculating Calories from or Calories from values would result in erroneous values i e 0 Calories from Fat Zero Calories from Carbohydrates For this reason CyberSoft used the 4 4 9 method to estimate the six added calories from fields for mixed ingredient food items The 4 4 9 method is an official AOAC method of calculating calories Most laboratory analyses still report calories using this method A value of 4 00 was used as the conversion factor for Protein and for Carbohydrate and a value of 9 00 was used as the conversion factor for Fat These estimated values are footnoted when viewed on screen The original zeros and blanks are used when the data is exported Nutrient values per 100 g are contained in the Nutrient File along with fields to further describe the mean value Nutrient values have been rounded to a specified number of decimal places for each nutrient Number of decimal places for each nutrient are listed in the Nutrient Definition File p 20 With the implementation of the new Nutrient Databank System we have added a number of statistical attributes to better describe the mean These include Number of Studies The number of analytical studies used to generate a mean
276. ou have specified P Review Q Search 6 Click the Search Button to start the search Rank Data How To Topics How to rank food items based on their values for a particular nutrient This option lets you rank sort all the food items in a selected food category from low to high or from high to low based on their values for any nutrient This is valuable for locating the foods high in a particular nutrient or for locating foods that contain very little of a particular nutrient Here s how to perform a ranking Be 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Rank Tab and select whether you want to conduct your sort ama across a single food category across selected food categories or across the entire nutrient database 2 Select a food category and the food subcategories in which you are interested then click the OK Search Button 3 After you have selected the food categories the Rank Data dialog box will appear 4 Select the nutrient you wish to sort upon select whether you wish to sort the food items from low to high or high to low and whether you want to include 100 gram values only then click the OK Button 5 The nutrient data will be displayed to the screen in sorted sequence as you instructed Evaluate your data by navigating through the data Notes This is your down arrow a To change the type of data across which you will conduct Sa your searches click the down arrow next to the drop down menu at the bottom of th
277. our 3 5 diskette drive Then give the disk to a client or friend who could then import the Meal into their copy of NutriBase b You may want to export your Meal to the Export folder so that you ll have an archival copy ready for immediate use Jow to import a Meal This option allows you to import any NutriBase Meal into your version of NutriBase Every NutriBase Meal is compatible across all versions of NutriBase except the Weight Loss Edition To import a Meal 1 Click the Meal Manager Icon to open the Meal Manager w 2 Click the Import Button This is the fourth icon from the left t f a Pamor 3 Browse to the folder and the proper file name for the meal you wish to import 4 After you ve selected the file click the OK Button to affect the import 45 NlutriBase Za To Topics Notes a All Meal files have a default extension of mea b You may want to copy your mea files to the Import folder so that you have an archival copy ready for immediate use lly to view ahar print a Auton Toei habe for a Meal This option in the Clinical and higher editions lets you view and print a Nutrition Facts Label for a Meal 1 Create a Meal or edit an existing Meal 2 Click the Label Button 3 IF any missing values occur in your recipe they are revealed Click the Generate Button to view the Label 4 A dialog will pop up offering you the opportunity to edit your Recipe Serving Size and Recipe Servings 5 Click the
278. pen the NutriBase word processor application just click on the Word Processor Icon This option and therefore the following features is available only on NutriBase Clinical and higher editions How to automatically insert a header into your reports This option Clinical and higher editions lets you auto insert insert a header text or image into the top of your reports NutriBase can produce a variety of reports The header identifies you and provides information such as name address fax and phone numbers They can include e mail addresses and web addresses if appropriate There are two types of report headers bitmap headers and text headers Bitmap headers are BMP Bitmap image files Text headers are RTF Rich Text Format document files NutriBase comes with a sample of each type of header One is called HEADER BMP and the other is called HEADER RTF Both are located in the HEADER folder of the NutriBase folder To automatically insert a header into your reports a 1 Click the Prefs Icon in the Tool Bar or click the Prefs option in the Menu Bar at the top of the Tool Bar window 2 In the Report Tab look at the Report Header options and select the option bitmap or text header that you prefer 3 You will probably want to edit the header page 52 to suit you needs Low to turn off page numbering in your reports This option lets you turn off page numbers in your reports To turn off page numbering 1 Generate a repo
279. penditures 5 The report will appear You can edit format and save this report if you are using NutriBase Clinical If you are using NutriBase Personal or Personal Plus you can view and or print this report Note The exercises in this report are the ones listed in your Frequent and Infrequent Exercise Lists If you wish to exclude certain exercises from the Calorie Expenditures Report delete them from your Frequent Exercise List How to batch process client specific Calorie xpenditures Reports This option of Clinical and higher editions lets you create dozens or even hundreds of Calorie Expenditure Reports automatically It tells the client how many calories he or she will burn when performing a wide variety of exercises or activities The calorie calculations are based on the active client s body weight and are therefore especially interesting to the client 1 Click the Fitness Icon Caer 2 Click the Reports Icon at the top of the screen 3 Click on Calorie Expenditures Report and check the Use batch processing option 4 NutriBase will display its Source Selected window page 21 to let you select the clients for which you ll be generating reports 5 Click the OK Button to start the automatic generation of your Assessment Reports 6 You will find all the finished reports in a folder called EREPORTS by default this is located in C PROGRAM FILES NB4 EREPORTS All file names will be the client s name followed by t
280. percentage of calories 8 After you complete the Goal Summary click on the Next Button again leg to le Score atake without iret _ogging ona Nay Client Researchers and other professionals often have the need to record intakes for groups and amounts of foods They don t need to compare these intakes with a particular client s RDA DRI RNI or any other set of nutrient goals In a case like this you can use the Intake Only Icon NutriBase Clinical and higher editions to record intakes without having to first log on a client This saves time and in some cases can increase versatility If you have never recorded a normal intake we recommend first log yourself on as a client then record an intake to yourself to get the hang of recording an intake Here is a summary of the two basic methods of recording an intake in NutriBase NutriBase Mol wy To Topics E Logged On Client Intakes This is the normal way of recording intakes in NutriBase Normally you log on a client before recording an intake for them Logging on provides basic information about the ciet client name age gender height weight etc When you record an intake for these normal logged on clients NutriBase generates reports that compare the client s intake with their nutrient goals These goals can be their RDA DRI RNI or a customized set of nutrient goals TO Intake Only Client Intakes Clinical and higher editions This is a way to record intakes in AR
281. pete nutrient information And if searching the research quality database doesn t locate the desired item try selecting a broader range of data and re conducting the search TE Search 5 NutriBase will produce a Hit List of the Food Categories that contain your search string If only one category contains the search string NutriBase will display the data immediately 6 Double click the food category of interest or highlight it with a single click then click the Display Button Notes a A search on STRAWBERRIES will not locate entries containing the word STRAWBERRY A search on STRAWBERRY will not locate entries containing the word STRAWBERRIES If you search on STRAWBERR you will locate food names containing both STRAWBERRY and STRAWBERRIES b A search on GIN would locate not only GIN but also GINGER and GINGERBREAD As a general rule the shorter the search string you use the more hits you will produce c A food name search on RINGS FROZEN ONION will locate all food names containing all three words In other words you will locate ONION RINGS FROZEN if it exists d A food name search for LOWFAT CHEESE will locate CHEESE LOWFAT for you As long as you include all the words you want the food name to contain NutriBase will find it if it exists e NutriBase will ignore any commas you use in your search string f If only one category contains the string you are looking for NutriBase will automatically
282. plate file to create a final report that exactly matches the look and feel of your own web site You can refer to style sheets include your navigation bar if you use one include links to other Web pages and refer to any images you are using on your site Insert any formatting codes boldface italics underline alignment etc into your template file NutriBase Clinical allows you to create highly customized RTF and HTM Assessment Reports for your clients You do this by modifying an existing template file and saving it under a new name You have the Macros Available for use with Assessment Reports listed on page 129 at your disposal To edit an assessment report template file Eq 1 Click the Client Icon in your Tool Bar This brings up the Client Setup dialog box 2 Click the Edit Assessment Template Radio Button Option 20 NutriBase Mol sy To opics down a 3 Click the down arrow on the drop down menu and select an existing template is aie Notes a Initially there are a few files for you to edit Custom Web page formats end with the htm extension Three initial types of RTF and three different types of HTM files are included with the program The assumption is that you will provide clients with a different report depending on whether they wish to lose gain or maintain their current body weight NutriBase will auto select the proper RTF or HTM file as long as they keep the default names that they come with lose rtf lose
283. ply edit as needed then tap the Ok Button to finish editing To delete an exercise highlight it by tapping on it then tap the Edit Button If you don t find an exercise listed that you expected it is because you did not select it during the setup phase Go back to the topic titled NutriBase Palm Setup Window and step through the procedure to include any exercises you wish to include in the future The new exercise information will transfer to your Palm during your next HotSync operation 147 NutriBase Dalm L dition Software The Palm Gym Log The Gym Log provides a place for you to take notes regarding your work out The structure for your Gym Log mimics the structure you set up in NutriBase for Windows You can track up to seven criteria NutriBase prestwood ed Goal Calories 3280 o imate Goal Exercise 150 0 Exercise Actual Calories Actual Exercise Weight 220 00 lbs Gym Log Entry Exercise Bench Press Sets 3 Reps 15 13 11 Weight 160 Time Betw 60 seconds Comments Felt tired today 148 To access the Gym Log tap the Gym Log Button on your NutriBase Main Window The Gym Log screen will appear Tap the Add Button and the screen to the right will appear Fill it out as desired then tap the Ok Button The screen to the left is a completed Gym Log entry Tap the Ok Button to accept this entry When you do the screen to the right appears Tap the Edit Button to edit
284. port Let NutriBase Clinical or higher editions automatically insert your company logo and contact information at the top of every report it creates for you Automatically insert a text or bit map header into your reports Dage 77 If you or your client keeps a log of the exercises they have performed you can record that information for the client s exercise history 90 NI utriBa se ilatsrial Record the exercise you perform for a day E E E E Page 29 NutriBase supports the concept of a Meal A Meal is a combination of food items PFI s and recipes It can be organized into a tabbed notebook as one of three meals or three snacks per day These meals can also be organized into meal folders The idea is to create sets of Meals at different calorie levels organized into folders i e Low Sodium Meals Folder Weight Loss Meals Folder Body Building Meals Folder etc Once this is done you can use these Meals as building blocks for Meal Plans But before we go too far let s learn how to create a Meal ona a Misa Ee eee Oe EME Ee EOIN RATE a CONE ART Page 4l Meals are the fundamental building blocks for Meal plans After you have mastered Meal creation you will be ready to begin making your Meal Plans C peate a Meal Plan a meh e deans a MI cenues Ste narate ngage Pe ate Page 47 After you learn how to create Meals you are ready to tackle Meal Plans Often it s faster to simply modify an exiting Meal Plan Here s how
285. r and click the Delete Button a Rename 4 And to rename an existing PFI Folder select an existing folder and click the Rename Button Supplements PFI Folder 5 To move PFI s from one folder to another click on the folder containing the PFI s you want to move then drag the desired Supplements PFI Folder General PFI Folder PFI s to the new folder Daw to create a custom DE report ina werd processor or Web page format With the Clinical and higher editions you can create a customized report that includes just what you want to include where you want it NutriBase provides a standard report for your PFI s To create a new template you select an existing PFI template file and save it under a new name then modify it as desired gt 1 Open the PFI Manager by clicking on its icon Fleports 2 Click on the Report Icon at the top of the PFI Manager window 3 Click the Templates Tab 4 Select the template file you would like to start with You do this by clicking the down arrow in the list box and clicking on the desired template Note Templates with the rtf extension are the ones you edit to produce Rich Text Formatted word processor reports Template files that use the htm extension are used to produce Web pages 5 If you want to modify the selected template file just do so then click File Save to save it Use the PFI Macros listed on page 133 6 If you want to create a new template file
286. r search string the greater number of hits you ll locate Subtract from Intake or Recipe Normally you add foods to an intake or recipe But sometimes you may want to subtract a food item from an intake or to subtract a food item from a recipe This is typically used to record an intake of a commercially prepared food item such as a Whopper then subtracting the nutrients for say the mayonnaise and pickles Keep in mind that you cannot subtract the nutrients in one food item from a second food if the nutrients in the first item don t exist in the second food item If you do this then attempt to save the results NutriBase will prompt you and let you know you cannot save the nonsensical result Success criteria Success criteria are predefined nutrition and exercise goals NutriBase helps you to establish daily goals for your clients These goals may deal with nutrients and exercise You can program in a set of criteria regarding these nutrients and exercise goals and have NutriBase award the client a Thumbs Up icon or Thumbs Down icon on their Intake Calendar This provides an instant snapshot of how well or how poorly a client is doing Tabbed Notebook A tabbed notebook provides a way to organize recipes Meals and Personal Food Items The tabs appear at the top of each note card You can add tabs delete tabs or rename existing tabs Clicking on a tab brings that note card to the front When the card is in the front you can view it a
287. re you ll be greeted with the Let s Register NutriBase window It will present you with your unique NutriBase Serial Number You have two weeks to email this Serial Number to us at regkey nutribase com You can click one of the two links on the registration window to register on the spot When we receive your serial number we will generate a Reg Key and email it to you Just insert this Reg Key into the software in the proper location and click the Register Button Once you insert your Reg Key into NutriBase it will be registered After this you ll also be able to download free updates i e version 5 01 5 02 etc from our web site without having to re register peal Ee obtain Tedas Support Before you call Technical Support take a look at the on line Help File for information that is not included in this manual The Help File contains additional and any last minute information that may not have been included in this User s Manual Click on the help topics offered on the New User s Help screen If you re new to NutriBase we suggest you take a look at the How to Fat an Elephant section of this manual For help with a specific issue take a look at the How To topics listed in the If you still don t find the answers you need email your question to support nutribase com If you don t have email capability or if you need an immediate response use our toll free technical support line Please have your computer turned on with NutriBase running
288. re updated new versions of the Standard Reference are released This version the USDA Nutrient Database for Standard Reference Release 14 SR14 contains data on 6 039 food items 100 gram portions for up to 113 food components It replaces the previous release SR13 which was issued in February of 2000 Although most foods with the exception of breakfast cereals and infant formulas have generic descriptions there has been an expansion of data for brand name products SR14 includes all the food composition data published in the 21 volumes of Agriculture Handbook No 8 U S Department of Agriculture 1976B88 and its four supplements U S Department of Agriculture 1990B93 which superseded the 1963 edition Watt and Merrill 1963 Since 1992 updated data have been published electronically The electronic release supersedes the printed version in the event of any differences Data were compiled from published and unpublished sources Published sources include the scientific and technical literature Unpublished data are from the food industry other government agencies and research conducted under contracts initiated by the Agricultural Research Service ARS Values may be analytical or calculated by the use of appropriate factors or recipes which is indicated by the source code in the Nutrient Data File Every food item may not contain a complete nutrient profile Specific updates to this edition of the Standard Reference include New fields
289. rent day by clicking the From Day Button 32 NutriBase ow To Topics How to retrieve the exercises and activities recorded to a dit ferent day This option lets you retrieve exercises you ve already record to a different day for use in a client s exercise intake on the current or other date This saves you from having to record the same exercises over again from scratch 1 Click the Fitness Icon Click the Exercise Tab to record a set of exercises and activities in the Fitness Exercise Tab From Day 2 When you want to retrieve the exercises you saved to a different day click on the From Day Button Select the date from the calendar and click the OK Button lt a Workout Note You can also retrieve a workout for use in a client s exercise intake by clicking the Workout Button Lay to generate a client specific alye xpenditures Report This option lets you create a client specific report that most clients especially first time clients will find very informative It tells the client how many calories he or she will burn when performing a wide variety of exercises or activities The calorie calculations are based on the active client s body weight and is therefore especially interesting to the client 1 Make sure the client you are creating this report for is the active client Fitness 2 Click the Fitness Icon SPE 3 Click the Report Icon at the top of the screen E Reports epot 4 Click on Calorie Ex
290. ring preparation and cooking 104 l Jstomentatisn for the Nlutrient lees ees TR Nutrient content per gm of cooked food gm of food after cooking Nutrient content per gm of raw food gm of food before cooking 100 Weights ana TT NutriBase provides weight and measurement data The data was originally presented for 100 gram portions This represents 6 039 of the entries to the database An additional 11 811 USDA food entries for common household measurements were calculated by CyberSoft to express these 100 gram entries in common household measures i e 1 cup 1 tablespoon 1 fruit 1 leg for food items The gram weights for each of these calculated entries is given Weights are given for edible material without refuse The formula used to calculate the nutrient content per household measure is N V W 100 N Nutrient value per household measure V Nutrient value per 100 grams W Gram weight of portion The Gram Weight file can be used to produce reports showing the household measure and nutrient values calculated for that portion The weights were derived from published sources industry files studies conducted by USDA Adams 1975 Fulton et al 1977 and the weights and measures used in USDA s Continuing Survey of Food Intakes by Individuals USDA 1995 Although special efforts were made to provide representative values weights and measures obtained from different sources vary considerably for some foods Start
291. rt The report you generate will appear in the word processor 2 Click the Insert option of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen 3 Check the Page Numbers option making sure that the check mark is removed Note You can also adjust where the page numbers appear in the footer 77 NutriBase BE We Topics How to adjust the page number position in your reports This option lets you move the page number position in your reports To do so 1 Generate a report The report you generate will appear in the word processor 2 Click the View option of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen 3 Check the Viewing option and select Footers 4 Click the Tool Bar options to adjust the page position left right or center Note You can also turn the page numbering on or off How to print selected pages of your reports This option lets you print specified pages or a range of pages Since the Analyze Program in NutriBase can generate reports that are literally hundred of pages long you can see how this feature could come in handy To print selected pages 1 Generate a report The report you generate will appear in the word processor 2 Click the File Print page range option of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen 3 Type in the pages you want to print Notes a To print several pages enter the page numbers separated by commas i e 3 5 7 9 b To print a range of pages enter the range separated by a hyphen i e
292. rt click the File Save As option and save it to your hard drive where you keep the other files for your web site Upload it and it will fit hand and glove into your existing web site Related opics How to generate an Initial Assessment Report cccceccccssecesecstecesecessecseceseceseccssecaecesecesecesaecaeceseesaeeseeeenseseneeses 20 How to modify a template file for the Initial Assessment Reports 20 0 0 cceeceececeteeseeesecseeeeeceeeceeeceeaeeeeecaeeeeteneeaes 20 How to create a custom Meal report suitable for publication cccecccecssecssceeseesseeseeeeseeeeneeeseeseeeeeseeeseeeneeeeneeses 44 How to create a custom PFI report in a word processor or Web page format ccccccssceesseeteetseeeeeeeeeseeeteeeses 57 How to work with a recipe report suitable for publication word processor or Web page c ccsccsccesseeeteeseeees 70 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Assessment Reports ccccccecsscessceseeeseceeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneeaaes 129 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Custom Meal Reports 0 ccccccsecsscesseeeeeeseceeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeseeeeeenses 132 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Custom PFI Reports ccccccccsscesscesseeeeeeeeeeeceseeeseeeeecaeesaeceaeeaaes 133 Macros Available for use with NutriBase Custom Recipe Reports ccccceccseessseesseeseeesceesseeeseeeeeesseeseeeseeenaes 134 84 Using NlutriBase to awe Your Clients Using NutriBase to Serve Your Cl
293. s ProtCal Client s daily protein requirement in calories CarbCal Client s daily carbohydrate requirement in calories FatCal Client s daily total fat requirement in calories MonoFat Client s daily Fat Monounsaturated g goal PolyFat Client s daily Fat Polyunsaturated g goal Alcohol Client s daily Alcohol g goal TransFat Client s daily Trans Fat g goal TransMonoFat Client s daily Trans Monoenoic Fat g goal Omega 3 Client s daily Omega 3 g goal Omega 6 Client s daily Omega 6 g goal General Nutrient Goal Macros Caffeine Client s daily Caffeine mg goal Theobromine Client s daily Theobromine mg goal Cholesterol Client s daily Cholesterol mg goal Phytosterols Client s daily Phytosterols mg goal Fiber Client s daily Fiber Total Dietary g goal Ash Client s daily Ash g goal Sugars Client s daily Sugars mg goal Stigmasterol Client s daily Stigmasterol mg goal Campesterol Client s daily Campesterol mg goal Beta Sitosterol Client s daily Beta Sitosterol mg goal Starch Client s daily Starch g goal Sucrose Client s daily Sucrose g goal Glucose Client s daily Glucose g goal Fructose Client s daily Fructose g goal Lactose Client s daily Lactose g goal Maltose Client s daily Maltose g goal Galactose Client s daily Galactose g goal Client s Vitamin Goal Macros AVit A IU Client s vitamin A IU goal
294. s in its first field This serves as the key field that links related databases of nutrient information that you export from NutriBase NutriBase Item Number Summary 1 The NutriBase Item Numbers begin at 60 001 and increment in ascending order by ones 2 The NutriBase Item Numbers never contain suffixes or any other non numerical character 3 The NutriBase Item numbers like the NDB numbers provide a unique identifier for every non USDA compiled food item in the database 4 Every file exported from NutriBase contains the both the new NDB numbers for USDA items and the NutriBase Items Numbers for items added by CyberSoft in the first field This facilitates the use of field one as the key field that links related databases of nutrient information that you export from NutriBase Source Cations Sample C cua hha Ctardand Eor The Source Citation Sample Count and Standard Error for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical The inclusion of these factors for every nutrient value is a hallmark of a true research quality nutrient database The source citation indicates the source from which the nutrient data was taken The following is a list of the source citations used in the database 1 The value is analytical or derived from analytical 2 The value is imputed 100 l Jscomentatsn for the Nlutrient l Jatabas 3 The value upon which a manufacturer based their label claim for added nutrients Use
295. s information is also included in the Help File in the NutriBase program itself NutriBase features a customizable Tool Bar It s easy to modify Let s take a look at how you can set it up to suit your preferences utone your Mgal Rar OASTE Tat EAEE E AE Peal Marche Mee ten E E Dage 74 NutriBase comes with a collection of recipes PFI s Personal Food Items meals pre installed Take this opportunity to organize them into tabbed notebooks and folders so you can get to work with these categories setup the way you want Organize your ecipes Bim ane Meals EEEE E See S EAE Dage 12 Next we suggest you log on as a new client Logging on as a client lets NutriBase know about you It tells the software who you are what your body is like what you d like your body to be like and what your nutrient and exercise goals are _ og on a new client oo e E EEEE En Dage I Now that you re logged on you can record your nutrient intake But first lets take just a moment to check which nutrient database you ll be using You can limit your searches to the research quality nutrient data or you can search across all the data including approximately 33 000 brand name foods How to select which nutrient database NutriBase will be using Now lets go ahead and record your nutrient intake Later you can log on other clients and record intakes for them too h esra Beene intake Seid a dts A ie pte Pas chase at stapled mete ama e aaa Nee haat ae
296. s report shows a listing of the Frequent Exercises you have stored in NutriBase Infrequent Exercise Report Access this by clicking the Fitness Manager Icon then clicking the Infrequent Button This report produces a listing of the Infrequent Exercises and their associated information Intake Report You can access this report by clicking the Intake Manager Icon It provides a nutrient analysis for a client s intake and includes basic nutrient information for the entire day s intake plus every individual meal and snack Meal Plan Summary Report This report provides a road map for your clients to follow by organizing every food item they will eat by meal and snack then by day for up to four weeks Measurements Report Access this report from the Info Tracker This report provides information regarding your client s measurements waist blood pressure resting heart rate thigh etc Miscellaneous Report Access this report from the Info Tracker This report provides information regarding your client s miscellaneous information alcohol cigarettes ovulation periods etc Non Client Specific Report Access these reports by clicking the Client Icon Nutrition Facts Labels You can generate a Nutrition Facts Label for any research quality food item PFI or recipe Personal Food Item Listing Access this report from the Personal Food Item dialog box This is a simple listing of the PFI you have on hand Personal Food Item Report G
297. s reusable with other clients After the client finished her intake she can click a button to save the results to say a 3 5 diskette that she can bring to you along with the reusable CD OR she can simply click a button to send you the results as an email attachment You can include your return email address when you burn the CD That s it The NutriBase Intake Module is a simple method that can save you an hour or two for each of dozens or even hundreds of clients per month Since the in depth analysis takes only a few seconds this capability allows you to handle more work and yet charge less for your services it s a win win situation for both you and your clients mporting itake Mi eiile aka Report Clinical ae higher editions Once your client finishes recording her intake she will want to send it to you so you can perform and in depth analysis and make some recommendations This is not difficult to do Here s how 1 Click the IM Intake Module Icon then click the Import Intake Module Information option 2 Select the client whose information you wish to import If their name is not on the list you should exit that window log them on as a clientht4 then come back and resume this operation 3 After you select a client by double clicking their name NutriBase will ask you to select the NutriBase Intake File This file always uses the NIM extension 4 If the file isn t on the screen click the do
298. s you want to use click the OK Button If they are not the ones you want to use then select the ones you want and then click the OK Button 3 After the Query Data dialog box appears click Brand from the Query Item list In NutriBase a restaurant name is a brand name Query Note To save time you can press the M key to jump to the first brand name that starts with M This makes it a bit quicker in some cases to locate a particular brand name especially in a large list 4 Select McDonald s and Burger King as your brand name Click on both brand names to highlight them then click the right pointing arrow to move the selected brand names to the Selected List Then click the OK Button Note You can click the Review Button to review your search criteria before you conduct the search 5 Conduct the Query by clicking the Search Button All the McDonald s and Burger King menu items in the Restaurant Fast Food category will be displayed to the screen in alphabetical order How to conduct a query that specifies three parameters Suppose you d like to see all the food items from McDonald s and Wendy s sorted from high to low based on their values for Fat Suppose further that you don t care to view any foods containing more than 25 grams of Fat lt 9 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Query Tab 2 Select the Restaurant Fast Food category Select All to choose all the food subcategories then Query i clic
299. se the Client Information Window you can turn it back on by going to your Prefs ow to update your client notes for a client This function Clinical and higher editions lets you keep a running set of notes for any client You can save your client notes as a text word processor or Web page format client window at the top of the NutriBase Main Window then click the Client Notes Icon NutriBase opens a document for you Use the editing functions of the NutriBase word processor page 77 to create or update your notes Close the window when you are finished If you haven t saved the document NutriBase will prompt you and ask you if you want to save it Lisy to select keni from the Nutrivase dure elected Vinaeus This window is used throughout the program to let you select clients and other items This example shows a shopping list This dialog box lets you select or unselect a list of items you wish to move to a different location or to include in some sort of software function The Source List and the Selected List is often side by side but sometimes the Source List is above the Selected List A To open your client notes for any client make sure the client is active their name will show in the active This is a Source List This is a Selected List Food Items Add to Shopping List ALFALFA SEEDS SPROUTED RAW 1 tablespoon E5 gt SOYBEAN SPROUTED STEAMED 1 cup AMERICAN CHEESE 1 slice 1 oz CAROB FLOUR 1 cup APPLE
300. se you have not yet acknowledged that the food items copied to that date have been eaten You can edit the intake for that day to conform to the actual intake as opposed to the intake recommended by the Meal Plan When you click the Save Button for that day the NutriBase Apple icon will turn to Thumps Up or Thumbs Down icon as appropriate if you ve set these up How to add intake items to the shopping list This option lets you add foods from your nutrient intake a recipe or a Meal into a shopping list To do this 1 Display an intake recipe or Meal to the screen by clicking the appropriate Tool Bar icon 3 Shop Li 2 To add intake items to the shopping list click on the Shop List Button You may select the op List 7 z items you want to add to your shopping list by using the source selected window page 50 Jf ee 3 Click the Add Items Button to finish ay 4 To view edit or print your shopping list click the Shoplist Icon How to auto record food items to clients This option lets you automatically record a set of food items to a particular client s intake automatically Once you ve created an Auto Record List the food items in the list are automatically recorded into the client s intake each time you record the first food item of the day for that client This prevents you from recording these items more than once for the selected client The Auto Record List is a list of foods that a particular client ea
301. secnseceeeensecsseeeeeeseeeeneeeses 60 How to conduct a query that specifies five parameters cccccsccesecesseestecetecetecececeseceseceseeeseceaecnseeesaeseeeeneeesgs 61 How to locate the fresh fruit that is highest in Potassium cccceeccesseeseeceeseeseeesseceeeceeeeeceeceeeeseeeeeseeseeeeeneeaes 62 How to locate the fresh fruit that is richest in PotasstUM ccesceceeeesececeeseeeeccecseeeeceaecaeeeceeseceaeeeceaecaeeeneeaes 62 How to conduct a What If Session 00 ceeccesccscesseceseeseeseccecseeeceaecaeeeceeseceaeseeceaecaeecesaecaeeeceeseceaeeaeeeceaeeaeeeneeaes 62 How to view data in a Single Screen Summary 0 ccecccecseescessceeseeeseeeseeeseecsaecsaeceaecesecesecsseeseeeseeeeneeseeeseeeeneeeags 76 How to view nutrient data in the split screen view cecccessccssecetecessecesecesecescecsaecsecesaecaecaecesecesueceseeeeseseenneesgs 76 How to jump to the first occurrence of a particular food name or brand name cseeeseeseeeeeeceeeeeeceseeaeeeaes 77 Rank Data HOw 107 TOpics ncccccccsscssessccsescsescesevedoctescseheccennnesevsedovensecwssenssoceseveveuescdevesecnsconnssedoassecensesensssbdnasodenieess 63 How to rank sort foods based on their values for a particular nutrient 0 ccceccesseeseeeseeesteeeeeeseeeeseeeeeeseeeees 63 How to rank high to low or low to high a column of data while you are viewing it ccccccccescceseceseetseetseeeeeeees 63 How to view data in a single screen View
302. sed for high fiber foods Calorie factors for protein fat and carbohydrates are included For foods containing alcohol a factor of 6 93 was used to calculate calories from alcohol No calorie factors are presented for items prepared using the recipe program of the Nutrient Data Bank System Instead total calories for these items equal the sums of the calories contributed by each ingredient after adjustment for changes in yield as appropriate For formulated foods if the calories calculated by the manufacturer are reported no calorie factors are presented Calorie factors for fructose and sorbitol not available in the Atwater system were derived from the work of Livesay and Marinos 1988 Calorie factors for coffee and tea were estimated from seeds and vegetables respectively Mineral Nutrient data for the following minerals are included in NutriBase Personal Persona Pus Clinical and higher editions Calcium mg Copper mg Chloride mg Chromium mcg Fluoride mg Iodine mcg Iron mg Magnesium mg Manganese mg Molybdenum mcg Phosphorus mg Potassium mg Selenium mcg Sodium mg Zinc mg Chloride Chromium Fluoride Iodine and Molybdenum values were not provided by the USDA Nutrient Data Laboratories All values for these components contained in this software were taken from data provided by manufacturers Most of this information appears in the categories labeled Vitamin and Mineral Supplements Sports
303. seeeenaeeseeeseeeeeseeses 51 How to view nutrient data in a single screen SUMIMATY cceccesecetecesseessecesecesecesecesaecseceaeceaeeseeeecaeeseeeseeeeneeeses 76 How to view nutrient data in the split screen VICW cccccessecsseeetecenceesseceeceacecseecssecacecsaecsaecaecessecaeeneeseeeneneeags 76 How to jump to the first occurrence of a food name or brand name ceccecsccessceseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeneeses 77 How to view and or print a Nutrition Facts Label for a food item Clinical and higher editions 00 77 Word Processor How To Topics Clinical and higher editions sccsscsssscsscscesscsssssercsccsescccesesereness 77 How to open your Word i processor eey e e E E A E od excutstanten suvedadessicudis teed E T E 77 How to automatically insert a header into your reports ceeeccesccesseceseceseceesecesecesecseeeeaecsseceeeseeeesaeeneeeeeeseeeeses 77 How to turn off page numbering in your report eee eccecsceeseceeeeesceesceescecsaecsuecaecesecesaeceseceaeceseeseeeseaeeseeeeeeseneeses 77 How to adjust the page number position in your page numbers ccsceseceseceseceseceeceseceseceeeeeseceaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeses 78 How to print selected pages Of your POPOL ee ecccecceesseeseceeceeeseeeseeescecseecsaecesaecsaecsaecsaecaeceseceaaeceseeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeses 78 How to save a recipe or any other NutriBase document as a Web Page HTML eccceccceeseetseeeseeeeeeseetees 78 Ho
304. set up a large number of NutriBase settings NutriBase Clinical and higher editions offer more prefs You can reset formulas and turn your Client Information Window on or off here To set up your User Preferences 1 Click the Prefs Icon to access your User Preferences Prefs 2 Set your preferences as desired by select the appropriate User Preference tab General Tab Set your database options units of measure calorie ratio format and export parameters Prompts Set your prompt preferences Settings Set miscellaneous settings calorie adjustments for pregnant or nursing and default PCF ratio goals Fitness Set the defaults for daily exercise goals select and or adjust maximum heart rate formulas set default resting heart rate entry select and or adjust min max training heart rate formulas adjust the zone name major benefit and min max settings for five target heart rate training zones Reports Set type of report headers to use select the text and bitmap headers you wish to use set the template files to use with assessment reports 3 Click the OK Button to return to the program Lot to turn your Client Information Window on or off The Client Information Window displays several items of information regarding the active client Settings Tab and check the option labeled Show Client Information Window 1 To turn this window on or off click the Prefs option of the Menu Bar at the top of the page Click the iol 2 If you clo
305. sh to display or highlight it with a single click then click the Display Button 7 NutriBase will display all the food items with the specified brand name in the selected food category Notes a NutriBase will ignore any commas you use in your search string b If only one category contains the string you are looking for NutriBase will automatically display the foods it located in that category Intake 8 Scroll down to the item of interest then click the PFI Button Intake Button Recipe Button or Meal Button as appropriate to record the selected food item If you are recording a Meal Plan the Recipe Intake Button will have been replaced by a Meal Plan Button Ofi Mea Lisy to bene andlor recada specific ES psenell ce lbe two methods This topic shows you one way to search across every Personal Food Item PFI name located in every tabbed notebook in every PFI Folder Your search string is a PFI name or a part of a PFI name Once you locate the desired PFI you can record it to an intake a recipe a Meal or a Meal Plan 1 Click the Search Icon PAN 2 Click the PFI Tab Sek 3 Type in the PFI name or part of a PFI name you are looking for 4 Click the Search Button Note Keep in mind that the fewer letters you type in the more hits you will produce i 4 5 NutriBase will present a list of PFI s containing the specified search string Select the desired PFI Intake 6 To record the selected PFI to an in
306. sis you wish to perform Take a good look at the Formatted Report type it produces highly customizable high quality reports for your clients 3 Click on the remaining tabs to define the setup for the analysis you wish to perform ane 4 When you are satisfied with the setup click the Analyze Button to perform the analysis Notes a To save time and to improve repeatability open an Analysis Template to load a previously created analysis setup b You can modify existing setups and save them as Analysis Template under new descriptions How to create and save an Analysis emplate An Analysis Template allows you to save the settings for any type of NutriBase Analysis for use later This saves time by making it unnecessary to reselect all the parameters you want to analyze for You can tweak an existing Analysis Template and use the Save As Button to save it under a different name To create an analysis template 1 Open the Analyze Program by clicking the Analyze Icon The Analyze Program will open and the Type Tab will be displayed 2 Select the type of analysis you wish to perform 3 At this point you can click on the remaining tabs to define the setup for the analysis you wish to perform 4 When you are satisfied with the setup click the Save Button at the bottom of the window Provide a descriptive name for this setup then click the OK Button Notes BR Save As a If you have a template that is close to what you want yo
307. size of your icons You can include captions You can select which icons to include Take a moment to customize your Tool Bar either now or after you ve had the chance to work with NutriBase for a while and get the feel for which tools you use most often See page 74 User Preferences You may want to click the Prefs Icon in the NutriBase Tool Bar to set up your user preferences Since you may not be familiar with the software yet this is something you ll want to check out after you ve used NutriBase for a while You can always return to this screen and tweak your preferences as desired See page 50 Set up your Fitness Manager preferences before you use the Fitness Manager This way all calculations are based on your choices rather than the default values set up in NutriBase Click on Prefs in the Menu Bar at the top of the NutriBase Screen This dialog box lets you set up your User Preferences To set your Fitness preferences click the Fitness Tab Make changes if desired If you are happy with the settings as they exist just click the Okay Button See page 29 for the how to topic Use your and Index These two sections will point you to the section of the manual that will answer your questions for you But if you don t use them they won t help you New User Help When NutriBase starts for the first time a New User Help Screen appears The icons on this window take you to Help Topics for new users Please click on the items of interest
308. sn t you will need to browse to the c program files nb4 nbinfo folder 4 Double click on the RTF Rich Text Format file you wish to edit Make your changes then click the File Save option 80 Using NlutriBase to Gerve Your Clients Client Contact Manager The Client Contact Manager Clinical and higher editions lets you to add edit and export your client contact information This feature lets you organize a mailing list for say a monthly newsletter or a special offer mailing You can also copy any client s name and address to the Windows Clipboard to paste into a letter you may want to write to a client You can add your client contact information such as phone number address phone number etc by clicking the Contact Info Button in the upper right corner of the Client Log On screen or the Modify a Client s Goals dialog box The fields in the Client Contact Manager appear when you click the Contact Info Button on the Client Log On Screen You can fill in as many or as few of these fields as you wish E To access the Client Contact List dialog box double click the Client Contact List option of the Client Icon There are two modes you can access Edit Mode and Export Mode In Edit Mode click on the field you wish to edit then edit it Click the Copy Button to copy the selected client s salutation name and address to the Windows Clipboard This facilitates pasting the client s name and address into a letter I
309. t that contain no more than 500 mg of Sodium and contain at least 4 grams of Protein 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Query Tab 2 Select the Restaurant Fast Food category Select All to choose all the food subcategories then click the OK Button Note If you enter the Restaurant Fast Food category and the selections are grayed out it means that you already have some subcategories selected elsewhere Just click the Cancel Button to unselect the other categories 3 When the Query Data dialog box appears select Burger King McDonald s and Wendy s as your brand names Note To save time you can press the M key to jump to the first brand name that starts with M This makes it a little quicker to locate a particular item especially in a large list After you select McDonald s you can type in W to jump to the first restaurant name that starts with W 4 Select Fat The Define Criteria for Query Item dialog box will appear 5 Specify 25 for your Fat value in grams Specify that this is a maximum value Select to sort the results from low to high Then click the OK Button 6 Select Sodium Specify 500 in milligrams Specify that this is a maximum value Select to sort the results from low to high assuming you wish to view items containing less Sodium first Then click the OK Button 7 Select Protein Specify a value of 5 in grams Specify that this is a minimum value Select to sort the res
310. t used a value of 4 00 to estimate the Calories from Carbohydrate and the Calories from Carbohydrate values The original zeros and blanks are used however when the data is exported The carbohydrate conversion factor for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager Sample Count This value indicates the number of samples used to derive a particular nutrient for a particular food item A value of zero indicates that the nutrient value was not analytical Sample Count can be viewed in the Single Food Summary or exported from the SR14 Database The inclusion of the sample count for every nutrient is a hallmark of a research quality nutrient database The sample count for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager Standard Error The standard error of the mean A blank field indicates that this value could not be calculated Standard Error can be viewed in the Single Food Summary or exported from the SR14 Database The inclusion of the standard error for every nutrient is a hallmark of a research quality nutrient database The standard error for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager and higher editions Source Citation The source from which the nutrient data was taken The Source Citation can be viewed in the Single Food Summary or exported from the SR14 Database The inclusion of the source cita
311. t 171 bpm lt td gt lt tr gt lt td gt lt tr gt lt table gt lt p gt lt b gt Daily Calories to Reach your Goal lt b gt To reach your goal weight of 215 pounds by May 26 2001 you ll need to lose approximately 0 5 pounds per week To do this you will want to consume no more than 2409 calories per day lt p gt lt center gt lt b gt lt font size 4 color navy gt Motivation is what gets you started Habit is what keeps you going Jim Ryun lt b gt lt font gt lt center gt lt table gt lt body gt lt html gt Notes Regarding the HTM Template File and the Final HTM Report The only difference between the HTM report directly above and its template file pages 83 is that the template file contains macros like LastName and actual HTM report contains the values for those macros like Prestwood The default reports that come with NutriBase are actually several pages long You can open them then edit them to produce your custom Web page formats You may add your navigation bar s to your template file You can include a link to your style sheet if you use one In the example above the style sheet information is embedded in the Web page You can point to any images you are using on your server You can set background colors or images You can use tables or forms or scripts You can do virtually anything you what to your template file and it will be reflected in your final Web page After you generate the final HTM repo
312. t as appropriate to your radio button selection above 5 To exclude any food from the ingredients or food name in your search check the Exclude Box and enter the name of the food you wish to exclude from your search 6 Click the Search Button Note Keep in mind that the fewer letters you type in the more hits you will produce Search 7 NutriBase will present a list of recipes containing the specified search string either in its name or as an ingredient Select the desired recipe 8 To record the selected recipe to an intake click the Intake Button To record the selected recipe to another recipe click the Recipe Button To record the selected recipe to a Meal click the Meal Button If you are recording a Meal Plan there will be a Meal Plan Button sitting there for you There s another way to locate a recipe for use in an intake recipe Meal or Meal Plan There will be times when you may prefer this method 1 Click the Recipe Icon 2 Scroll through the lists changing tabs if desired and locate the recipe of interest 3 Click on the recipe you wish to record and then click the Intake Button to add the recipe to a client s intake Click the Recipe Button to add the recipe to a recipe Click the Meal Button to add the recipe to a Meal Ll ay to locate anal ar resda specific sal two methods This option lets you search across every Meal in every tabbed notebook in every Meal Folder Your search string is a Meal name
313. t have to actually do anything with the other ingredients except perhaps adjust their serving sizes because the default setting is to Add to Meal 6 Give this Meal a descriptive name like Whopper Meal w o Mayo plus Mustard then click the Save Button to finish Note Bear in mind that you cannot subtract the nutrients in one food item from your Meal if the nutrients in the first item don t exist in the Meal You can t subtract Fat and Sodium from say a glass of water Trying to do so would generate negative values for certain nutrients Under these conditions NutriBase will prompt you and let you know you cannot save the nonsensical result Lisy to export a Psal This option allows you to export any Meal into a compact file that you can share with a friend or sell to a client Every NutriBase Meal is compatible across except the Weight Loss Edition To export a Meal 1 Click the Meal Icon to open the Meal Manager 2 Select the Meal you wish to export by clicking on it once 2 Pep Export 3 Click the Export Button This is the fifth icon from the left 4 Browse to the folder you wish to export this file to Give the file a name It must end with the extension mea 5 Click the OK Button to continue Select the file name and folder from the dialog box that appears The default extension name is mea Click the OK Button to finish Notes a To share the meal with others you might consider exporting the meal to y
314. t option for the foods to be eaten which inserts a space for the client to check off foods as they are eaten the comment field option which puts a space next to each meal for writing in deviations from the plan and the page break option which inserts a page break after each Meal Plan Day so the client can carry the current day s plan with them everywhere they go Tell clients to take their Meal Plan checklist to work or anywhere else they go during the day The client simply follows your plan and checks off the foods as they eat them They note any deviations from the Meal Plan in the comment sections When they finish the Meal Plan they bring the annotated summaries back to you You can copy the original Meal Plan as this client s intake starting on the day she started your Meal Plan Then use NutriBase to edit her intake to account for all her deviations from the plan Analyze the results Use the analysis the client s weight and or body fat changes and the client s comments to determine what changes are required for the next month s Meal Plan Edit existing Meal Plans to produce new Meal Plans You can create a new Meal Plan by taking any existing Meal Plan and clicking the Save As Button to save it under another name Then edit this newly created Meal Plan This will let you for instance create similar Meal Plans of different calorie levels For instance you can edit a 1500 calorie a day Meal Plan to create 1600 1800 2000 2200 and 24
315. t restores your window to its original and usually smaller size There are a two basic ways to resize your windows One method is to grab one of the four corners of the window To do this point your mouse at the corner of the window when the cursor turns in to a two headed diagonally pointing arrow see the illustration below press your left mouse button down and keep it held down While continuing to hold the button down drag that corner of the window anywhere on the screen then let go of the mouse button This technique is called drag and drop This will make your window smaller or larger depending on where you drag the corner of the window kA This is the double headed diagonal pointing arrowhead It Grabbing a pomer OF i yinda as appears when you point your mouse at any corner of a you use the drag and drop technique to window Just use your mouse to drag this icon anywhere resize two sides of a window at once onthe screen Doing so will resize the window Se a Another method for resizing your windows is to grab any edge top bottom left or right side of your window Make sure you see your Maximize Button which indicates to you that you can resize the window then point at any side of the window When your cursor turns into a double headed arrow see illustration below press your left mouse button down and while continuing to hold it down drag that edge anywhere on the screen Drop it into its new pos
316. t select a food category before you can View or Query the data Selecting a food category is optional in the NutriBase Rank function To select a food category a At zg 1 Select the one of the icons to the left 2 If you wish to change the type of data across which you will conduct your searches click the down arrow next to the drop down menu at the bottom of the screen and change your selection This is your down arrow 3 Click the food category in which you have an interest Select Search Research Quality Nutrient Database only the subcategories you wish to include in your search Click Al to select all of the subcategories or cherry pick the subcategories of interest Notes If other items have been selected in another tab your selections will be grayed out If this is the case click on the Clear Button to clear all items To unselect an already selected subcategory just click on it again To unselect all categories and subcategories click the Clear Button 4 After you are satisfied with your selection click on the OK Button 5 If you selected to View the data it will appear on the screen in alphabetical order If you selected to Rank sort or Query the data you will see the appropriate dialog boxes for these two functions How to display and work with the type of data you want This option lets you determine what type of data you work with You could for instance select to work only with USDA SR14 dat
317. t want any criteria assigned to a particular variable just click in the edit box and delete the descriptor 4 You may specify as many or as few variables for your Success Criteria as you wish You can save any setup under a descriptive name You can assign pre defined setups to clients as you wish B Gone 5 You can create new setups by clicking the Create Button 6 You can save any setup under a descriptive name by typing it in under Success Criteria Description 7 You can assign pre defined setups to clients selecting the setup you want to assign and then clicking the Select Button 8 You can view the client s calendar or print out the calendar for any client at the end of each month if you wish Liloy to set up your deant Alarme This option lets you set warning alarms that warn you when you select a food item that exceeds a pre established upper limit that you have programmed in for a particular client You can choose to go ahead and use the food item but at least you get a warning To set up the Alarm Criteria for a client 1 Go to the Client Goal Summary dialog box by clicking the Client Icon then selecting Log on a New Client and clicking the Next Button to get to the second dialog box the Client Goal Summary dialog Note You can also get to this box for an existing client by clicking the Client Icon selecting Modify a Client s Goals and clicking the Next Button to get to the second dialog box the Client Goal Su
318. ta is displayed on the screen in the Search Results screen you will notice tiny boxes in the upper right corner of the column headers They look like this Click this box in any column to rank sort all 691 items in this particular view from high to low or from low to high based on their value for the selected nutient Click the button again to reverse the sequence r Search Results 1 18 of 681 items i Food Name hie eal pay Ai je 4 Protein gt HOT PEPPER SAUCE RTS 1 4tsp 1 2 0 132 0 006 0 01 HOT PEPPER SAUCE RTS 114 tsp 1 2 0 144 0 015 0 04 HOT PEPPER SAUCE RTS 1 tsp 47 0 517 0 024 0 06 HOT PEPPER SAUCE RTS 1 tsp 47 0 564 0 061 015 PICKI F SOUR OW SAIT 4 slice An N RR nn nns Liey to Br the utent Density Wie to Vex the ata The Nutrient Data View answers the question Which foods offer the most nutrition for the calories The Nutrient Density View lets you view the nutrients based on a fixed calorie level of a group of foods That is you can view the nutrients for say 100 calories of all the foods in a selected group of foods You can use the Nutrient Density View when you view the nutrient data from the database of foods You have the option to use the Nutrient Density View to view your Recipes Meals and Personal Food items Here s how to use the Nutrient Data View to the NutriBase nutrient database 1 Click the ND View Icon ND 2 Enter the calorie level at which you wish to compare t
319. tabs one at a time from left to right and provide the required information 3 After you have provided all the required information click the Copy Button to affect the copy function El to copy a Meal lan Bea chon intake This option lets you copy one day of any Meal Plan to one days of a client s intake To do so ay 1 Click the Meal Plan Manager Icon then click on the Copy To Button 2 Select Copy a Meal Plan to a Client s Intake 3 Click the Copy Button in the Meal Plan Manager 4 Select Copy a Meal Plan to a Client s Intake 5 In the resulting dialog box click the notebook tabs one at a time from left to right and provide the required information 48 NutriBase Mol iy Tio Topics 6 After you have provided all the required information click the Copy Button to affect the copy function Note When you first copy Meal Plan days to a client s intake days the images on the calendar will be NutriBase Apple icons This is because you have not yet acknowledged that the food items copied to that date have been eaten You can edit the intake for that day to conform to the actual intake as opposed to the intake recommended by the Meal Plan When you click the Save Button for that day the NutriBase Apple icon will turn to Thumps Up or Thumbs Down icon as appropriate Llaw to export a Misal Plan This option allows you to export any Meal Plan into a compact file that you can share with a friend or sell to a client Ever
320. take click the Intake Button To record the selected PFI to a recipe click the Recipe Button To record the selected PFI to a Meal click the Meal Button If Recipe you are recording a Meal Plan there will be a Meal Plan Button waiting for you Oli Mea There s another way to locate a PFI for use in an intake recipe Meal or Meal Plan There are situations in which this method may be preferable gt 1 Click the PFI Icon 2 Scroll through the lists changing tabs if desired and locate the PFI of interest 3 Click on the PFI you wish to record and then Click the Intake Button to add the PFI to a client s intake Click the Recipe Button to add the PFI to a recipe Click the Meal Button to add the PFI to a Meal NutriBase Mel wy To Topics How to locate and or record a specitic recipe two methods This option lets you search across every recipe in every tabbed notebook in every Recipe Folder Your search string is a recipe name or part of a recipe name or any recipe ingredient within a recipe Once you locate the recipe you can record it to an intake another recipe a Meal or to a Meal Plan Faq 1 Click the Search Icon in the Tool Bar 5 2 This will take you to the Search Screen Click the Recipe Tab 3 Click the radio button that represents the type of search you wish to perform You may perform a recipe name or a recipe ingredient search 4 Type in your search string name of a recipe or name of an ingredien
321. take Diary This form allows your client to record a day s food log To access this form click on the Info option of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen at the top of the screen and select Client Questionnaire Reports NutriBase allows you to produce a variety of reports for your clients NutriBase generates many of these reports with the click of the Report Button Report Icon or Compose Button They include Basic Intake Analysis Report Access this report from the Intake Recorder dialog This report provides an overview of the basic nutrients in a client s intake For in depth analysis use the NutriBase Analyze program Basic Recipe Report Access this report from the Recipe Manager dialog box This report provides a quick overview of the basic nutrients For an in depth analysis use the NutriBase Analyze program Body Chemistry Report Access this report from the Info Tracker This report provides information regarding your client s body chemistry information white blood cell count uric acid etc Calorie Expenditures Report Access this custom client specific report by clicking the Fitness Manager Icon then clicking the Report Button This report shows how many calories a selected client will expend in performing any of 90 exercises The calorie expenditures are based on the client s body weight Client Contact Manager This Clinical and higher edition option allows you to record contact information address phone email fax
322. tamin B 12 mcg Vitamin C mg Vitamin D IU Vitamin E mg ATE Vitamin H mcg Vitamin K mcg Data for vitamin K is not a part of USDA SR14 CyberSoft added vitamin K information from provisional data available from the USDA Human Nutrition Information Service These data are provisional critical review of the available data and further investigation will be necessary before definitive information will be published in a future release of USDA Standard Reference nutrient data NDL added Vitamin D values to this current release of the nutrient data files SR14 Data for Vitamin H Biotin was provided by manufacturers Ascorbic acid In the current database system all data for ascorbic acid are listed under nutrient number 401 total ascorbic acid although reduced ascorbic acid content is reported for many food groups especially those which are major nutritional contributors of ascorbic acid such as fruits and vegetables Total ascorbic acid was reported for food groups Dairy and Eggs 2 Spices and Herbs 4 Fats and Oils 12 Nut and Seeds and 17 Lamb Veal and Game Food group 10 Pork and Pork Products contains a mixture of total and reduced forms which are reported under nutrient number 401 Reduced ascorbic acid was determined by the dichloroindophenol method and total ascorbic acid by the fluorometric method Thiamin was determined chemically by the thiochrome procedure or by microbiological methods Riboflavin was meas
323. tamin was added for enrichment or fortification purposes This field has not been populated for this release Confidence code a code indicating the quality of the data This code is derived using the expert system first described by Mangels et al 1993 which has been expanded and enhanced for the new Nutrient Databank System This field has not been populated for this release Reference ID a code identifying the source of analytical data Lei aaree Proximate components include moisture water protein total lipid fat carbohydrate and ash Protein The Nutrient Data Laboratory NDL derived the values for protein were calculated from the level of total nitrogen N in the food using the conversion factors recommended by Jones 1941 The specific factor applied to each food item is provided The general factor of 6 25 is used to calculate protein in items that do not have a specific factor No factor is present for prepared recipe items generated using the Nutrient Data Bank System recipe program or if protein calculated by the manufacturer is reported Protein values for chocolate cocoa products coffee mushrooms and yeast were adjusted for nonprotein nitrogenous material The adjusted protein conversion factors used to calculate protein for these items are as follows chocolate and cocoa 4 74 coffee 5 3 mushrooms 4 38 and yeast 5 7 When these items were used as ingredients only their protein nitrogen content was use
324. tarch XVLM XLM XMFM XHFM X Veg XFru XSMilk XLMilk XWMilk XFat XOther RecipeName RecipeComment PCFRatio CPFRatio Date Servings Ingredients SS SS Ingredients Ingredients SS htm SS Ingredients htm RecipeByline SingleServComment RecipeDirections FatPer100 SatFatPer100 TotalGm SingleGm Setup Macros AddIngredBrand NoIngredHyphen IngredLowerCase IngredTab Most of the macros above are self explanatory Ingredients SS lists the recipe ingredients formatted with the ingredient a hyphen then the serving size SS Ingredients reverses this sequence Ingredients SS htm is similar to Ingredients SS except that each line ends with lt br gt to flow smoothly into your HTM template file Macros beginning with X are for food exchanges FatPer100 gives you the grams of fat per 100 calories and SatFatPer100 provides the grams of saturated fat per 100 calories TotalGm is total gram recipe weight SingleGm is the gram weight for a single serving The Setup Macros are embedded on the first line of the template file and are separated by single spaces They alter the way certain other macros behave Some are used in the default recipe template file that comes with NutriBase Setup Macros are for use only with RTF style reports Don t use them with HTM style reports 154 A ppendix Information available from your Web Form Date Ti
325. te a table into your document 1 Generate a report or open a document with the NutriBase word processor 2 Move your cursor to the insertion point the place where you want to insert the table 3 Click the Insert Menu Bar option and click on Table 4 Tell NutriBase how many columns and rows you want this table to have then click the OK Button 5 After the Table appears in your document click on each cell one at a time then type in the text you want to include in each cell Select the text you want to format then use your formatting options to modify the font Times New Roman Arial etc the font size the font style bold italics etc the effects strikethrough underline and the font color Note You can remove the borders from your table to format your text in ways that would not otherwise be possible How to modify your Info Section Files When you click the Info option of the Menu Bar at the top of your screen you can view a number of files including toll free numbers to food makers dieting tips quotations and essays on various topics You can t normally make changes to these topics two key exceptions are the Intake Diary and the Client Questionnaire To modify these topics do the following 1 Click the Word Processor Icon 2 Click File Open click the word File in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen then click the Open option 3 This should show you the contents of the NBINFO folder If it doe
326. the Measurement Information option at the top of the screen then click the Measurement Tracker Body Chemistry or Miscellaneous radio button option as desired 3 Select the tracker item to which you wish to add information Select from the options in the tracker item list down arrow 4 Click the cell you wish to add a value to If it is the Date cell click the down arrow in the box to select a date If it s the Time cell click the down arrow in the box to enter the time And if it is a simple edit box just type in the value you wish to record 5 Click the remaining cells if any and type in the required information 6 Click the Save Button to save your entry and finish the operation How to enter your client s body weight or body fat into Info racker The Information Tracker lets you track body weight and or body fat composition for yourself and for your clients There are three ways to do this The first way is to log on a new client and enter his or her starting weight Doing this enters the starting date and weight for the new client A second way to update weight and or body fat data is to 1 Click the Tracker Icon 2 Enter your body weight and or body fat content Tracker 3 Click the Graph Button or the Report Button to generate reports or graphs Graph E crenh The third way is to click the Weight Icon in the Fitness Manager This will take Report you to the Information Tracker with the Weight and Body F
327. the OK Button 3 After the Query Data dialog box appears click Brand from the Query Item list In NutriBase a restaurant name is a brand name Note To save time you can press the M key to jump to the first brand name that starts with M This makes it a bit quicker in some cases to locate a particular brand name especially in a large list 4 Select McDonald s as your brand name Click on it to highlight it then click the right pointing arrow to move the brand name to the Selected List Then click the OK Button Note You can click the Review Button to review your search criteria before you conduct the search 5 Conduct the Query by clicking the Search Button All the McDonald s menu items in the Restaurant Fast Food category will be displayed to the screen in alphabetical order You can also locate all the food items of a particular brand name by using the Query function How to locate and display all the entries for a group of restaurants or brands Now suppose you wanted to view all the foods from both McDonald s and Burger King To accomplish this do it just like you did above but select both restaurants instead of just McDonald s The result of your query will be all of the food items from these two restaurants in alphabetical order Just click on all the restaurants you wish to include in your Query results 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Query Tab 2 If the selected food categories are the one
328. the View Button to view all the recipes at once in a spreadsheet view Click the box in the upper left corner of any column header to rank your recipes based on the nutrient values in that column Client Setups ips RA The non client specific goals are setups that you can edit or create then use with any or all of your clients when needed When you are logging on a new client and setting up their nutrient goals success criteria and alarms these setups will be available to you These setups will also be available whenever you modify a client s goals L itness Manager ips The Fitness Manager lets you manage your client s fitness goals The first thing you should do before you begin working with the Fitness Manager is set up your User Preferences for the Fitness Manager To do this click on the Prefs option of the Menu Bar at the top of the screen then select the Fitness Tab For a discussion about Target Heart Rate Training click the Info option of the Menu Bar and select the Target Heart Rate Training topic There may come a time when you want to add a new exercise to the list of those included with NutriBase The easiest way to do this is to open the Fitness Manager click the Exercise Setup Tab then click the Create Button Fill in the required information If you don t already know the calorie expenditure factor cal hr Ib or cal hr Kg click the Help Button to see a list of exercises sorted from low to high base
329. the active client This option lets you change the active client To do this 1 Click the down pointing arrow in the Client Selection List at the top of your screen it s the box on the left Your client list will drop down Client Selection List Client Folder Selection List y NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager File Database Functions Info Prefs Client Sample General Client Folder X Click here to change the active client Click here to change the client folder you may have up to 26 client folders The Client Selection List box is on the left The active client is always shown in the Client Selection List The Client Folder Selection List is the list box on the right You may specify up to 26 client folders 2 Click the client name that you want to make the active client 18 NutriBase Meloy To Topics llay to verk with your lent Caldes NutriBase provides up to 26 Client Folders for you Each folder contains a tabbed notebook in which you can organize your clients You can organize your clients into categories with these folders For instance you could create a folder for Body Building clients Vegetarian clients diabetic clients or clients from Ballys or Mountainside Gym etc To get to the Client Setups dialog click on the Client Icon in the Tool Bar The eae following screen will appear This is what the Client Setups Tool Bar looks like Click here to access folder options add delete rename
330. tion for every nutrient is one of the hallmarks of a true research quality nutrient database The sample count for every nutrient in every USDA food item is available in NutriBase Clinical Nutrition Manager and higher editions The following is a list of the sources cited in the database 1 The value is analytical or derived from analytical 2 The value is imputed 3 The value upon which a manufacturer based their label claim for added nutrients Used primarily for Breakfast Cereals and Infant Formulas 4 The value is an assumed zero The nutrient is not expected to be present because biologically it could not be present such as dietary fiber in animal products or the nutrient is expected to be present in only insignificant amounts such as vitamin C in meat products 5 The value is calculated from the nutrient label by NDL 6 The value is calculated by the manufacturer not adjusted or rounded for NLEA compliance 7 The value is analytical supplied by the manufacturer with partial documentation Values for non 100 gram portions those with household measures were derived from the original 100 gram portion data provided by NDL To improve the usability of the database food specialists in NDL have filled in nutrient values for many proximate components total dietary fiber vitamin and mineral values Values for other nutrients such as alcohol and vitamin E were filled in because the food items are part of the data base that is used
331. tional database with a full time staff dedicated solely to this task This data represents over 42 000 hours of collection assembly and proofreading If you suspect an error or omission we welcome your inputs We will confirm and correct any problems and update the database Please address correspondence regarding corrections and or suggestions to CyberSoft Inc 3851 E Thunderhill Place Phoenix AZ 85044 6679 or call toll free at 877 945 0315 Monday Friday 9 AM 3 PM Arizona time FAX us at 480 759 4079 or email us at support nutribase com or visit our web sites at www nutribase com CyberSoft Inc assumes no liability arising out of the application or use of the data 149
332. tions at startup NutriBase provides you with several hundred diet and nutrition related tips and quotations These are presented for you whenever your start NutriBase Use your User Preferences option to turn this feature on or off a 1 Click the Prefs Icon in the NutriBase Tool Bar 2 Click the Settings Tab and check the Show Quotes at Startup option 3 Click the OK Button to return to the program Llay to bade ce ennai nutrient information to diekette dpan other dene P y This option is not available on the NutriBase Network Editions On the Clinical and Clinical SE Edition this capability lets you backup all of your client information template files PFI s intakes recipes Meal Plans etc to a diskette to a hard drive or to other removable media You can then restore this information on another PC say a notebook PC that you use when you are out of the office You can also email your backup to a colleague if desired NutriBase automatically makes a redundant backup a backup of your backup for you See page 123 for details Os 1 Click the Backup icon 2 Select the location you wish to save your backup file to It can be a folder on your hard drive or any removable media you may be using like a 3 5 diskette If you want to email this backup to someone just select the option to email and provide an email address and an optional message Note You specify the drive you don t specify any folder name NutriBase will create a fo
333. tions of other documents into your report You could for instance end each of your reports with a dieting tip or quotation Here s the procedure 1 Click on Info option of the Menu Bar and select Dieting Tips 2 Select the dieting tip you want to use 3 Press Ctrl C to copy the selected text to the Windows Clipboard a temporary storage area for screen contents If you prefer you can copy the selected text to the Windows Clipboard by clicking the Edit Menu Bar options and selecting the Copy option 4 Close the word processor and exit the Dieting Tips document 5 Generate the NutriBase Report in which you wish to place your selected dieting tip 6 Move your cursor to the insertion point the place where you want to insert the contents of the Windows Clipboard and press Ctrl V If you prefer you can paste insert the text you stored in the Windows Clipboard by clicking the Edit Menu Bar options and selecting the Paste option Liew ie eceate and nerka table mee your document This option lets you create a table in your NutriBase report or document You will want to create a table to present tabular material if you are planning on publishing this information as a Web page This table which looks like a chart will hold information for you for presentation purposes If you are planning to publish a document on the World Wide Web you will want to place tabbed columns of data into a table HTML does not support tab stops To crea
334. tml Body Fat Chart for Women and Men exercala htm Exercise Calorie Expenditures Sorted by Activity exercali htm Exercise Calorie Expenditures Sorted by Intensity 88 N utriBa se iletssial How to Eat an Elephant NutriBase Tutorial Q How do you eat an elephant A Ore bite aba time To the uninitiated NutriBase can seem like that proverbial elephant and it s difficult to eat an elephant in one sitting When some users see NutriBase for the first time they say Okay now what Where do we start This tutorial gives you a step by step procedure for learning to use NutriBase Performing these steps will show you how to get started with some of the most common things you are likely to do with NutriBase Once you do these things the other capabilities will seem much more straight forward This tutorial is not the first thing in this manual because many users prefer to select the How to Topic that they are interested in and jumping right in Please start NutriBase and follow along with these steps as they unfold Each How to topic has a page number for you to visit This manual is bound with a plastic comb so that it will lay flat as you follow the steps of the How to topics No illustrations are used because the step by step instructions were written to accompany a user who is actually using the software and therefore is looking at the screen The first thing we suggest that you do is read the Installation Guide and Tip Sheet thi
335. tness goals cc eccceseessecesceescecssecsseceseceseceseecsaecesecsseeseeeseeeseseesueeenseeneeseeeeeneesgs 24 How to set your client s Success Criteria sssrini aE EEE EEEE O Ea EESE E E Ea 24 How to set your client s Alarmss nns oneens tinonton siir oeer ooien otaona o e Enia eo ie aaae a raa Ea aa aaah 25 How to set your client s PCF Ratio goals cccccsccssscssscsseecesecesecseeceeeeesseceseeeseecseecsaeeessecsaecsaecaeceseesaeeseeseeeeneeesgs 25 How to view a client s intake calendar ceeccesecsseescesecsseesecsaeeseeseceaecaesecesaecaeeeceeaeceaeeeeceaecaeeeeesecaeeeneeaeenaeenees 26 How to print a client s intake calendar oo ec eeccecsceesceeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeescecseecsaeceseecaaecssecsaecesecesecseeenseeuseesereseseeneeeags 26 Client Intake Module Topics Clinical and higher editions cccsccscsscsssscccssescesssssscccsecsesccesesceesssesees 26 How to select the nutrient goals that NutriBase auto selects Clinical and higher editions cceeeee 26 How to create or edit nutrient goals including RDA s DRI s and RNI s Clinical and higher editions 27 Importing Intake Module Data arisen m eataa a e aaan a aa a aea a aaa eae eaea T oa anaa eaa aaa aana 27 Burning an Intake Module CD for a Client s nsnssensnsseeseossesensseesesseeseeseessesetssesstestesttsessessessesstessssttsseserssesresseeses 28 How to Modify the NutriBase Intake Module s User Manual cccccccssccssecesecesteceece
336. to begin recording food items PFT s ai recipes and Meals in much the same way as you do when recording a o EES U es ee food intake for a client Each food item PFI recipe and Meal that you record will be applied to the day or days you selected This process is identical to recording an intake except that you click a Meal Plan Button rather than an Intake Button 6 After you ve recorded the food items PFI s recipes and Meals you wish to include for the selected day or days of your Meal Plan click on the Save Button of the Meal Planner Intake Recorder To complete the process click on the Close Button 7 To add Meal Plan intakes to additional days of this Meal Plan go to the Meal Plan Manager and select this new Meal Plan from the list and click on the Edit Button Select another day or days to which you wish to add food items PFI s recipes and Meals 8 Repeat this process until you ve recorded all the meals and snacks for all of the days of your new Meal Plan Notes a Keep in mind that you can copy any day of any client s intake into any day of a new or existing Meal Plan day page 48 b You can also copy any existing Meal Plan day into another day or other days of the same Meal Plan or to any day or days of another Meal Plan page 48 c Click the Meal Plan Manager s Copy Button to perform either of these two functions low ee te day of an existing Meal Err This option lets you edit a single day of a Mea
337. tom of your screen click it to see the normal view of the data for the highlighted food item NutriBase Clinical and higher editions Ti Q View 11 If you see a View Button at the bottom of your screen click it to see the normal view data for the highlighted food item The View Button appears in the consumer editions of NutriBase PFI 12 After highlighting a food item click the PFI Button to add the food item to your PFI Manager This allows you to use the food item without having to look it up every time 59 NutriBase TL sy ie Topics Intake 13 After highlighting a food item click the Intake Button to add the food item to a client s nutrient intake click the Recipe Button to add the food item to a recipe or click the Meal Button to add the Recipe food item to your PFI Manager 14 While viewing your nutrient data select a food item and click your right mouse button for ton a a menu of recording options Liow te lose a all the anbries for a particular Hee quien o brand tame Suppose you wanted to view all the nutrient data for McDonald s menu items The Query Function is one way to do this If you are only interested in isolating one brand name you can also use the Brand Name Search Here s how to do it with the query function gai 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Query Tab mide 2 Select the Restaurant Fast Food category Select All to choose all the food subcategories then Search click
338. ton Done NSL Nutrient Selection List How To Topics ley to create an NSI This option lets you create a Nutrient Selection List NSL Your NSL s let you determine which columns of data to display to the screen when nutrient data is displayed Despite which NSL is selected all nutrients are recorded into the PFI Manager the Recipe Manager the Meal Manager the Intake Manager the Meal Plan Manager etc 3g 1 Click the NLS Icon 2 Click the Create Button then click on the tab of the desired nutrient category 3 Select the nutrients you wish to include for the NSL you are creating 4 Give the set of selected nutrients a descriptive name 5 Click the Save Button to finish creating the NSL S Select ni 6 Select the NSL you want to make active then click the Select Exit Button Cow A ee NSI This option lets edit a Nutrient Selection List NSL to adjust which nutrients will be displayed to the screen as a result of a database search Despite which NSL is selected all nutrients are recorded into recipes intakes etc z 1 Click the NSL Icon 2 Click the Edit Button then click on the tab of the desired nutrient category 3 Select the nutrients you wish to include for the NSL you are editing Unselect by re selecting them 4 Give the set of selected nutrients a descriptive name 5 Click the Save Button to finish creating the NSL 6 To return to NutriBase select the NSL you want to have active then click on the
339. ton in the Duration Hr 30 Min screen to the left brings up the screen on the right This screen appears whenever you ok cancel 1 Ok Cancel Cok cancel choose to record a frequent or infrequent exercise View A Day s Exercises This Freq Infreq Exercise window above shows you the burn factor Exercice Name Cals Mins for the exercise the calories burned per hour per pound of body Basketball game 565 35 weight You have the option to adjust the intensity if desired just as Programmable Tread 458 45 you would in NutriBase for Windows Each increment to the right increases the calorie calculation by 10 and each tap to the left decreases the calorie calculation by 10 Type in the duration in hours in minutes In this case the user will tap the 30 and replace it with 35 to indicate 35 minutes of game play Tapping the Ok Button in the Freq Infreq Exercise window brings you back to the View A Day s Exercises window This time there are two exercises listed As you can see the exercises are alphabetized for you This window itemizes your exercise and activities and summarizes your total calorie expenditures Total Exercise Calories 1023 From View A Day s Exercises window you may Add another exercise Edit your exercises or Delete exer cises To edit an exercise highlight it by tapping on it then tap the Edit Button A screen similar to the Freq InFreq Exercise window shown above will appear Sim
340. top of your reports There are two types of report headers bit map headers BMP file format and text headers RTF Format 1 You may edit either of the two default headers provided in your headers folder to suit your needs 2 Edit HEADER RTF with a word processor to reflect the information you want to include in your report headers Use Microsoft Paint to edit HEADER BMP Note If you wish you can create a variety of headers both text and bitmap for a variety of uses It is suggested you save them all in the headers folder Select the header you will use in the Reports Tab of your User Prefs low to view edit and or print out pre formatted client documents This option Clinical and higher lets you select one of several pre formatted documents then edit or reformat them for printing purposes The consumer editions of NutriBase allow you to select one format and the nutrients 1 Click the Info option in the Menu Bar at the top of the NutriBase screen 2 Select the document you wish to print 3 The document will appear in the integrated word processor 4 Edit if you wish then print it by clicking on File then on Print 52 NutriBase Mel wy To Topics kloy bedt he quotations displayed sach time your start NutriBase NutriBase comes with a list of quotations that are displayed each time you start NutriBase You can open this file and add new quotations if you wish Here s how 1 Click the Prefs Icon 2 Click the Settin
341. total protein and 0 011 x 203 x 1000 406 409 60 Fatty Acids The first number in the nutrient description for fatty acids is the number of carbon atoms and the second is the number of double bonds in the chain Trivial or systematic names for the fatty acids have also been used For unsaturated fatty acids the trivial name reflects the most common isomer although all isomers are included in the value The values shown are for the actual quantity of each fatty acid and do not represent fatty acid triglycerides These data were converted to grams of fatty acid per 100 g of total lipid fat using lipid conversion factors and then to gram of fatty acid per 100 grams edible portion of food using the total lipid content Details of the derivation of lipid conversion factors have been published 41 As the individual fatty acids are determined by a different analytical method than that of total fat the sum of fatty acids is rarely exactly equal to the total fat value Moreover total fat may include other fatty acids phospholipids or sterols not analyzed in that food Cholesterol is present only in foods of animal origin For foods of plant origin the value for cholesterol is assumed to be zero Selenium Values for Selenium in selected Canadian foods 4 have been compiled for this edition Individual and Total Sugars Data for Individual and Total Sugars in selected foods 10 have been entered Recalculated Nutrient Values Nutrient values
342. trient Data Bank Numbers and NutriBase Item Numbers cccccesccesseceseceeeceeeeeeeeesceeeseeeseeeaeecsaeeeaeeeseesaes 105 Source Citation Sample Count and Standard Error ccccceccecsscessecssecsseceecececssecesecesecssecseeseeeceseeseeseeeeeeeenneeses 106 Abbreviations used in SR Nutrient Data c cc ccccccccssecssecessecscecssecesecesecesecesaecaeceaecesecssecseeseeeenseeeseseseesseecsaeesaes 107 References for the USDA SR Nutrient Data 00 cccccccesssesseeeseeeseeeseecsecnsecesecssecesecseeeeesecseeseeeseeeseeeeseeesaeesaes 108 The Canadian Nutrient Files Clinical and Higher Editions scssssssssccsscescsescsscesccssescessssceresscsees 110 Introduction to the Canadian Nutrient Files ccccccssccsssceseceseccsecesecesecesecseeeessecseeseeeseseceseeeeeeeeseseeseeeenseenaes 110 Whats NEW aeae te sna ccht en Cate Oe i a de ie EEEE david ve da E E ohana EE e Gad ae ies at cata dasha t ET o Sea E Eae 110 Limitations to the Data aea tbs aoe iahay deh athe Boing A haces tee BED ee BO olan a egae cea ied es 110 Srx Dreit Canadian Fo d Code teses coxeeescteckvanecsnst EEE EE E AE REE EEE KEE S ET ENEE 111 Information on Canadian Nutrients cccccecccecsceessessseesceceseeeseeeseecseecsaecsaecesaecssecsaecsecesecssecseeeesseeeeeseseesseeeseesaes 112 Metric System Equivalents for Units of Measure cccceccceessessscessceeeeesseeesecseeeeseeceseceseeceeeeeseceseeeaseceseeeeeeseesaes 114 References for the
343. ts every day To create an auto record list 1 Click the Auto Record Icon 5 Create 2 Select as many clients as you wish using the source selected box page 50 then click the Create Button 3 Locate the record the food items PFI s recipes and or Meals that you wish to auto record to the selected clients 4 Click the Auto Rec Button to add the item to the auto record list amp uto Rec Intake Note During the time you are recording the Auto Record List the Intake Button turns into the Auto Rec Button 5 Repeat this process until you ve added all the items you wish to automatically record to the client or client s intake each day 6 Click the Save Button in the Auto Record Intake Manager to save your list Click the Close Button to exit How to subtract a food item from a client s intake Your client may tell you that she ate a dozen items today She may add however that she ate the Whopper without mayonnaise the Taco Supreme without sour cream etc The ability to subtract intake items lets you account for these types of deviations 1 Record your client s intake page 37 including the mayonnaise sour cream and other food items she didn t eat a 2 Click the Intake Icon and select the day you wish to edit by double clicking it on the calendar 3 Double click on the food items she didn t eat then click the Subtract from recipe radio button 4 Repeat for all foods you wish to subtract from the intake 5 Cl
344. u can select it from the Analysis Template List in the upper right side of your Analyze window This will set up your tabbed options for you Modify them as desired Then click on the Save As Button ae b If you have the options set like you want them you may click on the Analyze Button at any time to perform the analysis Llw ee eee ui Analysis emplates An Analysis Template allows you to save the settings for any type of NutriBase Analysis for use at a later date This saves you time by making it unnecessary to reselect all the parameters you want to analyze for You can retrieve an existing Analysis Template and use it to conduct your analysis This is not only a time saver it also helps you recreate reports that you ve created in the past with accuracy To open and use an Analysis Template 1 Open the Analyze Program by clicking the Analyze Icon The Analyze Program will open and the Type Tab will be displayed 2 Select the type of analysis you wish to perform 3 Click the Analysis Template List in the upper right side of your Analyze window This will set up all your tabbed options for you 4 Check your tabs and modify any settings you wish to change and set any missing options like the dates you want the report to cover etc 5 When you are satisfied with the setup click the Analyze Button to perform the analysis 14 NutriBase Ml oy To Topics loy to laelwee Jaden ee Information in Reports Clinical ane higher
345. u know how to HotSync your Palm and your PC This document also assumes you are familiar with using your NutriBase for Windows This would include the creation and use of Personal Food Items a familiarity of the nutrient database and familiarity with the Fitness Manager You must have Palm OS version 3 5 or higher installed on your Palm compatible PDA to use the NutriBase Palm Edition Software NutriBase Palm Edition will not work with Palm OS versions prior to version 3 5 We recommend you have at least 800 Kbytes of available space on your Palm You must have NutriBase Clinical Edition or Clinical SE Edition installed NutriBase Palm support is not provided in the NutriBase Network Editions The NutriBase Palm Edition is not a standalone application The NutriBase Palm software works with a copy of NutriBase you have installed on your PC You will use it to record information then perform a HotSync to append the data on NutriBase for Windows Data is collected and tracked on your Palmtop analyses and reports will be performed on your PC NOTE The HotSync operation appends the data on your NutriBase for Windows application That is any data on the Palm is added to the data on your PC If you add a food item on your Palm PDA and HotSync then later decide to delete that time it will not be deleted on your PC with the next HotSync How to Install the NutriBase Palm Software We d like to emphasize the importance of understanding and
346. u want to see all fresh fruits 5 The query results will show you that 100 grams of avocado contains more Potassium than 100 grams of other fruits Note 100 grams is the most common serving size in NutriBase This is a convenient serving size to use when g C g g you wish to compare food items on an apples to apples basis Clay baconducta nWhat eron Conducting a What If Session lets you re conduct a query NutriBase remembers your previous query for you and allows you to edit it before re conducting the search After you conduct a Query you may wonder how your results would be affected if you tweaked one or more of the variables that you previously specified You might wonder what would happen if you added a new variable or removed a variable from your search criteria NutriBase will let you tweak your previous query and conduct a new query based on these changes 1 Conduct a Query by clicking the Search Icon then clicking the Query Tab 2 When you close the nutrient display containing the results of your query the Query Dialog Box will appear It will contain your original search criteria NutriBase remembers your previous query for NutriBase Meloy To Topics 3 Click the variables in the Query Dialog Box that you wish to modify Modify them 4 Add new variables if you wish i Clear 5 Delete any existing variable by selecting it then clicking the Clear Button Note Click the Review Button to check what y
347. uble clicking it or by selecting it with a single click then clicking the Edit Button 4 When you are finished editing the new recipe click the Save Button to save it Note Using the Save As Button before editing it prevents you from editing a recipe and then inadvertently using the Save Button and thereby overwrite the original recipe rather that using the Save As Button How to add a food item to a recipe This option lets you add a food item Personal Food Item or even another recipe to an existing recipe 1 Locate the food item on the screen by clicking the Search Icon 2 Select a food item PFI or recipe you want to add to an existing recipe Note If you don t see the serving size you want don t worry you can modify the serving sizes later 3 Click the Recipe Button to add the food item PFI or recipe to a new or existing recipe 4 If you do not currently have a recipe open NutriBase will ask you if you wish to begin creating a new recipe or if you wish to add the selected item to an existing recipe Make your decision and NutriBase will perform the operation for you Note NutriBase lets you use recipes within recipes if you wish This means you could for instance create a low fat low sodium soup base that you could use as an ingredient in a wide variety of soup recipes Llaw to Work with your Recipe alder NutriBase allows you to create up to 26 Recipe Folders Each Recipe Folder contains a tabbed notebo
348. ults from high to low assuming you wish to view items containing the most Protein first Then click the OK Button Note You can click the Review Button at any time to review your search criteria any time before you conduct the search 8 Conduct the Query by clicking the Search Button All the food items that meet all your search criteria will be displayed I NutriBase Tg To Topics flew ko beate the fresh Pruit Hati highest n otasin There may come a time when you want to know which fresh fruit contains the most Potassium To do so Fal 1 Click the Search Icon then click the Query Tab ae 2 Select the Fruits and Fruit Juices category Select the Fresh subcategory then click the OK Button Searc Note If you enter this category and see that the selections are grayed out it just means that you already have some subcategories selected elsewhere Just click the Cancel Button to unselect the other categories 3 When the Query Data dialog appears click on Potassium from the Query Item list Enter a value of 0 Specify that this is a minimum value Then sort the data from high to low Click the OK Button Note By specifying a minimum value of zero you are telling NutriBase that you wish to see all fresh fruits with a value for Potassium greater than zero in other words you want to see all fresh fruits 4 The query results will show you that of all fresh fruits a watermelon has the highest level of Potassium
349. umbers CyberSoft added new NDB numbers to identify the new food items that CyberSoft calculated and added for the household measurement information provided by the Nutrient Data Laboratory CyberSoft created these new numbers by adding lower case suffix letters a b c d etc to the original NDB numbers for 100 gram portions The suffixes indicate the relative gram weight of the household measurement The lowest suffix a denotes the household measurement with the lowest gram weight The next letter suffix b indicates the next highest gram weight and so on The new NDB number with the highest letter suffix designator has the highest gram weight As stated previously the NDB numbers with no suffixes identify the 6 039 original 100 gram portion food items in SR14 USDA Food Group The Nutrient Data Laboratory assigned Food Group designators to their nutrient database CyberSoft further divided each of these food groups into subcategories to facilitate the efficient selection of desired food items USDA Food Description A text description of the food item assigned by the Nutrient Data Laboratory Refuse The percent refuse Refuse Description A description of the inedible parts of a food item such as seeds shells or bone Scientific Name The scientific name of the food item Nitrogen Conversion Factor The numerical conversion factor for converting nitrogen to protein For mixed ingredient food items this release
350. updated In enriched and fortified foods total folate includes both food folate and added folic acid The total folate values found in SR11 1 preceded the implementation of the new enrichment standards and represent the amount of folate naturally occurring in foods For this release we calculated folic acid by subtracting the food folate value in SR11 1 from the total folate content we estimated in fortified foods for SR12 For unenriched foods the total folate value is food folate Therefore the value for total folate with number of data points and standard error if present was also used for food folate The folic acid value was assumed to be zero Enriched ready to eat RTE cereals have generally included folic acid fortification for over 25 years Therefore food folate values were not readily available for these products Food folate was estimated by means of the databank formulation program for a variety of high consumption cereals Mean folate values were calculated for categories of RTE cereals based on grain content Added folic acid was then calculated by subtracting estimated food folate from the total folate content reported in SR14 Most analytical values shown for folate were determined by the use of conjugase and Lactobacillus casei Beecher and Matthews 1990 reported that the methodology used in determining folate values needed improvement particularly in the areas of extraction procedures and applications to specific foods Rese
351. ur monitor the higher the screen resolution you can handle Use the highest screen resolution you can with your particular monitor e You can add PFT s by clicking the PFI Icon You can add recipes by clicking the Recipe Icon You can add Meals by clicking the Meal Icon Intake f You don t have to open an intake to begin recording an intake You can simply select a food item PFI recipe or Meal then click on the Intake Button to begin recording an intake NutriBase will display a calendar to let you indicate the date to which you wish to record this intake 5 By default NutriBase will prompt you to select the units tsp tbsp cup etc and serving size 1 1 5 1 1 2 1 3 4 etc you desire You may use decimals or fractions as desired NutriBase treats hyphens as spaces Notes a You can tell NutriBase to not prompt for serving sizes during food item selection by clicking the Prefs option of the Menu Bar Most users however will usually want to keep this setting as is 4 At g b Using the appropriate icon is normally the fastest way to record an intake View NDY Rank Query 37 NutriBase Ty To Topics 6 Repeat this process of locating new food items PFIs recipes and or Meals to record everything you or your client ate during the course of a day Notes If desired you can include existing Meal Plan days in your intake 7 Once you ve recorded all the food items you wish to record go to the Intake Manag
352. uration of your program your nutrition exercise regime click the Calculate loss gain based on program duration radio button Otherwise just tell the software how much weight you wish to gain or lose per week b If you want to enter a client s workout and have NutriBase calculate the calories expended click the Cale Button c If your client wishes to lose weight NutriBase assumes that all weight loss will be Fat It is suggested that you recommend an exercise regimen to support the loss of body fat Fat Chart O aia the Fat Chart Button to view a chart of suggested Body fat values for women and e Click the Update Button to update any calculations NutriBase should make based on the values you have entered for body weight and body fat values f If your client is trying to gain weight NutriBase assumes that all weight gain is lean body mass when in updates the Desired Body Fat value g To override any of the calculated values check the Calculation Override box 6 Click the Next Button This takes you to the Goal Summary 7 After you modify the Goal Summary click the Next Button again And on the final screen click the OK Button 5I NutriBase Mow To Topics Lisy to move an exercise from one t xercise ie Trana her This option lets you select an exercise from your Frequent THRZ Target Heart Rate Zone or Infrequent exercise lists and move them to another Exercise list The Frequent Exercise List is a listi
353. ured using the fluorometric or microbiological methods Niacin values are for preformed niacin only and do not include the niacin contributed by tryptophan a niacin precursor The term niacin equivalent applies to the potential niacin value that is to the sum of the preformed niacin and the amount that could be derived from tryptophan In estimating the amounts of niacin available from foods the mean value of 60 mg tryptophan is considered equivalent to 1 mg niacin National Academy of Sciences 1989 Pantothenic acid was determined microbiologically Vitamins B6 and B12 were determined by microbiological or chromatographic methods Vitamin B12 is found in foods of animal origin or those containing some ingredient of animal origin i e cake that contain eggs and or milk For foods that contain only plant products the value for vitamin B12 is assumed to be zero Vitamin B12 has been reported in certain fermented foods i e beer soy sauce and miso It is believed that this B12 is synthesized not by the microorganisms responsible for the fermentation of the food but rather by other contaminating microorganisms that may be present Therefore one should not consider these foods a reliable consistent source of vitamin B12 9 Folate In this release in addition to a total folate value that has been reported in the past we are reporting values for folic acid food folate and total folate reported as g of DFE This change responds to new D
354. using NutriBase on your PC before jumping to the Palm Edition This is important because much of the information you will use on your Palm Edition will be generated on your PC These include selected Personal Food Items exercises and nutrient data To install the software follow these steps Install NutriBase version 5 0 or greater to your PC The NutriBase Palm Edition is designed to work with NutriBase for the PC It is not a standalone program designed to work independently of NutriBase We designed this software to take advantage of both environments the PC does what it does best and the Palm does what it does best Become proficient with NutriBase for Windows We recommend that you learn the major features of NutriBase before extending your reach to your Palm PDA Much of the work that NutriBase will do for you including analysis and report generation will remain the duty of your NutriBase for Windows The NutriBase Palm Edition serves as an extension of NutriBase by offering capabilities that are better served in the Palm environment For instance we will likely release a shopping list and meal plan support in our free Palm updates before we add the ability to develop recipes on the Palm This is because shopping lists and the ability to take your meal plan on the road with you are valuable functions that make good sense to support on a Palm PDA Recipe creation on the other hand is and probably will always be easier to do on a PC
355. utriBase will install itself onto your Palm PDA After your initial installation you will probably use the NutriBase Palm Edition to record your intakes and exercise When you perform a HotSync after you have used the NutriBase Palm Edition you may notice that NutriBase doesn t actually process the NutriBase Palm data during HotSync operation This is because the data processing can be complex and could take a few moments to complete HotSync operations are intended to be as fast and as simple as possible after all you may be updating data for dozens of other Palm applications at the same time For this reason we only use the HotSync to transfer the data to your hard drive This helps to keep the HotSync operation as quick as possible The very next time you start NutriBase for Windows it will check to see if you have data waiting for it to process If NutriBase for Windows sees data to process it will ask you if it is okay to process it then and there Just allow it to do so when it asks If NutriBase was running while you ran the HotSync it will ask you if it is okay to process the HotSync data now Just answer as desired How to Uninstall Palm Edition from the Palm PDA To remove the NutriBase Palm Edition from your PDA 1 Move to the Palm Launcher Screen 2 Tap the time presentation in the upper left corner of the screen 3 Tap the Delete option in the drop down menu 4 Locate the entry for NutriBase and highlight it 5
356. vided with NutriBase How to insert a picture into your document This option lets you insert a bitmap a Windows metafile or an icon into your document The bitmap may be a chart or graph you generated and saved in a NutriBase graphing section Here s the procedure 1 Generate a NutriBase Report or open the file you want to work with 2 Move your cursor to the insertion point the place where you want to insert the image 3 Click the Insert Menu Bar option and select Picture 4 Click the List files of type drop down menu to select the type of image you want to insert 5 Locate the image you want and double click on it It will appear in your document at your insertion point How to insert a File into your document This option lets you insert another document file HTML RTF or TXT into your document Here s the procedure 1 Generate a NutriBase Report or open the file you want to work with 2 Move your cursor to the insertion point the place where you want to insert the file 3 Click the Insert Menu Bar option and select File 4 Click the List files of type drop down menu to select the type of file you want to insert 5 Locate the file you want and double click on it It will appear in your document at your insertion point 79 NutriBase yee We Topics Lisy to insert a Jieting Tip or anything else into your NutriBase report This procedure shows you how to embellish your NutriBase Reports by inserting por
357. w toset Up Your tab Sto pssc jccctes dees cadens dase i i oad eeies baseband ou Seeded a tee EEEE EAA Dhaate E hb dck eat uate ced caves 78 How to customize and print out a Client Questionnaire or Intake Diary Clinical and higher editions 78 How to save a recipe or any other document as Rich Text RTF cceeccesccesseceseceseceeeceeeeeeseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaes 79 How to open edit format print and save a pre formatted document under a new name ccceceesseeereeeteeeees 79 How to insert a picture into your COCUMENL ee ce ecceecsesesceeseeeeeeeseeeseecseecsaeeeseecseecssecaecesecesecessecuseceseeseeseeeseeeeses 79 How to insert a file into your document ssssesseseeeeesseeseeseeseseessestesssesetsestesstetsstestssttsesstssosseessestessesessesnnsset 79 How to insert a Dieting Tip or anything else into your NutriBase report ssssesesesesssssseseessssssseseesessesessessese 80 How to create and insert a table into your COCUMENE ccccececssecetecetseesecesecesecesecesaecaeceseceseeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeaeenes 80 How to modify the Info section files ariei iioii initie inate EE EE E EE RE E E EREE RE 80 The Client Contact Manager Clinical and higher editions sessseosseosseesssessseesseossesssocssocssosssseossosssosssosssosss 81 Macro Driven Assessment Reports Word Processor Clinical and higher editions ccscscsssssessees 81 Macro Driven Assessment Reports Web Page HTML
358. w values nta ke acoder ips 5 When recording an intake for a client make sure that the client you wish to work with is active the name intake Ofthe active client appears in the Client Selection List at the top of the screen To save time when recording a client s intake make sure you have an up to date Personal Food Item listing You can include foods that already exist in NutriBase into your PFI listing That way you don t have to look up that Donald Duck orange juice and convert the serving size every time you record that food item for a client or for yourself Make sure your Recipe Manager is up to date Include simple recipes for say your coffee with a tablespoon of half and half and two teaspoons of fructose Or that iced tea with sugar and lemon juice Or that grilled cheese sandwich on rye Or that peanut butter and grape jelly on saltines snack you ve come to love By adding recipes instead of searching for individual ingredients every time you need them you ll save a lot of time and repeated effort And remember you can add recipes as recipes or as ingredient listings clients ate the same thing as another client you can simply copy the intake from one client to the other This feature comes in handy when the two clients happen to live together and eat many of the same meals together You can always edit the copied intake to account for differences between the two intakes Ss You can copy intakes from client to clie
359. which you will probably use in your recipe 3 Double click on two of these candidates and set their serving sizes to zero 0 This effectively negates these items it s as if they weren t there 4 Take notice of the basic nutrient totals then enable one of the formerly negated ingredients and zero out the first ingredient you selected to include in the recipe Compare the new nutrient totals with the original values 6 Continue this process until you have determined which ingredient you want to use then delete the two that you decided not to use 7 Click the Save Button to finish Low to print a recipe report This option lets you print a recipe that you have created To print a recipe 1 Click the Recipe Icon then 2 Select a recipe by clicking on it Recipe Revort 3 Click the Report Icon Ex repats iar 4 Specify any options you wish to use 5 Click the OK Button 6 Click the Print Icon or use the File Print option in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen to print the report 68 NutriBase Maly To Topics Notes a If you are using the Clinical or higher edition you may use the word processor to edit spell check and or format the report b If you are using the Clinical or higher edition you can also us the File Save As option in the Menu Bar at the top of the screen This will let you save the file in RTF compatible with MS Word and other modern word processors TXT standard text format or HTML W
360. wing the Percent Daily Values for key nutrients rather the actual amounts Here s how to view this information 1 Open your Recipe or Meal Manager and select a recipe or meal 2 Double click on the recipe or meal or single click and click the Edit Button DV 3 Click the DV Button Note Once you have the data on screen in the spreadsheet view you can rank the foods listed on screen based on their values for any nutrient To do this just click the square box in the column header for the nutrient you are interested in This will rank all the foods from high to low based on their values for that nutrient Click the box again to reverse the sort sequence How to add recipe ingredients to the shopping list This option lets you add foods from your selected recipe into a shopping list To do this 1 Display a recipe of interest by clicking the Recipe Icon 2 To add recipe ingredients to the shopping list click on the Shop List Button You may select the items you want to add to your shopping list by using the source selected box page 50 ae 3 Click the Add Items Button to finish g 4 To view and or print your shopping list click your Shoplist Icon i l How to cha nge a food items serving size in a recipe This option lets you change the serving size for a selected food item 1 Click the Recipe Icon Select any recipe by double clicking on it If you prefer you can select the recipe then click the
361. wish to generate custom Web page reports h See the Macro Driven Assessment Report section page 129 for more information 4 Edit the template document as you wish When you wish to insert information that is specific to a client insert any of the macros you require For RTF word processor template files if you boldface a macro the value in the final report will be boldfaced If you underline it it will be underlined etc To insert formatting for HTM template files just use the proper HTML formatting codes lt b gt lt i gt lt u gt etc To effectively modify your HTM template files you will need a basic working knowledge of HTML 5 Save the template document to preserve your changes by clicking File Save in the word processor Use File Save As to save it under a different name Lisy togda dient onat information for aelient This is a feature of NutriBase Clinical and higher editions If you wish to maintain contact with your clients you can use these Client Contact Manager functions 1 Go to the Client Log On screen by clicking the Client Icon then select the Log on a New Client option Client Note If you are wanting to add client contact information for an existing client click on the Modify an Existing Client option rather than the Log on a New Client option 2 Click the Contact Button in the upper right corner of the screen 3 Fill in any or all of the fields you wish to use 4 Click the OK Button
362. wn arrow and navigate to the file You may navigate to the 3 5 Diskette Drive if that is where the client s intake information is 5 Once you locate the file click the Open Button NutriBase will import the data for you and their data will then exist in our program Note The CD you provided for your client is reusable by other clients you may ask the client to return the CD when they bring you the intake information 27 NutriBase ye To Topics Burning an mtake Module CLE for a Tent Report Clinical md higher This option lets you burn a CD for your clients Since the NutriBase Intake Module doesn t expire your client can record intakes on an on going basis After your client records their own food intakes they can click a button to save this information to their hard drive or to any other removable media like a 3 5 diskette Another click of a button will send the data as an email attachment to an email address you specify when you burn the CD Here s how 1 Click the IM Intake Module Icon then click the Burn an Intake Module CD option 2 Enter the email address you want the Intake Module to send the client s intake information to This would normally be your email address 3 Select the record speed you wish to use This will be determined by the maximum rate of your CD Writer and the top recording speed of your recordable CD 4 Click the Burn CD Button to burn your CD Notes 1 NutriBase will
363. y Sometimes you may generate an ASCII report using the NutriBase Analyze program If you want you can import this file into Excel for further manipulation viewing or dissemination Here s how Click the Prefs Icon In your General Tab set your export separator to be a caret symbol this is shift 6 on your keyboard A caret symbol looks like Set your delimiter to be a double quote mark Click the Okay Button to save these settings and to exit the Prefs window Use the Analyze Program to generate your report Make sure you select ASCII Delimited in the Format Tab After you set up and generate your report click the Analyze Button and save the report to your hard drive To import this file into Excel open Excel Click File Open Browse your way to the folder that contains the file you saved to your hard drive Click the down pointing arrow on the right side of the menu labeled Files of type and select Text Files Double click on the file you saved in the topic above The Excel Text Import Wizard should appear Make sure Delimited is selected and that State import at row is set to 1 File origin should be Windows ANSI Click the Next Button Uncheck any other delimiters that may be already checked then check the Other box and type in the caret symbol shift 6 Make sure the Text qualifier is set to a double quote mark Click the Next Button Make sure General is set as the Column data format then click the Finish But
364. y User s Manual print one If you have a CD the option to print a manual is offered during installation If you didn t purchase a CD open your Help File by clicking on your Help Icon and view the How to print your User s Manual topic Customize your windows This is the most important skill you need to learn NutriBase supports multiple open screens It is designed to not run full screen This makes it practical for you to have multiple windows open at once You may resize and reposition the windows as desired NutriBase will remember the sizes and positions of all your windows for you What you don t want is for your windows to open up on top of each other and covering each other up Working with windows is a basic mouse oriented skill that you will need to master to use NutriBase effectively Check the information on the next few pages for help with this Tutorial NutriBase is robust That is it can do a lot of things for you The first time you start NutriBase you re liable to ask yourself What do I do first We ve provided a tutorial to help you get started It s called How to Eat an Elephant and it starts on page 89 How To topics The NutriBase Tutorial shows you how to do some basic things with the software But for step by step how to instructions for performing any of over 150 NutriBase functions look at the How To sections listed in the Table of Contents Customize your Tool Bar You can control the look and
365. y exported Meal Plan contains all the recipes used in the Meal Plan every recipe within a recipe used in the Meal Plan every Meal used in the Meal Plan and every PFI used in the Meal Plan Every NutriBase Meal Plan is compatible across all versions of NutriBase except the Weight Loss Edition To export a Meal Plan 2Y 1 Click the Meal Plan Manager Icon to open the Meal Plan Manager 2 Select the Meal Plan you wish to export by clicking on it once Eb Export 3 Click the Export Button 4 Give the file a name and browse to the folder to which you wish save The default extension name is mea Click the OK Button to finish Notes a To share the Meal Plan with others consider exporting the Meal Plan to your 3 5 diskette drive Then give the disk to a client or friend who could then import the Meal Plan into their copy of NutriBase You may also send this to them as an email attachment b You may want to export your Meal Plans to the Export folder so that you ll have an archival copy ready for immediate use Hoy to import a Meal lan This option allows you to import a NutriBase formatted Meal Plan into your version of NutriBase When you import a NutriBase Meal Plan you will import all the recipes used in the Meal Plan every recipe within a recipe used in the Meal Plan and every PFI used in the Meal Plan Every NutriBase Meal Plan is compatible across all versions of NutriBase except the NutriBase EZ Edition To import a Meal Plan
366. you can put on your screen To change your screen resolution see How to change your screen resolution topic page 53 Many other layouts are possible experiment to find the layout that works best for you Users with smaller screens like to overlap their windows Experi ment to find the layout that works best for you Plea se Note If you don t become proficient at dragging and dropping resizing and repositioning you ll be unable to use NutriBase with any high level of skill If you don t master these basic skills you ll come to believe that the software is cumbersome and counter intuitive The good news however is that with this tutorial and five minutes of practice you ll be able to master these basic Windows techniques And when you do you will see that the software can be elegant and intuitive How to Drag and Drop and Resize a Window To resize a window take a look at the buttons in the upper right corner of the window This middle button indicates that this window can be resized This is because the middle button contains only one square This is called the Maximize Button Clicking the button o x causes your window to occupy the maximum area that it s entitled to occupy This middle button indicates that this window cannot be resized This is because the middle button contains two squares This indicates that the screen is already maximized This button is x called the Restore Button because clicking i
367. yphen and then the serving size SS Fooditems reverses the serving size and food items Fooditems SS htm and SS Fooditems htm add a lt br gt character to the end of each line to facilitate the smooth flow into an HTM formatted file Macros for use with NutriBase Custom PFI Reports All NutriBase macros placeholders begin and end with Typing the macro in the first column below will insert the data indicated in the second column Use these macros anywhere you wish and as many times as you wish in your template file for custom PFI reports Macros are supported in the Clinical and higher editions Calories FoodEnergy Protein ProtCal ProtPerc Carbs CarbCal CarbPerc Fat FatCal FatPerc SatFat MonoFat PolyFat TransFat TransMonoFat Omega 3 Omega 6 Cholesterol Phytosterols Stigmasterol Campesterol Beta Sitosterol Starch Sugars Sucrose Glucose Fructose Lactose Maltose Galactose Fiber Caffeine Theobromine Water Alcohol Ash AVit A IU AVit A RE Thiamine Riboflavin NNiacin Pantothenic Vit B6 Total Folate Folic Acid Food Folate Folate DFE Vit B12 Vit C Vit D AVit E IU AVit E ATE Alpha Beta Gamma Delta Biotin AVit K Calcium Chloride Chromium Copper Fluoride Jodine Tron Magnesium Manganese Molybde

NutriBase 5 User`s Manual Table of Contents

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents